AMERICAN MATURITY LIFE INSURANCE CO SEPARATE ACCOUNT AMLVA
N-4 EL, 1996-08-12
Previous: AMERICAN MATURITY LIFE INSURANCE CO SEPARATE ACCOUNT AMLVA, N-8A, 1996-08-12
Next: LEHMAN STRUCTURED SECURITIES CORP, S-11, 1996-08-12



<PAGE>

                                                                        File No.

                          Securities and Exchange Commission
                                   Washington, D.C.

                                       Form N-4

               Registration Statement Under the Securities Act of 1933
                                        and/or
           Registration Statement Under the Investment Company Act of 1940

                       American Maturity Life Insurance Company
                                Separate Account AMLVA
                              (Exact Name of Registrant)

                       American Maturity Life Insurance Company
                                 (Name of Depositor)
                                    P.O. Box 2999
                               Hartford, CT  06104-2999
                      (Address of Depositor's Principal Offices)

                    Depositor's Telephone Number:  (860) 843-7563

                                 Scott K. Richardson
                       American Maturity Life Insurance Company
                                    P.O. Box 2999
                               Hartford, CT  06104-2999
                       (Name and Address of Agent for Service)

Approximate Date of Proposed Public Offering:

    As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration
Statement.

Calculation of Registration Fee Under Securities Act of 1933

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Title of         Amount       Proposed Maximum  Proposed Maximum   Amount of
Securities       Being        Offering          Aggregate          Registration
Being Requested  Registered   Price Per Unit    Offering Price     Fee
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                     $ 
American Maturity Life              Pursuant to Regulation 270. 24f-2 under the
Insurance Company                   Investment Company Act of 1940, Registrant 
Separate Account AMLVA              hereby elects to register an indefinite 
Units of Interest                   number of units of interest in this
                                    Separate Account

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------


<PAGE>

                                CROSS REFERENCE SHEET
                               PURSUANT TO RULE 495(a)

                                       (Part A)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
         N-4 Item No.                                      Prospectus Heading
         ------------                                      ------------------
    <S>                                                    <C>
    1.   Cover Page                                        Cover Page

    2.   Definitions                                       Definitions

    3.   Synopsis                                          Fee Table, Summary

    4.   Condensed Financial Information                   Accumulation Unit Values;
                                                           Performance Related Information

    5.   General Description of Registrant,                
         Depositor, and Portfolio Companies                American Maturity, the Separate
                                                           Account, the Funds, and the General 
                                                           Account; Your Investment Options; 
                                                           Miscellaneous

    6.   Deductions                                        Charges Under the Certificate

    7.   General Description of Variable
         Annuity Contracts                                 The Certificate; American Maturity,
                                                           the Separate Account, the Funds, and 
                                                           the General Account; Miscellaneous

    8.   Annuity Period                                    Annuity Benefits

    9.   Death Benefit                                     Death Benefits

    10.  Purchases and Contract Value                      The Certificate

    11.  Redemptions                                       Surrenders

    12.  Taxes                                             Federal Tax Considerations

    13.  Legal Proceedings                                 Miscellaneous - Legal Matters and 
                                                           Experts

    14.  Table of Contents of the Statement
         of Additional Information                         Table of Contents to the Statement 
                                                           of Additional Information.
</TABLE>

<PAGE>

                                    (Part B)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
         N-4 Item No.                                      Heading
         ------------                                      --------
    <S>                                                    <C>
    15.  Cover Page                                        Cover Page

    16.  Table of Contents                                 Table of Contents

    17.  General Information and History                   Description of American Maturity 
                                                           Life Insurance Company

    18.  Services                                          Independent Public Accountants

    19.  Purchase of Securities Being Offered              Distribution of the Certificates

    20.  Underwriters                                      Distribution of the Certificates

    21.  Calculation of Performance Data                   Calculation of Yield and Return

    22.  Annuity Payments                                  Annuity Period

    23.  Financial Statements                              Financial Statements

                                    (Part C)

    24.  Financial Statements and Exhibits                 Financial Statements and Exhibits

    25.  Directors and Officers of the Depositor           Directors and Officers of the 
                                                           Depositor

    26.  Persons Controlled by or Under                    
         Common Control with the Depositor                 
         or Registrant                                     Persons Controlled by or Under
                                                           Common Control with the Depositor
                                                           or Registrant

    27.  Number of Contract Owners                         Number of Certificate Owners

    28.  Indemnification                                   Indemnification

    29.  Principal Underwriters                            Principal Underwriters

    30.  Location of Accounts and Records                  Location of Accounts and Records

    31.  Management Services                               Management Services

    32.  Undertakings                                      Undertakings
</TABLE>

<PAGE>








                                        PART A











<PAGE>
                    AMERICAN MATURITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
                                 P.O. BOX 7005
                            PASADENA, CA 91109-7005
                           TELEPHONE: 1-800-923-3334
                      PROSPECTUS DATED:
          STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION DATED:
 
This Prospectus describes the AARP Variable Annuity, a group flexible premium
variable annuity contract. American Maturity Life Insurance Company ("American
Maturity" or "Company" or "We" or "Us") offers the AARP Variable Annuity by
issuing you a Certificate ("Certificate") if you are eligible. We offer the
Certificate to members of the American Association of Retired Persons ("AARP")
for retirement planning purposes. We allocate premium payments for each
Certificate to Sub-Accounts of American Maturity's Separate Account AMLVA
("Separate Account"), or American Maturity's General Account. The following
Sub-Accounts are currently available:
 
      MONEY MARKET PORTFOLIO of the Scudder Variable Life Investment Fund
          BOND PORTFOLIO of the Scudder Variable Life Investment Fund
                  BALANCED PORTFOLIO of the Janus Aspen Series
ASSET MANAGER GROWTH PORTFOLIO of the Fidelity Variable Insurance Products Fund
                                       II
     GROWTH & INCOME PORTFOLIO of the Scudder Variable Life Investment Fund
    CONTRAFUND PORTFOLIO of the Fidelity Variable Insurance Products Fund II
     CAPITAL GROWTH PORTFOLIO of the Scudder Variable Life Investment Fund
       GROWTH PORTFOLIO of the Fidelity Variable Insurance Products Fund
              WORLDWIDE GROWTH PORTFOLIO of the Janus Aspen Series
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
THIS PROSPECTUS PROVIDES INFORMATION YOU SHOULD KNOW BEFORE PURCHASING A
CERTIFICATE. YOU SHOULD READ THIS PROSPECTUS CAREFULLY AND KEEP IT FOR FUTURE
REFERENCE. WE SENT ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ABOUT THE SEPARATE ACCOUNT TO THE
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. IT IS CALLED THE STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL
INFORMATION, AND WE WILL SEND A COPY TO YOU WITHOUT CHARGE IF YOU WRITE OR CALL
US. THE TABLE OF CONTENTS FOR THE STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION IS
REPRODUCED ON PAGE 27 OF THIS PROSPECTUS. THE STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL
INFORMATION IS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE TO THIS PROSPECTUS.
 
THE CERTIFICATE IS NOT AVAILABLE IN ALL STATES AND THIS PROSPECTUS DOES NOT
CONSTITUTE AN OFFER IN ANY JURISDICTION IN WHICH SUCH AN OFFER MAY NOT BE MADE
LAWFULLY. NO PERSON IS AUTHORIZED TO GIVE ANY INFORMATION OR MAKE ANY
REPRESENTATIONS IN CONNECTION WITH THE OFFER MADE BY THIS PROSPECTUS OTHER THAN
THOSE CONTAINED IN THIS PROSPECTUS AND THE RELATED STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL
INFORMATION (OR ANY SALES LITERATURE APPROVED BY AMERICAN MATURITY), AND ANY
SUCH UNAUTHORIZED INFORMATION OR REPRESENTATION, IF GIVEN OR MADE, SHOULD NOT BE
RELIED UPON.
 
THIS PROSPECTUS IS VALID ONLY WHEN ACCOMPANIED BY CURRENT PROSPECTUSES FOR THE
FUNDS.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
THE CERTIFICATE IS NOT A DEPOSIT OR OBLIGATION OF, OR GUARANTEED OR ENDORSED BY,
ANY BANK. IT IS NOT FEDERALLY INSURED BY THE FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE
CORPORATION, THE FEDERAL RESERVE BOARD, OR ANY OTHER GOVERNMENT AGENCY.
INVESTMENT IN A CERTIFICATE INVOLVES RISK, INCLUDING POSSIBLE LOSS OF THE
PRINCIPAL AMOUNT INVESTED.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE COMMISSION NOR HAS THE COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY
 OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL
   OFFENSE.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
2                                       American Maturity Life Insurance Company
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
                                  DEFINITIONS
 
In this Prospectus, "We," "Our," "Us," or "the Company" refer to American
Maturity Life Insurance Company ("American Maturity"). "You" and "your" refer to
the Certificate Owner.
 
ACCUMULATION UNIT -- A unit of measure used to calculate the value of a
Sub-Account of a Certificate before the Annuity Commencement Date.
 
ADMINISTRATION CHARGE -- A dollar amount We deduct to cover administrative
expenses. This charge is an annual percentage. It will be shown on your
Certificate on the Certificate Specifications page.
 
ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICE OF THE COMPANY -- See "Additional Information" on page 26,
for address information.
 
ANNUAL FEE -- An amount that is deducted from your Certificate at the end of
each Certificate Year before the Annuity Commencement Date, or on the date of
full surrender of the Certificate, if earlier.
 
ANNUITANT -- The person on whose life an annuity is purchased.
 
ANNUITY COMMENCEMENT DATE -- The date on which your selected Annuity Option, to
receive regular annuity payments, becomes effective.
 
ANNUITY UNIT -- A unit of measure used to calculate the value of annuity
payments under the variable annuity option.
 
BENEFICIARY -- The person entitled to receive benefits according to the terms of
the Contract in case of the death of a Certificate Owner or Annuitant, as
applicable.
 
BUSINESS DAY -- Every day the New York Stock Exchange is open for trading. The
end of the Business Day is the close of the New York Stock Exchange. The New
York Stock Exchange normally closes at 4:00 p.m. Eastern time.
 
CERTIFICATE -- Your annuity policy. The Certificate is issued by Us to you. It
is evidence that you, or someone on your behalf, made a premium payment under
the group contract issued by Us to the AARP Group Annuity Trust.
 
CERTIFICATE ANNIVERSARY -- An anniversary of the Certificate Date. Similarly,
Certificate Years are measured from the Certificate Date. The Certificate Date
will be shown on your Certificate on the Certificate Specifications page.
 
CERTIFICATE DATE -- The effective date of the Certificate (the date on which
your annuity takes effect).
 
CERTIFICATE OWNER -- The owner(s) of the Certificate, sometimes referred to as
"you."
 
CERTIFICATE VALUE -- The value of the Sub-Account(s) plus the value of the Fixed
Account on any Business Day.
 
CERTIFICATE YEAR -- Each 12-month period starting on the Certificate Date and
ending the day before each Certificate Anniversary.
 
CODE -- The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
 
COMPANY -- American Maturity Life Insurance Company, sometimes referred to as
"We" or "Us."
 
CONTINGENT ANNUITANT -- The person designated by you who, upon the Annuitant's
death prior to the Annuity Commencement Date, becomes the Annuitant.
 
CONTINGENT DEFERRED SALES CHARGE -- A charge that may be deducted from Your
Certificate Value if you make withdrawals from your Certificate within a certain
number of years.
 
CONTRACT OWNER -- The AARP Group Annuity Trust.
 
DUE PROOF OF DEATH -- A certified copy of the death certificate, an order of a
court of competent jurisdiction, a statement from a physician who attended the
deceased, or any other proof acceptable to Us.
 
ENROLLMENT FORM -- A form you completed in order to purchase a Certificate.
 
FIXED ACCOUNT -- An investment option that earns a rate of interest of at least
3% per year. Amounts invested in the Fixed Account become part of Our General
Account.
 
FUND(S) -- The underlying investments contained in each Sub-Account of the
Separate Account.
 
GENERAL ACCOUNT -- All assets of the Company other than those allocated to the
Separate Accounts of the Company.
 
GROSS SURRENDER VALUE -- The Certificate Value (dollar amount) to be deducted
from your Certificate when you make a full or partial surrender.
 
MORTALITY AND EXPENSE RISK CHARGE -- A dollar amount we deduct from the
Sub-Accounts to cover risks of administrative expenses and mortality. This
charge is an annual percentage.
 
NET INVESTMENT FACTOR -- A factor used to determine the value of Accumulation
Units or Annuity Units each day.
 
NET SURRENDER VALUE -- The amount payable to you on a full or partial surrender
after the deduction for any unpaid Taxes, Annual Fee (for full surrenders only),
and any Contingent Deferred Sales Charge.
 
NON-QUALIFIED CERTIFICATE -- A Certificate other than a Qualified Certificate.
 
QUALIFIED CERTIFICATE -- A Certificate that qualifies under the Code as an
Individual Retirement Annuity ("IRA"), or a Certificate purchased by a Qualified
Plan, qualifying for special tax treatment under the Code.
 
QUALIFIED PLAN -- A retirement plan that receives favorable tax treatment under
Section 401, 403(a), 403(b), 408 or 547 of the Code.
 
SEC -- Securities and Exchange Commission, which is a federal regulatory body
authorized by Congress.
 
SEPARATE ACCOUNT -- An account established by Us to separate the assets funding
the variable benefits for the class of contracts to which this Certificate
belongs from the other assets of the Company. The assets in the Separate Account
<PAGE>
AMERICAN MATURITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY                                       3
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
are not chargeable with liabilities arising out of any other business We may
conduct.
 
SUB-ACCOUNT -- The subdivisions of the Separate Account. You purchase units of
the Sub-Accounts to participate in the investment experience of the underlying
Funds.
 
SURRENDER -- A full or partial withdrawal from your Certificate.
 
TAXES -- The amount of tax, if any, charged by a federal, state or municipal
entity on premium payments or Certificate Values.
 
VALUATION PERIOD -- The period between the close of business on successive
Business Days.
 
WE, OUR, US -- American Maturity Life Insurance Company.
 
YOU, YOUR -- The Certificate Owner(s).
<PAGE>
4                                       American Maturity Life Insurance Company
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        PAGE
                                                                        ----
<S>                                                                     <C>
SUMMARY...............................................................    5
FEE TABLE.............................................................    6
AMERICAN MATURITY, THE SEPARATE ACCOUNT, THE FUNDS, AND THE GENERAL
 ACCOUNT..............................................................    8
  American Maturity Life Insurance Company............................    8
  Separate Account AMLVA..............................................    8
  The Funds...........................................................    9
  Investment Advisers to the Funds....................................   10
  The General Account.................................................   10
  Performance Related Information.....................................   10
THE CERTIFICATE.......................................................   11
  What is the Certificate?............................................   11
  How to Apply for Your Certificate...................................   11
  Making Your Premium Payments........................................   11
  How Your Payments are Invested......................................   11
  Certificate Value...................................................   12
  Transfers Between the Sub-Accounts/Fixed Account....................   12
  Charges Under the Certificates......................................   13
  Death Benefits......................................................   15
  Surrenders..........................................................   15
  Annuity Benefits....................................................   16
  Annuity Options.....................................................   17
FEDERAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS............................................   18
INFORMATION REGARDING TAX QUALIFIED PLANS.............................   22
MISCELLANEOUS.........................................................   24
  Voting Rights.......................................................   24
  How the Certificates are Sold.......................................   24
  Custodian of Separate Account Assets................................   25
  Assignment..........................................................   25
  Rights of Annuitant and Certificate Owner(s)........................   25
  Modification of Group Contract and Certificates Thereunder..........   25
  Change in the Operation of the Separate Account.....................   25
  Legal Matters and Experts...........................................   25
  Additional Information..............................................   26
TABLE OF CONTENTS TO STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION..............   27
</TABLE>
 
<PAGE>
AMERICAN MATURITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY                                       5
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
                                    SUMMARY
 
THIS BRIEF DESCRIPTION IS ONLY AN OVERVIEW OF THE MORE SIGNIFICANT FEATURES OF
THE CERTIFICATE. MORE DETAILED INFORMATION MAY BE FOUND IN SUBSEQUENT SECTIONS
OF THIS PROSPECTUS AND IN THE STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION.
 
    WHAT IS THE CERTIFICATE? The AARP Variable Annuity (the "Certificate") is a
long-term financial planning device offered to eligible members of the American
Association of Retired Persons. The Certificate permits you to invest on a
tax-deferred basis for retirement or other long-range goals, and to receive a
series of regular payments for life or a period of years. The Certificate is
also available for Individual Retirement Annuities (IRAs). (See "The
Certificate," page 11).
 
    HOW DO I PURCHASE A CERTIFICATE? Generally, you may purchase a Certificate
by completing an Enrollment Form and submitting it with your initial premium
payment to Us for approval. Initially you must invest at least $5,000 (or $2,500
if you enroll in our preauthorized checking plan with scheduled contributions of
$100 per month). If you wish, you may make additional investments of at least
$250 (or $100 if enrolled in our preauthorized checking plan).
 
    For a limited time, usually 10 days after you receive it, you may cancel
your Certificate without withdrawal charges. (See "Making Your Premium
Payments," page 11).
 
    WHAT ARE MY INVESTMENT OPTIONS? You select your own investment options. The
underlying investments for the Certificate are certain shares of the Fidelity
Variable Insurance Products Fund, the Fidelity Variable Insurance Products Fund
II, the Janus Aspen Series, and the Scudder Variable Life Investment Fund, all
which are diversified series investment companies with multiple portfolios ("the
Funds") and the Fixed Account. The available Funds are listed on page 9.
 
    WHAT CHARGES WILL I PAY? We charge an Administrative Fee of 0.20% per year,
and a Mortality and Expense Risk Charge of 0.65% per year against amounts held
in the Separate Account. Amounts held in the Separate Account are also subject
to the fees and expenses imposed on the corresponding Funds. Before the Annuity
Commencement Date, or at the time of a full withdrawal, if your Certificate
Value is less than $50,000, We charge an Annual Fee of $25. Withdrawals of
premium payments may be subject to a Contingent Deferred Sales Charge if you
withdraw money before your Certificate has been in effect for 5 years. This
Charge is determined by the amount of your withdrawal and declines over time
from your original purchase date of the Certificate. We may waive the Charge
under certain circumstances. You may also be subject to other fees. See "Charges
Under the Certificate," page 13.
 
    CAN I WITHDRAW MY CERTIFICATE VALUE? Subject to any applicable charges, you
may withdraw all or part of your Certificate at any time on or prior to your
Annuity Commencement Date starting 30 days after your Certificate is issued.
Withdrawals may be subject to tax and, in certain circumstances, a tax penalty.
Each year you may withdraw up to 10% of remaining premium payments without the
assessment of a Contingent Deferred Sales Charge. (See "Surrenders," page 15).
 
    DOES THE CERTIFICATE HAVE A DEATH BENEFIT? There is a Death Benefit if the
Annuitant or Certificate Owner or Joint Certificate Owner dies before the
Annuity Commencement Date. (See "Death Benefits," page 15).
 
    WHAT ARE THE AVAILABLE ANNUITY OPTIONS UNDER THE CERTIFICATE? There are five
Annuity Options described on page 17. You may not defer the Annuity Commencement
Date beyond the Annuitant's 90th birthday (or earlier in some states). If you do
not tell Us otherwise, We will elect the Fifth Annuity Option on the Annuity
Commencement Date for you.
 
    HOW DO I REACH AMERICAN MATURITY? You can reach our service representatives
at 1-800-923-3334. See "Additional Information," page 26, for address
information.
<PAGE>
6                                       AMERICAN MATURITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
                                   FEE TABLE
 
                     CERTIFICATE OWNER TRANSACTION EXPENSES
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                                    <C>
Sales Charge Imposed on Purchases (as a percentage of premium payments)..............................       None
Contingent Deferred Sales Charge (as a percentage of premium payments)
  First Year (1).....................................................................................         5%
  Second Year........................................................................................         4%
  Third Year.........................................................................................         3%
  Fourth Year........................................................................................         2%
  Fifth Year.........................................................................................         1%
  Sixth Year.........................................................................................         0%
Transfer Fee (2).....................................................................................       None
Withdrawal Fee (3)...................................................................................       None
Annual Fee (4).......................................................................................        $25
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
 
(1) Length of time from purchase date in years.
 
(2) We reserve the right to impose a transaction fee in the future of up to $15
    per transfer on transfers in excess of 12 in any Certificate Year. See
    "Transfers Between the Sub-Accounts" on page 12.
 
(3) We reserve the right to impose a withdrawal fee in the future of up to $15
    per withdrawal on withdrawals in excess of 12 in any Certificate Year. See
    "Surrenders" on page 15.
 
(4) This fee will be charged at the end of each Certificate Year prior to your
    Annuity Commencement Date and at the time of a full withdrawal unless your
    Certificate Value is at least $50,000 on that date.
                        SEPARATE ACCOUNT ANNUAL EXPENSES
                   (as a percentage of average account value)
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                           <C>
Mortality and Expense Risk Charge...........................   0.65%
Administration Fee..........................................   0.20%
                                                              ------
Total Separate Account Expenses.............................   0.85%
                                                              ------
                                                              ------
</TABLE>
                         ANNUAL FUND OPERATING EXPENSES
                     (as percentage of average net assets)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                    MANAGEMENT       OTHER
                                                                                                        FEE         EXPENSES
                                                                                                   -------------  ------------
<S>                                                                                                <C>            <C>
Money Market Portfolio (Scudder).................................................................       0.370%         0.130%
Bond Portfolio (Scudder).........................................................................       0.475%         0.085%
Balanced Portfolio (Janus).......................................................................       0.820%         0.550%
Asset Manager Growth Portfolio (Fidelity)........................................................       0.710%         0.290%
Growth & Income Portfolio (Scudder)..............................................................       0.469%         0.281%
Contrafund Portfolio (Fidelity)..................................................................       0.610%         0.110%
Capital Growth Portfolio (Scudder)...............................................................       0.610%         0.090%
Growth Portfolio (Fidelity)......................................................................       0.475%         0.095%
Worldwide Growth Portfolio (Janus)...............................................................       0.680%         0.220%
 
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                    TOTAL FUND
                                                                                                     OPERATING
                                                                                                     EXPENSES
                                                                                                   -------------
<S>                                                                                                <C>
Money Market Portfolio (Scudder).................................................................       0.500%
Bond Portfolio (Scudder).........................................................................       0.560%
Balanced Portfolio (Janus).......................................................................       1.370%
Asset Manager Growth Portfolio (Fidelity)........................................................       1.000%
Growth & Income Portfolio (Scudder)..............................................................       0.750%
Contrafund Portfolio (Fidelity)..................................................................       0.720%
Capital Growth Portfolio (Scudder)...............................................................       0.700%
Growth Portfolio (Fidelity)......................................................................       0.570%
Worldwide Growth Portfolio (Janus)...............................................................       0.900%
</TABLE>
 
<PAGE>
AMERICAN MATURITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY                                       7
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
                                    EXAMPLE
 
    IF YOU SURRENDER YOUR CERTIFICATE AT THE END OF THE APPLICABLE TIME PERIOD:
YOU WOULD PAY THE FOLLOWING EXPENSES ON A $1,000 INVESTMENT, ASSUMING A 5%
ANNUAL RETURN ON ASSETS:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               1 YEAR    3 YEARS
                                                              --------   --------
<S>                                                           <C>        <C>
Money Market Portfolio......................................  $    65    $    76
Bond Portfolio..............................................       65         77
Balanced Portfolio..........................................       74        103
Asset Manager Growth Portfolio..............................       70         91
Growth & Income Portfolio...................................       67         83
Contrafund Portfolio........................................       67         82
Capital Growth Portfolio....................................       67         82
Growth Portfolio............................................       65         78
Worldwide Growth Portfolio..................................       69         88
</TABLE>
 
    IF YOU ANNUITIZE YOUR CERTIFICATE AT THE END OF THE APPLICABLE TIME PERIOD:
YOU WOULD PAY THE FOLLOWING EXPENSES ON A $1,000 INVESTMENT, ASSUMING A 5%
ANNUAL RETURN ON ASSETS:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               1 YEAR    3 YEARS
                                                              --------   --------
<S>                                                           <C>        <C>
Money Market Portfolio......................................  $    15    $    46
Bond Portfolio..............................................       15         47
Balanced Portfolio..........................................       24         73
Asset Manager Growth Portfolio..............................       20         61
Growth & Income Portfolio...................................       17         53
Contrafund Portfolio........................................       17         52
Capital Growth Portfolio....................................       17         52
Growth Portfolio............................................       15         48
Worldwide Growth Portfolio..................................       19         58
</TABLE>
 
    IF YOU DO NOT SURRENDER YOUR CERTIFICATE AT THE END OF THE APPLICABLE TIME
PERIOD: YOU WOULD PAY THE FOLLOWING EXPENSES ON A $1,000 INVESTMENT, ASSUMING A
5% ANNUAL RETURN ON ASSETS:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               1 YEAR    3 YEARS
                                                              --------   --------
<S>                                                           <C>        <C>
Money Market Portfolio......................................  $    15    $    46
Bond Portfolio..............................................       15         47
Balanced Portfolio..........................................       24         73
Asset Manager Growth Portfolio..............................       20         61
Growth & Income Portfolio...................................       17         53
Contrafund Portfolio........................................       17         52
Capital Growth Portfolio....................................       17         52
Growth Portfolio............................................       15         48
Worldwide Growth Portfolio..................................       19         58
</TABLE>
 
    The purpose of this table is to assist you in understanding various costs
and expenses that you will bear directly or indirectly. The table reflects
expenses of the Separate Account and underlying Funds. For more complete
descriptions of the various costs and expenses involved, see "Charges under the
Certificates" in this Prospectus and see the Fund Prospectuses. Premium taxes
may also be applicable. THIS EXAMPLE SHOULD NOT BE CONSIDERED A REPRESENTATION
OF PAST OR FUTURE EXPENSES AND ACTUAL EXPENSES MAY BE GREATER THAN THOSE SHOWN.
The Annual Expenses of the Funds and Examples are based on data provided by the
respective Funds. We have not independently verified such data.
 
    The Annual Fee is reflected in the examples, using an assumed Certificate
Value of $35,000. No Annual Fee is deducted from annuitized amounts, or if your
Certificate Value is at least $50,000, or on payment of a death benefit.
<PAGE>
8                                       American Maturity Life Insurance Company
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
  AMERICAN MATURITY, THE SEPARATE ACCOUNT, THE FUNDS, AND THE GENERAL ACCOUNT
 
                    AMERICAN MATURITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
 
    We are American Maturity Life Insurance Company ("American Maturity" or "We"
or "Us"), domiciled in Connecticut. Our principal office is at 200 Hopmeadow
Street, Simsbury, Connecticut 06089. However our mailing address is 700 Newport
Center Drive, Newport Beach, California 92660.
 
    American Maturity is a stock insurance company engaged in the business of
writing annuities. American Maturity was originally incorporated under the name
of First Equicor Life Insurance Company under the laws of California on October
24, 1972. On July 29, 1994 First Equicor Life Insurance Company redomesticated
to Connecticut and changed its name to American Maturity Life Insurance Company.
American Maturity is owned 60% by Hartford Life and Accident Insurance Company
(domiciled in Connecticut) and 40% by Pacific Mutual Life Insurance Company
(domiciled in California). Pacific Mutual serves as the administrator of the
Certificates.
 
    The American Association of Retired Persons ("AARP") granted American
Maturity the exclusive right to offer annuity products to the membership of AARP
pursuant to an agreement established July 6, 1994. The agreement requires
American Maturity to maintain minimum capital surplus levels, minimum ratings
from nationally recognized rating services, and generally to obtain AARP's
consent in all matters relating to the offering of annuities to AARP members.
The agreement also includes a shareholder's agreement of American Maturity's
shareholders. In return for the exclusive right to offer annuity products to
AARP members, American Maturity pays AARP a royalty fee. The agreement is
effective until December 31, 2004, at which time AARP and American Maturity may
or may not renew the agreement.
 
    Based on its financial soundness and operating performance, American
Maturity has earned an A+ (Superior) rating from A.M. Best Company, Inc., and an
(AA+) (Excellent) rating from Standard & Poor's. Based on claims paying ability,
American Maturity has earned an (AA+) (Very High) rating from Duff and Phelps.
 
    These ratings do not apply to the performance of the Separate Account.
However, the contractual obligations under this variable annuity are the general
corporate obligations of American Maturity. These ratings do apply to American
Maturity's ability to meet its insurance obligations under the Certificate.
                             SEPARATE ACCOUNT AMLVA
 
    The Separate Account AMLVA (the "Separate Account") was established on
February 28, 1996, in accordance with authorization by Our Board of Directors.
It is the Separate Account in which We set aside and invest the assets
attributable to the Certificates described in this Prospectus. Although the
Separate Account is an integral part of American Maturity, it is registered as a
unit investment trust under the Investment Company Act of 1940. This
registration does not, however, involve Securities and Exchange Commission
supervision of the management or the investment practices or policies of the
Separate Account or American Maturity. The Separate Account meets the definition
of "separate account" under federal securities law.
 
    Under Connecticut law, the assets of the Separate Account attributable to
the Certificates offered under this Prospectus are held for the benefit of the
owners of, and the persons entitled to payments under, those Certificates.
Income, gains, and losses, whether or not realized, from assets allocated to the
Separate Account, are, in accordance with the Certificates, credited to or
charged against the Separate Account. Also, the assets in the Separate Account
are not chargeable with liabilities arising out of any other business American
Maturity may conduct. So, Certificate Values allocated to the Sub-Accounts will
not be affected by the rate of return of American Maturity's General Account,
nor by the investment performance of any of American Maturity's other separate
accounts. However, all obligations arising under the Certificates are general
corporate obligations of American Maturity.
 
    Your investment in the Separate Account is allocated to one or more
Sub-Accounts as per your specifications. Each Sub-Account is invested
exclusively in the assets of a Fund. Premium payments and proceeds of transfers
between Sub-Accounts are applied to purchase shares in the appropriate Funds at
net asset values determined as of the end of the Business Day during which the
payments were received or the transfer made. All distributions from the Fund are
reinvested at net asset value. The value of your investment will therefore vary
in accordance with the net income and fluctuation in the individual investments
within the underlying Fund. During the variable annuity payout period, both your
annuity payments and reserve values will vary in accordance with these factors.
 
    American Maturity does not guarantee the investment results of the
Sub-Accounts or any of the underlying investments. There is no assurance that
the value of a Certificate during the years prior to retirement or the aggregate
amount of the variable annuity payments will equal the total of premium payments
made under the Certificate. Since
<PAGE>
AMERICAN MATURITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY                                       9
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
each underlying Fund has different investment objectives, each is subject to
different risks. These risks are more fully described in the accompanying
Prospectuses for each of the Funds.
    American Maturity reserves the right to substitute the shares of any other
registered investment company for the shares of any Fund already purchased or to
be purchased in the future by the Separate Account provided that the
substitution has been approved by the Securities and Exchange Commission.
 
    The investment portfolios of the Funds are available to registered separate
accounts offering variable annuity and variable life products of other
participating insurance companies. Although we do not anticipate any
disadvantages to this, there is a possibility that a material conflict may arise
between the interest of the Separate Account and one or more of the other
separate accounts participating in the Funds. A conflict may occur due to a
change in law affecting the operations of variable life and variable annuity
separate accounts, differences in voting instructions of our Certificate Owners
and those of other companies, or some other reason. In the event of a conflict,
we will take any steps
 
necessary to protect Certificate Owners. See the accompanying Prospectuses for
the Funds for more information.
                                   THE FUNDS
 
    The underlying variable investments for the Certificates are certain shares
of the Fidelity Variable Insurance Products Fund, Fidelity Variable Insurance
Products Fund II, Janus Aspen Series, and Scudder Variable Life Investment Fund,
all diversified series investment companies with multiple portfolios. We reserve
the right, subject to compliance with the law, to offer additional funds with
differing investment objectives. The Funds may not be available in all states.
 
    A full description of the Funds, their investment policies and restrictions,
risks, charges and expenses and all other aspects of their operation is
contained in separate prospectuses (reprinted at the end of this booklet). Each
prospectus should be read in conjunction with this Prospectus before investing.
 
    The investment objectives of each of the Funds are summarized below. There
is, of course, no assurance that any Fund will meet its objective:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                    FUND:                        INVESTMENT STRATEGY:
                    ---------------------------  -------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                 <C>                          <C>
Current Income      MONEY MARKET PORTFOLIO       Seeks income through investments in short-term money market securities.
                    BOND PORTFOLIO               Seeks high income from a high quality portfolio of bonds.
 
Balanced            BALANCED PORTFOLIO           Seeks long-term capital growth, consistent with perservation of capital
                                                 balanced by current income.
                    ASSET MANAGER GROWTH         Seeks high total return with reduced risk over the long-term by
                    PORTFOLIO                    allocating its assets among domestic and foreign stocks, bonds and
                                                 short-term, fixed income instruments.
 
Stock Growth        GROWTH & INCOME PORTFOLIO    Seeks long-term growth of capital, current income and growth of income
                                                 from a portfolio consisting primarily of common stocks and securities
                                                 convertible into common stocks.
                    CONTRAFUND PORTFOLIO         Seeks long-term capital appreciation by investing in equity securities of
                                                 companies considered undervalued or out-of-favor by the Fund's advisor.
                    CAPITAL GROWTH PORTFOLIO     Seeks to maximize long-term capital growth from a portfolio consisting
                                                 primarily of equity securities.
                    GROWTH PORTFOLIO             Seeks to achieve capital appreciation normally through the purchase of
                                                 common stocks.
 
Global              WORLDWIDE GROWTH PORTFOLIO   Seeks long-term growth of capital by investing primarily in common stocks
                                                 of foreign and domestic issuers.
 
<CAPTION>
 
                    GENERAL ACCOUNT:
                    ---------------------------
<S>                 <C>                          <C>
Fixed Rate          FIXED ACCOUNT                Seeks guaranteed current interest income
 
<CAPTION>
                    ADVISER:
                    ----------
<S>                 <C>
Current Income      Scudder
                    Scudder
Balanced            Janus
 
                    Fidelity
 
Stock Growth        Scudder
 
                    Fidelity
 
                    Scudder
 
                    Fidelity
 
Global              Janus
 
<S>                 <C>
Fixed Rate          n/a
</TABLE>
 
<PAGE>
10                                      AMERICAN MATURITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
                        INVESTMENT ADVISERS OF THE FUNDS
 
    FIDELITY MANAGEMENT & RESEARCH COMPANY ("FMR")
    82 Devonshire Street
    Boston, Massachusetts 02109
    Investment adviser for the Asset Manager Portfolio, the Contrafund
    Portfolio, and the Growth Portfolio.
 
    JANUS CAPITAL
    100 Filmore Street
    Denver, Colorado 80206-4923
    Investment adviser for the Balanced Portfolio and the Worldwide Growth
    Portfolio.
 
    SCUDDER, STEVENS & CLARK, INC.
    Two International Place
    Boston, Massachusetts 02110-4103
    Investment adviser for the Money Market Portfolio, the Bond Portfolio, the
    Growth & Income Portfolio, and Capital Growth Portfolio.
 
    Please see each prospectus for the Fidelity Insurance Products Fund,
Fidelity Variable Insurance Products Fund II, Janus Aspen Series, and Scudder
Variable Life Investment Fund for more information on each investment adviser.
                              THE GENERAL ACCOUNT
 
    THAT PORTION OF THE CERTIFICATE RELATING TO THE FIXED ACCOUNT IS NOT
REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 ("1933 ACT") AND THE FIXED ACCOUNT
IS NOT REGISTERED AS AN INVESTMENT COMPANY UNDER THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF
1940 ("1940 ACT"). ACCORDINGLY, NEITHER THE FIXED ACCOUNT NOR ANY INTERESTS
THEREIN ARE SUBJECT TO THE PROVISIONS OR RESTRICTIONS OF THE 1933 ACT OR THE
1940 ACT, AND THE DISCLOSURE REGARDING THE FIXED ACCOUNT HAS NOT BEEN REVIEWED
BY THE STAFF OF THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. THE FOLLOWING DISCLOSURE
ABOUT THE FIXED ACCOUNT MAY BE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN GENERALLY APPLICABLE
PROVISIONS OF THE FEDERAL SECURITIES LAWS REGARDING THE ACCURACY AND
COMPLETENESS OF DISCLOSURE.
 
    Premium payments and Certificate Values allocated to the Fixed Account
become a part of Our general assets. We invest the assets of the General Account
in accordance with applicable law governing the investments of insurance company
general accounts.
 
    Currently, We guarantee interest at a rate of not less than 3.0% per year,
compounded annually, to amounts allocated to the Fixed Account. However, We
reserve the right to change the rate according to state insurance law. We may
credit interest at a rate in excess of 3.0% per year; however, We are not
obligated to credit any interest in excess of 3.0% per year. There is no
specific formula for the determination of excess interest credits. Some of the
factors that We may consider in determining whether to credit excess interest to
amounts allocated to the Fixed Account and the amount thereof, are general
economic trends, rates of return currently available and anticipated on Our
investments, regulatory and tax requirements and competitive factors. ANY
INTEREST CREDITED TO AMOUNTS ALLOCATED TO THE FIXED ACCOUNT IN EXCESS OF 3% PER
YEAR WILL BE DETERMINED IN THE SOLE DISCRETION OF AMERICAN MATURITY. THE OWNER
ACCEPTS THAT INTEREST CREDITED TO FIXED ACCOUNT ALLOCATIONS MAY NOT EXCEED THE
MINIMUM GUARANTEE OF 3% FOR ANY GIVEN YEAR.
                        PERFORMANCE RELATED INFORMATION
 
    The Separate Account may advertise certain performance related information
concerning its Sub-Accounts. Performance information about a Sub-Account is
based on the Sub-Account's past performance only and is no indication of future
performance.
 
    Historical performance information can help you understand how investment
performance can affect your investment in the Sub-Accounts. Although the Sub-
Accounts are newly-established and have no historical performance, each
Sub-Account will be investing in shares of a Fund that does have historical
performance data. Performance data include total returns for each Sub-Account,
current and effective yields for the Money Market Sub-Account, and yields for
the other fixed income Sub-Accounts. Calculations are in accordance with
standard formulas prescribed by the SEC. Yields do not reflect any charge for
premium taxes and/or other taxes; this exclusion may cause yields to show more
favorable performance. Total returns may or may not reflect withdrawal charges,
Annual Fees or any charge for premium and/or other taxes; data that do not
reflect these charges may have more favorable performance.
 
    The Statement of Additional Information presents some hypothetical
performance data, showing what the performance of each Sub-Account would have
been if it had been investing in the corresponding Fund since that Fund's
inception. The Statement of Additional Information also presents some
performance benchmarks, based on unmanaged market indices, such as the S&P 500,
and on "peer groups," which use other managed funds with similar investment
objectives. These benchmarks may give you a broader perspective when you examine
hypothetical or actual Sub-Account performance.
<PAGE>
AMERICAN MATURITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY                                      11
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
                                THE CERTIFICATE
                            WHAT IS THE CERTIFICATE?
 
    Your AARP Variable Annuity (your "Certificate") provides you with
flexibility in tax-deferred retirement planning or other long-term financial
planning. You may select among the Funds and the Fixed Account. You may add to
your Certificate Value at any time, and your additional investments may be in
any amount you choose (subject to certain limitations). When you annuitize, the
Annuitant will receive a series of variable and/or fixed payments for life or
for a specified period of years.
 
    If you purchase a Certificate with after-tax dollars, your Certificate is
called a "Non-Qualified" Certificate. If your Certificate is purchased through a
Qualified Plan, it is called a "Qualified Certificate". Either way, your
earnings on your Certificate are not subject to tax until amounts are withdrawn
or distributed (including annuity payments).
                       HOW TO APPLY FOR YOUR CERTIFICATE
 
    To purchase a Certificate, fill out an Enrollment Form and submit it along
with your initial Premium payment to American Maturity Life Insurance Company at
P.O. Box 100194, Pasadena, CA 91189-0194. If your Enrollment Form and payment
are complete when received, or once they have been complete, We will issue your
Certificate within the next two Business Days. If some information is missing
from your Enrollment Form, We may delay issuing your Certificate while we obtain
the missing information, however, we will not hold your initial Premium payment
for more than five Business Days without your permission.
 
    If you already own a variable annuity contract, you may purchase a
Certificate by exchanging your existing contract(s). If you are interested in
this option, call Us for more information.
 
    We reserve the right to reject any Enrollment Form or premium payment for
any reason, subject to any applicable state nondiscrimination laws and to our
own standards and guidelines. You must be age 90 or under (85 or under in
Pennsylvania) to purchase a Certificate.
                          MAKING YOUR PREMIUM PAYMENTS
 
    PREMIUM PAYMENTS -- Your initial premium payment must be at least $5,000.
You may pay this entire amount when you submit your Enrollment Form, or you may
choose our preauthorized checking plan. If you choose the preauthorized checking
plan, you must make your first installment payment of at least $2,500 when you
submit your Enrollment Form, and you must schedule to contribute at least $100
per month. You must obtain our consent before making an initial or additional
premium payment that will bring your aggregate Premium payments over $1,000,000.
You may choose to invest additional amounts in your Certificate at any time.
Each additional premium payment must be at least $250 (or $100 if enrolled in
the preauthorized checking plan).
 
    SHORT TERM CANCELLATION RIGHT ("RIGHT TO EXAMINE") -- If you are not
satisfied with your purchase you may cancel the Certificate by returning it
within ten days (or longer in some states) after you receive it. Your
cancellation request must be in writing. If you choose to cancel, We will pay
you an amount equal to the Certificate Value on the date we receive your
request, without any deduction for the Contingent Deferred Sales Charge. You
bear the investment risk of the Certificate before We receive your request for
cancellation. However, in those states where required by law, and for Individual
Retirement Annuities (IRAs), We will refund the premium you paid (rather than
the Certificate Value).
                         HOW YOUR PAYMENTS ARE INVESTED
 
    Each initial premium payment is credited to your Certificate within two
business days of receipt of a properly completed Enrollment Form by American
Maturity at its Administrative Office. It will be credited to the Sub-Account(s)
and/or the Fixed Account in accordance with your election. If the Enrollment
Form is incomplete when received, once completed each initial premium payment
will be credited to the Sub-Account(s) or the Fixed Account within five business
days of receipt. If the initial premium payment is not credited within five
business days, the premium payment will be immediately returned unless you have
been informed of the delay and request that the premium payment not be returned.
Any additional premium payments are credited to your Certificate on the Business
Day We receive your completed request.
 
    If your Certificate is an IRA or is issued in a state which requires the
return of premium upon the exercise of your "Right to Examine," your initial
premium payment to be allocated to any Sub-Account is allocated to the Money
Market Sub-Account during your "Right to Examine" period. In most cases your
initial premium payment will be allocated to your chosen Sub-Accounts at the end
of the 15th calendar day after your Certificate Date. We reserve the right to
extend this period to correspond with the number of days in which your state
allows you to return your Certificate under the "Right to Examine" provision.
 
    The number of Accumulation Units in each Sub-Account to be credited to a
Certificate is determined by dividing the portion of the premium payment being
credited to each Sub-Account by the value of an Accumulation Unit in that
Sub-Account on that date. Subsequent
<PAGE>
12                                      AMERICAN MATURITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
premium payments are priced on the Business Day received by American Maturity.
                               CERTIFICATE VALUE
 
    The value of your Sub-Account(s) under your Certificate at any time prior to
the Annuity Commencement Date is determined by multiplying the total number of
Accumulation Units credited to your Certificate in each Sub-Account by the then
current Accumulation Unit values for the applicable Sub-Account. The value of
the Fixed Account under your Certificate will be the amount allocated to the
Fixed Account plus interest credited less withdrawals. You will be advised at
least quarterly of the number of Accumulation Units credited to each
Sub-Account, the current Accumulation Unit values, the Fixed Account value, and
the total value of your Certificate.
 
    The Accumulation Unit value for each Sub-Account will vary to reflect the
investment experience of the applicable Fund. It will be determined on each
Business Day by multiplying the Accumulation Unit value of the particular
Sub-Account on the preceding Business Day by a "Net Investment Factor" for that
Sub-Account for the Business Day then ended. The "Net Investment Factor" for
each of the Sub-Accounts is equal to the net asset value per share of the
corresponding Fund at the end of the Business Day (plus the per share amount of
any dividends or capital gains distributed by that Fund if the ex-dividend date
occurs in the Business Day then ended) divided by the net asset value per share
of the corresponding Fund at the beginning of the Business Day and subtracting
from that amount the Mortality and Expense Risk Charge and the Administration
Charge. You should refer to the Fund Prospectuses which accompany this
Prospectus for a description of how the assets of each Fund are valued since
each determination has a direct bearing on the Accumulation Unit value of the
Sub-Account and therefore the value of a Certificate. The Accumulation Unit
Value is affected by the performance of the underlying Fund(s), expenses and
deduction of the charges described in this Prospectus.
 
    The shares of the Fund are valued at net asset value on each Business Day. A
complete description of the valuation method used in valuing Fund shares may be
found in the accompanying Prospectuses of the Funds.
 
    American Maturity will determine the value of the Fixed Account by crediting
interest to amounts allocated to the Fixed Account. The minimum Fixed Account
interest rate is 3%, compounded annually. We may not credit a lower minimum
interest rate according to state law. We also may credit interest at rates
greater than the minimum Fixed Account interest rate.
                      TRANSFERS BETWEEN THE SUB-ACCOUNTS/
                                 FIXED ACCOUNT
 
    TRANSFERS BETWEEN THE SUB-ACCOUNTS AND FIXED ACCOUNT -- You may transfer the
values among your Sub-Accounts and the Fixed Account free of charge before the
Annuity Commencement Date. We will transfer values from the Fixed Account pro
rata according to any amounts credited with different rates of interest
 
    However, We reserve the right to limit the number of transfers to twelve
(12) per Certificate Year, with no two (2) transfers occurring on consecutive
Business Days. We also reserve the right to limit the size, number, and
frequency of transfers, to restrict or suspend transfers, or to reject any
transfer request. We do not currently, but may impose a fee of up to $15 (or
2.0% of the amount transferred, if less) for each transfer in excess of 12
transfers in any Certificate Year. We reserve the right to defer transfers from
the Fixed Account for up to six months from the date of request. If the result
of any transfer would leave less than a $500 balance in the Fixed Account, the
entire balance of the Fixed Account will be transferred to the Sub-Account(s)
corresponding to the Certificate Owner's last allocation instructions.
 
    After the Annuity Commencement Date, you may only transfer among the
Sub-Accounts once per calendar quarter. For any transfer, the minimum allocation
to any Sub-Account may not be less than $500. No transfers may be made between
the General Account and the Sub-Accounts after the Annuity Commencement Date.
 
    We will send you a written confirmation of any transfer. It will be your
responsibility to verify the accuracy of all confirmations of transfers and to
promptly advise Us of any inaccuracies within one Business Day of receipt of the
confirmation.
 
    TRANSFERS BY TELEPHONE -- American Maturity may permit you to authorize
transfers among the Sub-Accounts and the Fixed Account over the telephone. We
will not be responsible for losses resulting from acting upon telephone requests
reasonably believed to be genuine. We will employ reasonable procedures to
confirm that instructions communicated by telephone are genuine. All transfer
instructions by telephone are tape recorded.
 
    Transaction instructions we receive by telephone before 4:00 p.m. Eastern
time (1:00 p.m. Pacific time), (or the close of the New York Stock Exchange, if
earlier), on any Business Day will normally be effective on that day, and we
will send you written confirmation of each telephone transfer. We cannot
guarantee that you will always be able to reach us to complete a telephone
transaction in the event of busy telephone lines, severe weather conditions, or
other emergencies.
<PAGE>
AMERICAN MATURITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY                                      13
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
    The right to reallocate Certificate Values between the Sub-Accounts is
subject to modification if We determine, in our sole opinion, that the exercise
of that right by one or more Certificate Owners is, or would be, to the
disadvantage of other Certificate Owners. Any modification could be applied to
transfers to or from some or all of the Sub-Accounts and the Fixed Account and
could include, but not be limited to, the requirement of a minimum time period
between each transfer, not accepting transfer requests of an agent acting under
a power of attorney on behalf of more than one Certificate Owner, or limiting
the dollar amount that may be transferred between the Sub-Accounts and the Fixed
Account by a Certificate Owner at any one time. Such restrictions may be applied
in any manner reasonably designed to prevent any use of the transfer right which
is considered by American Maturity to be to the disadvantage of other
Certificate Owners.
 
    DOLLAR COST AVERAGING -- Dollar cost averaging is a method in which
investors buy securities in a series of regular purchases instead of in a single
purchase. This allows the investor to have a lower average security price over
time. This allows the investor to purchase more units in a lower price
environment, and fewer units in a higher price environment. Prior to your
Annuity Commencement Date, you may use dollar cost averaging to transfer
amounts, over time, from any Sub-Account or the Fixed Account with a Certificate
Value of at least $500 to one or more other Sub-Accounts.
 
    FUND REBALANCING -- You may instruct us to maintain a specific balance of
Sub-Accounts under your Certificate (e.g., 30% in one Sub-Account, 40% in
another Sub-Account, and 30% in the last Sub-Account) prior to your Annuity
Commencement Date. Periodically, We will "rebalance" your investment to the
percentage you have specified. Rebalancing may result in transferring amounts
from a Sub-Account earning a relatively higher return to one earning a
relatively lower return. The Fixed Account is not available for rebalancing.
 
    EARNINGS SWEEP -- You may instruct us to make automatic periodic transfers
of your earnings from the Money Market Sub-Account or from the Fixed Account to
one or more Sub-Accounts (other than the Money Market Sub-Account).
                         CHARGES UNDER THE CERTIFICATES
 
    CONTINGENT DEFERRED SALES CHARGE -- There is no deduction for sales expenses
from premium payments when made. However, a Contingent Deferred Sales Charge may
be assessed against Certificate Values if they are withdrawn before the fifth
(5th) Certificate Anniversary and prior to your Annuity Commencement Date. The
length of time from your Certificate Date to the time of surrender determines
the Contingent Deferred Sales Charge. The charge is a percentage of the Gross
Surrender Value (the amount you withdraw) attributable to premium payments. For
purposes of calculating the charge, premium payments are deemed to be
surrendered before earnings.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 CERTIFICATE
     YEAR        CHARGE
- --------------  ---------
<S>             <C>
      1            5%
      2            4%
      3            3%
      4            2%
      5            1%
 6 or greater      0%
</TABLE>
 
    The amount of any Contingent Deferred Sales Charge and any charge for
premium taxes and/or other taxes is added to the amount of your withdrawal
request. For example, if you request to withdraw a net amount of $10,000, pay a
5% sales charge, and owe a 1% premium tax, your Certificate Value is reduced by
$10,638.30. Premium payments will be deemed to be surrendered in the order in
which they were received.
 
    If, at the time of a surrender, you own another AARP Variable Annuity
Certificate(s), the Contingent Deferred Sales Charge is calculated based on the
purchase date of your oldest Certificate.
 
    Transfers between Sub-Accounts and/or the Fixed Account are not considered
withdrawals of an amount from your Certificate, so no Contingent Deferred Sales
Charge is imposed at the time of such transfers.
 
    AMOUNTS NOT SUBJECT TO THE CONTINGENT DEFERRED SALES CHARGE -- No Contingent
Deferred Sales Charge is imposed on amounts withdrawn:
 
    - at annuitization
 
    - at death
 
    - under the Annual Withdrawal Amount (see below)
 
    - to meet IRS minimum distribution requirements on a qualified contract (see
      below)
 
    - while you are confined to a nursing home (see below)
 
    - while your are under age 65 and totally disabled (see below)
 
    - while you have a terminal illness (see below)
 
    ANNUAL WITHDRAWAL AMOUNT -- No Contingent Deferred Sales Charge will be
assessed against any withdrawals made each Certificate Year, on a non-cumulative
basis, of up to 10% of premium payments remaining in the Certificate as of the
last Certificate Anniversary. Withdrawals in excess of this amount will be
subject to the Contingent Deferred Sales Charge.
 
    NURSING HOME WAIVER -- No Contingent Deferred Sales Charge will be assessed
upon surrenders that occur
<PAGE>
14                                      AMERICAN MATURITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
during your confinement in a facility certified as a nursing home. Such
confinement (1) must have been continuous for at least 90 days before the
surrender request; (2) must be at the recommendation of a U.S. licensed
physician; (3) must be for medically necessary reasons and; (4) must be in
effect at the time of the surrender request.
 
    DISABILITY WAIVER -- No Contingent Deferred Sales Charge will be assessed
upon surrenders that occur when you are under age 65 and Totally Disabled. You
must provide written proof, satisfactory to us, that you are Totally Disabled.
Totally Disabled means a disability that: (1) results from bodily injury or
disease; (2) begins while the Certificate is in force; (3) has existed
continuously for at least 12 months; and (4) prevents you from engaging in the
substantial and material duties of your regular occupation. During the first 12
months of Total Disability, regular occupation means your usual full time (at
least 30 hours per week) work when Total Disability begins. We reserve the right
to require reasonable proof of such work. After the first 12 months of Total
Disability, regular occupation means that for which you are reasonably qualified
by education, training or experience.
 
    TERMINAL ILLNESS -- No Contingent Deferred Sales Charge will be assessed
upon surrenders that occur when you have been diagnosed with a medical condition
that results in a life expectancy of less than twelve months. You must provide
written proof, satisfactory to us, that you have been diagnosed by a U.S.
licensed physician with a medical determinable condition that results in a life
expectancy of less than twelve months.
 
    IRS MINIMUM DISTRIBUTIONS -- No Contingent Deferred Sales Charge will be
assessed against surrenders necessary to meet the minimum distribution
requirements set forth in Section 401(a) of the Internal Revenue Code as such
requirements apply to amounts held under the Certificate if you so specify in
writing.
 
    PREMIUM TAXES -- A deduction is made for premium taxes or other taxes
("Taxes"), if applicable, that are imposed by some states or other governmental
entities. We will determine when taxes have resulted from the receipt of premium
payments, the commencement of annuity payments, or the investment experience of
the Separate Account. We may, at our discretion, pay taxes when due and deduct
that amount from the Certificate Value at a later date. Payment at a earlier
date does not waive any right that We may have to deduct amounts at a later
date. We reserve the right to establish a provision for federal income taxes if
the Company determines, in its sole discretion, that it will incur a tax as a
result of the operation of the Separate Account.
 
    ANNUAL FEE -- American Maturity will deduct an Annual Fee of $25 at the end
of each Certificate year prior to the Annuity Commencement Date, or at the time
you withdraw your entire Certificate Value, if your Certificate Value is less
than $50,000 on either date. The fee is not imposed on amounts you annuitize or
on payment of a death benefit. The fee reimburses certain of our costs in
administering the Certificates and the Separate Account; we do not intend to
realize a profit from this fee. Your Annual Fee will be charged proportionately
according to the value in each Sub-Account and the Fixed Account.
 
    MORTALITY AND EXPENSE RISK CHARGE -- American Maturity assesses a charge
against the assets of the Separate Account to compensate for certain mortality
and expense risks that we assume under the Certificates (the "Risk Charge").
Mortality risk is the risk that an Annuitant will live longer (and therefore
receive more annuity payments) than we predict through our actuarial
calculations at the time the Certificate is issued. American Maturity also bears
mortality risk in connection with death benefits payable under the Certificates.
Expense risk is the risk that the expense charges and fees under the
Certificates and Separate Account are less than our actual administrative and
operating expenses.
 
    For assuming these risks, We charge 0.65% per year (0.0017751% per day)
against all Certificate Values held in the Sub-Accounts during the life of the
Certificate.
 
    Risk Charges will stop at annuitization if you select a fixed annuity; Risk
Charges will continue after annuitization if you choose any variable annuity,
even though we do not bear mortality risk if your Annuity Option is Period
Certain Only. American Maturity will realize a gain if the Risk Charge exceeds
our actual cost of expenses and benefits, and will suffer a loss if actual costs
exceed the Risk Charge. Any gain will become part of American Maturity's General
Account; we may use it for any reason, including covering sales expenses on the
Certificates.
 
    ADMINISTRATIVE FEE -- American Maturity charges an Administrative Fee as
compensation for costs we incur in operating the Separate Account and issuing
and administering the Certificates, including processing Enrollment Forms and
payments, and issuing reports to Certificate Owners and to regulatory
authorities.
 
    We charge 0.20% per year (0.0005474% per day) against all Certificate Values
held in the Sub-Accounts during the life of the Certificate. A relationship will
not necessarily exist between the actual administrative expenses attributable to
a particular Certificate and the Administrative Fee paid in respect of that
particular Certificate.
 
    EXPENSES OF THE FUNDS -- Your Certificate Value will reflect advisory fees
and other expenses incurred by the Funds as the underlying investments of your
Sub-Account(s). These fees and expenses are not specified by your Certificate,
and you should refer to the Fund prospectuses for a description of the
deductions and expenses paid out of the assets of the Funds.
<PAGE>
AMERICAN MATURITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY                                      15
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
    SALES COMMISSIONS -- American Maturity does not currently pay any
commissions to any registered representatives. However, it incurs sales expenses
in the form of direct marketing, advertising, and AARP royalty fees. The
contingent deferred sales charge is designed to reimburse us for these costs.
                                 DEATH BENEFITS
    WHEN A DEATH BENEFIT IS PAYABLE -- Before the Annuity Commencement Date, a
death benefit may be payable upon the death of the last surviving Annuitant or
upon the first death of any Certificate Owner. We calculate the death benefit as
of the Notice Date. The Notice Date is the date we receive proof (in good form)
of death at our Administrative Office and instructions regarding payment of the
proceeds.
 
    BENEFICIARY -- The death benefit is payable to your Beneficiary as described
in the Control Provisions of your Certificate. Usually the Beneficiary will be
the person you name in your Enrollment Form if you name yourself as both the
Owner and Annuitant. However, the Beneficiary of a jointly owned Certificate
will be the surviving joint owner, regardless of the beneficiary designation in
your Enrollment Form. Also, upon the death of the last Annuitant who was not a
Certificate Owner, the Beneficiary will be the surviving Certificate Owner(s),
regardless of the beneficiary designation in your Enrollment Form. If you
designate your spouse as the Beneficiary in your Enrollment Form, at your death
your spouse may become the Certificate Owner and continue the Certificate in
lieu of receiving the death benefit.
 
    THE AMOUNT OF THE DEATH BENEFIT -- The death benefit amount prior to the
Annuity Commencement Date shall be the greater of (a) total Purchase Payments
less any Gross Surrenders since the Certificate Date or (b) the Certificate
Value. The death benefit shall be calculated as of the end of the Notice Date.
 
    PAYMENT OF THE DEATH BENEFIT -- The death benefit may be taken in a lump sum
or under any of the settlement options then being offered by the Company,
subject however to certain required distributions that are imposed by the
Internal Revenue Code upon the death of the Certificate Owner (See "Federal Tax
Considerations", Required Distributions, page 20). When payment of the death
benefit is taken in one lump sum, payment will be made within 7 days after the
date due proof of death is received, except when the Company is permitted to
defer such payment under the Investment Company Act of 1940. Payment to the
Beneficiary, other than in a lump sum, may only be elected during the sixty-day
period beginning with the date of receipt of due proof of death.
 
    In the event of the death of the Annuitant after the Annuity Commencement
Date, a death benefit, equal to the present value of any remaining payments
according to the Annuity Option in effect, will be paid in one sum to the
Beneficiary unless other provisions shall have been made and approved by the
Company.
 
    If death proceeds are received by a Beneficiary upon the death of the
Annuitant who was not a Certificate Owner, such payment may be subject to a 10%
tax penalty.
                                   SURRENDERS
 
    FULL SURRENDERS -- Beginning 30 days after your Certificate Date, at any
time prior to the Annuity Commencement Date, you have the right to terminate the
Certificate and take its Net Surrender Value in a lump sum. The Net Surrender
Value is equal to the Certificate Value less any applicable Premium Taxes, the
Annual Fee and any applicable Contingent Deferred Sales Charges. The Net
Surrender Value may be more or less than the amount of the premium payments made
to a Certificate.
 
    PARTIAL SURRENDERS -- Beginning 30 days after your Certificate Date, you may
make a partial surrender of Certificate Values at any time prior to the Annuity
Commencement Date so long as the amount surrendered is at least $500.
Additionally, if the remaining Certificate Value following a surrender is less
than $5,000, We may terminate the Certificate and pay the Net Surrender Value.
We may permit you to preauthorize partial surrenders subject to certain
limitations then in effect.
 
    In requesting a partial surrender you should specify the Sub-Account(s)
and/or the Fixed Account from which the partial surrender is to be taken.
Otherwise, such surrender and any applicable Contingent Deferred Sales Charges
will be effected on a pro rata basis according to the value in the Fixed Account
and each Sub-Account under your Certificate.
 
    No surrenders are permitted after the Annuity Commencement Date.
 
    WITHDRAWAL TRANSACTION FEES -- There is currently no transaction fee for
partial surrenders. However, we reserve the right to impose a withdrawal
transaction fee in the future of up to $15 for each partial withdrawal in excess
of 12 in any Certificate Year. Any such fee would be charged against your
Sub-Account(s) and the Fixed Account, proportionately based on your Certificate
Value in each, immediately after the withdrawal.
 
    TAX CONSEQUENCES OF SURRENDERS -- Any surrender will generally have federal
income tax consequences, which could include tax penalties. Any surrender made
prior to the Certificate Owner's attained age 59 1/2 will generally be subject
to a 10% penalty tax. You should consult with a tax adviser before making any
withdrawal. See Federal Tax Considerations, beginning on page 18, for more
information.
<PAGE>
16                                      AMERICAN MATURITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
    SPECIAL RESTRICTIONS -- American Maturity may defer payment of any amounts
from the Fixed Account for up to six months from the date of the request for the
withdrawal. If we defer payment for more than 30 days, we will pay interest of
at least 3.0% per annum on the amount deferred.
 
    There may be postponement of payment of a withdrawal whenever (a) the New
York Stock Exchange is closed, except for holidays or weekends, or trading on
the New York Stock Exchange is restricted as determined by the Securities and
Exchange Commission; (b) the Securities and Exchange Commission permits
postponement and so orders; or (c) the Securities and Exchange Commission
determines that an emergency exists making valuation of the amounts or disposal
of securities not reasonably practicable.
                                ANNUITY BENEFITS
 
    ANNUITY COMMENCEMENT DATE -- You may select an Annuity Commencement Date.
The Annuity Commencement Date selected must be at least one year after the
Certificate Date and on or before the Annuitant's attained age 90, except in
certain states where a different age is required. If you do not select an
Annuity Commencement Date, the scheduled Annuity Commencement Date will be the
date of the Annuitant's attained age 90, or an earlier age if required by state
law. You may change the Annuity Commencement Date provided you notify us, in
writing, 30 days before the scheduled Annuity Commencement Date.
 
    ANNUITY BENEFIT -- On the Annuity Commencement Date, unless directed
otherwise, We will apply the Net Surrender Value to purchase monthly income
payments payable to the Annuitant according to the Annuity Option elected. The
Contingent Deferred Sales Charge will not be assessed. The Certificate may not
be surrendered after the Annuity Commencement Date.
 
    ELECTION OF ANNUITY OPTION -- You may elect any one of the annuity options
described below or under any of the settlement options then being offered by Us.
In the absence of your election, the Net Surrender Value, without deduction for
any Contingent Deferred Sales Charge, will be applied on the Annuity
Commencement Date under the fifth option to provide a Payment for a Designated
Period for 5 years. The Net Surrender Value is determined on the basis of the
Accumulation Unit value of each Sub-Account no later than the fifth Business Day
preceding the date annuity payments are to commence, plus the value of the Fixed
Account on the Annuity Commencement Date.
 
    DATE OF PAYMENT -- The first annuity payment under the Annuity Option shall
be made one month, (or the period selected for periodic payments: annual,
semi-annual, quarterly, or monthly), following the Annuity Commencement Date.
Subsequent payments shall be made on the same calendar day of the month as was
the first payment, or the preceding day if no such day exists (e.g. September
31), in accordance with the payment period selected.
 
    If the Annuitant dies after the Annuity Commencement Date but before the
Company issues the payee's first check, the Beneficiary will be entitled to the
Net Surrender Value applied to the Annuity Option, without assessment of the
Contingent Deferred Sales Charge or Annual Fee.
 
    ALLOCATION OF ANNUITY -- The person electing an annuity option may further
elect to have the value of the Certificate applied to provide a variable
annuity, a fixed dollar annuity or a combination of both. Once every 3 months,
following the commencement of annuity payments, the Certificate Owner may elect,
in writing, to transfer among any Sub-Account(s) on which variable annuity
payments are based. No transfers may be made between the Sub-Accounts and the
General Account after the Annuity Commencement Date.
 
    If no election is made to the contrary, the value of each Sub-Account shall
be applied to provide a variable annuity based thereon, and the value of the
Fixed Account shall be applied to provide a fixed dollar annuity.
 
    VARIABLE ANNUITY -- A variable annuity is an annuity with payments
increasing or decreasing in amount in accordance with the net investment results
of the Sub-Account(s) of the Separate Account. After the first monthly payment
for a variable Annuity has been determined in accordance with the provisions of
the Certificate (see Description of Tables below), a number of Annuity Units is
determined by dividing that first monthly payment by the appropriate Annuity
Unit value on the effective date of the annuity payments.
 
    The value of an Annuity Unit for each Sub-Account of the Separate Account
will vary to reflect the investment experience of the applicable Funds and will
be determined by multiplying the value of the Annuity Unit for that Sub-Account
on the preceding business day by the product of (a) the net investment factor
for that Sub-Account for the day for which the Annuity Unit value is being
calculated, and (b) an interest factor to offset the effect of the assumed
interest rate of 5% per year, which is built into the Annuity Tables.
 
    The number of Annuity Units remains fixed with respect to a particular
Sub-Account. If the Certificate Owner elects that continuing annuity payments be
based on different Sub-Account(s), the number will change effective with that
election but will remain constant following such election.
 
    The dollar amount of the second and subsequent variable annuity payments is
not predetermined and may increase or decrease from month to month. The actual
amount of each variable annuity payment after the first is
<PAGE>
AMERICAN MATURITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY                                      17
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
determined by multiplying the number of Annuity Units by the Annuity Unit value.
The Annuity Unit value will be determined no earlier than the fifth Business Day
preceding the date the annuity payment is due.
 
    The Company guarantees that the dollar amount of variable annuity payments
will not be adversely affected by variations in the expense results of the
Company and/or in the actual mortality experience of Annuitants from the
mortality assumptions, including any age adjustment, used in determining the
first monthly payment.
 
    You should consider the question of allocation among the Sub-Accounts and
the General Account to make certain that annuity payments are based on the
investment alternative best suited to your needs for retirement.
 
    FIXED DOLLAR ANNUITY -- A fixed dollar annuity is an annuity with payments
which remain fixed as to dollar amount throughout the payment period.
                                ANNUITY OPTIONS
 
    FIRST OPTION: LIFE ANNUITY
 
    An annuity payable monthly during the lifetime of the Annuitant, ceasing
with the last payment due prior to the death of the Annuitant. This option
offers the largest payment amount of any of the life Annuity options since there
is no guarantee of a minimum number of payments nor a provision for a death
benefit payable to a Beneficiary.
 
    It would be possible under this option for an Annuitant to receive only one
Annuity payment if he died prior to the due date of the second Annuity payment,
two if he died before the due date of the third Annuity payment, etc.
 
    SECOND OPTION: LIFE ANNUITY WITH 120, 180 OR 240 MONTHLY PAYMENTS CERTAIN
 
    An annuity providing monthly income for a fixed period of 120 months, 180
months, or 240 months (as selected), and for as long thereafter as the Annuitant
shall live.
 
    If, at the death of the Annuitant, payments have been made for less than the
minimum elected number of months, then the present value as of the date of the
Annuitant's death, of any remaining guaranteed payments will be paid in one sum
to the Beneficiary unless other provisions have been made and approved by
American Maturity.
 
    THIRD OPTION: CASH REFUND LIFE ANNUITY
 
    An annuity payable monthly during the lifetime of the Annuitant ceasing with
the last payment due prior to the death of the Annuitant provided that, at the
death of the Annuitant, the Beneficiary will receive an additional payment equal
to the excess, if any, of (a) minus (b) where: (a) is the Net Surrender Value
applied on the Annuity Commencement Date under this option: and (b) is the
dollar amount of annuity payments already paid. This option is not available for
variable payouts.
 
    FOURTH OPTION: JOINT AND LAST SURVIVOR LIFE ANNUITY
 
    An annuity payable monthly during the joint lifetime of the Annuitant and a
secondary Annuitant, and thereafter during the remaining lifetime of the
survivor, ceasing with the last payment prior to the death of the survivor. It
would be possible under this option for an Annuitant and designated second
person to receive only one payment in the event of the common or simultaneous
death of the parties prior to the due date for the second payment and so on.
 
    FIFTH OPTION: PAYMENT FOR A DESIGNATED PERIOD
 
    An amount payable monthly for the number of years selected which may be from
5 to 30 years.
 
    In the event of the Annuitant's death prior to the end of the designated
period, the present value as of the date of the Annuitant's death, of any
remaining guaranteed payments will be paid in one sum to the Beneficiary unless
other provisions have been made and approved by American Maturity.
 
    Option 5 is an option that does not involve life contingencies and thus no
mortality guarantee. Charges made for the mortality undertaking under the
Certificates thus provide no real benefit to a Certificate Owner.
 
    American Maturity may offer other annuity options from time to time.
 
    DESCRIPTION OF TABLES:  The Certificate contains tables that show the dollar
amount of the first monthly payment for the variable annuity and the minimum
dollar amount of the monthly payments for the fixed annuity for each $1,000
applied under the Annuity Options. The variable payment annuity tables are based
on the 1983a Individual Annuity Mortality Table with ages set back one year, and
an interest rate of 5% per annum. The fixed annuity payment tables are based on
the 1983a Individual Annuity Mortality Table with ages set back one year, and an
interest rate of 3% per annum. Once you have elected an annuity option, that
election may not be changed with respect to any Annuitant following the
commencement of annuity payments.
 
    MINIMUM PAYMENT:  No election of any options or combination of options may
be made under the Certificate unless the first payment for each affected
Sub-Account or Fixed Account would be at least equal to the minimum payment
amount according to Company rules then in effect. If at any time, payments to be
made to any Annuitant from each Account are or become less than the minimum
payment amount, the Company shall have the right to change the frequency of
payment to such intervals as will result in a payment at least equal to the
minimum. If any amount due would be less than the minimum payment amount per
annum, the Company may make such other settlement as may be equitable to the
Annuitant.
<PAGE>
18                                      AMERICAN MATURITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
                           FEDERAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS
 
    A. GENERAL
 
    SINCE THE TAX LAW IS COMPLEX AND SINCE TAX CONSEQUENCES WILL VARY ACCORDING
TO THE ACTUAL STATUS OF THE CERTIFICATE OWNER INVOLVED AND THE TYPE OF PLAN
UNDER WHICH THE CERTIFICATE IS PURCHASED, LEGAL AND TAX ADVICE MAY BE NEEDED BY
A PERSON, TRUSTEE OR OTHER ENTITY CONTEMPLATING THE PURCHASE OF A CERTIFICATE
DESCRIBED HEREIN.
 
    It should be understood that any detailed description of the Federal income
tax consequences regarding the purchase of these Certificates cannot be made in
this Prospectus and that special tax rules may be applicable with respect to
certain purchase situations not discussed herein. In addition, no attempt is
made here to consider any applicable state or other tax laws. For detailed
information, a qualified tax adviser should always be consulted. The discussion
here is based on American Maturity's understanding of current Federal income tax
laws as they are currently interpreted.
 
    B. TAXATION OF AMERICAN MATURITY AND THE SEPARATE ACCOUNT
 
    The Separate Account is taxed as part of American Maturity which is taxed as
a life insurance company in accordance with the Internal Revenue Code (the
"Code"). Accordingly, the Separate Account will not be taxed as a "regulated
investment company" under subchapter M of Chapter 1 of the Code. Investment
income and any realized capital gains on the assets of the Separate Account are
reinvested and are taken into account in determining the value of the
Accumulation and Annuity Units (See "Value of Accumulation Units" commencing on
page ). As a result, such investment income and realized capital gains are
automatically applied to increase reserves under the Certificate.
 
    No taxes are due on interest, dividends and short-term or long-term capital
gains earned by the Separate Account with respect to Qualified or Non-Qualified
Certificates.
 
    C. TAXATION OF ANNUITIES -- GENERAL PROVISIONS AFFECTING PURCHASERS OTHER
       THAN QUALIFIED RETIREMENT PLANS
 
    Section 72 of the Internal Revenue Code governs the taxation of annuities in
general.
 
    1.  NON-NATURAL PERSONS, CORPORATIONS, ETC. Section 72 contains provisions
        for Certificate Owners which are non-natural persons. Non-natural
        persons include corporations, trusts, and partnerships. The annual net
        increase in the value of the Certificate is currently includable in the
        gross income of a non-natural person unless the non-natural person holds
        the Certificate as an agent for a natural person. There is an exception
        from current inclusion for certain annuities held by structured
        settlement companies, certain annuities held by an employer with respect
        to a terminated qualified retirement plan and certain immediate
        annuities. A non-natural person which is a tax-exempt entity for Federal
        tax purposes will not be subject to income tax as a result of this
        provision.
 
        If the Certificate Owner is not an individual, the primary Annuitant
        shall be treated as the Certificate Owner for purposes of making
        distributions which are required to be made upon the death of the
        Certificate Owner. If there is a change in the primary Annuitant, such
        change shall be treated as the death of the Certificate Owner.
 
    2.  OTHER CERTIFICATE OWNERS (NATURAL PERSONS). A Certificate Owner is not
        taxed on increases in the value of the Certificate until an amount is
        received or deemed received, e.g., in the form of a lump sum payment
        (full or partial value of a Certificate) or as Annuity payments under
        the settlement option elected.
 
        The provisions of Section 72 of the Code concerning distributions are
        summarized briefly below. Also summarized are special rules affecting
        distributions from Certificates obtained in a tax-free exchange for
        other annuity certificates or life insurance contracts which were
        purchased prior to August 14, 1982.
 
        a.  DISTRIBUTIONS PRIOR TO THE ANNUITY COMMENCEMENT DATE.
 
             i. Total premium payments less amounts received which were not
                includable in gross income equal the "investment in the
                contract" under Section 72 of the Code.
 
             ii. To the extent that the value of the Certificate (ignoring any
                 surrender charges except on a full surrender) exceeds the
                 "investment in the contract," such excess constitutes the
                 "income on the contract."
 
            iii. Any amount received or deemed received prior to the Annuity
                 Commencement Date (e.g., upon a partial surrender) is deemed to
                 come first from any such "income on the contract" and then from
                 "investment in the contract," and for these purposes such
                 "income on the contract" shall be computed by reference to any
                 aggregation rule in subparagraph 2.c. below. As a result, any
                 such amount received or
<PAGE>
AMERICAN MATURITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY                                      19
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
                deemed received (1) shall be includable in gross income to the
                 extent that such amount does not exceed any such "income on the
                 contract," and (2) shall not be includable in gross income to
                 the extent that such amount does exceed any such "income on the
                 contract." If at the time that any amount is received or deemed
                 received there is no "income on the contract" (e.g., because
                 the gross value of the Certificate does not exceed the
                 "investment in the contract" and no aggregation rule applies),
                 then such amount received or deemed received will not be
                 includable in gross income, and will simply reduce the
                 "investment in the contract."
 
             iv. The receipt of any amount as a loan under the Certificate or
                 the assignment or pledge of any portion of the value of the
                 Certificate shall be treated as an amount received for purposes
                 of this subparagraph a. and the next subparagraph b.
 
             v. In general, the transfer of the Certificate, without full and
                adequate consideration, will be treated as an amount received
                for purposes of this subparagraph a. and the next subparagraph
                b. This transfer rule does not apply, however, to certain
                transfers of property between spouses or incident to divorce.
 
        b.  DISTRIBUTIONS AFTER ANNUITY COMMENCEMENT DATE. Annuity payments made
            periodically after the Annuity Commencement Date are includable in
            gross income to the extent the payments exceed the amount determined
            by the application of the ratio of the "investment in the contract"
            to the total amount of the payments to be made after the Annuity
            Commencement Date (the "exclusion ratio").
 
             i. When the total of amounts excluded from income by application of
                the exclusion ratio is equal to the investment in the contract
                as of the Annuity Commencement Date, any additional payments
                (including surrenders) will be entirely includable in gross
                income.
 
             ii. If the annuity payments cease by reason of the death of the
                 Annuitant and, as of the date of death, the amount of annuity
                 payments excluded from gross income by the exclusion ratio does
                 not exceed the investment in the contract as of the Annuity
                 Commencement Date, then the remaining portion of unrecovered
                 investment shall be allowed as a deduction for the last taxable
                 year of the Annuitant.
 
            iii. Generally, nonperiodic amounts received or deemed received
                 after the Annuity Commencement Date are not entitled to any
                 exclusion ratio and shall be fully includable in gross income.
                 However, upon a full surrender after such date, only the excess
                 of the amount received (after any surrender charge) over the
                 remaining "investment in the contract" shall be includable in
                 gross income (except to the extent that the aggregation rule
                 referred to in the next subparagraph c. may apply).
 
        c.  AGGREGATION OF TWO OR MORE ANNUITY CERTIFICATES. Certificates issued
            after October 21, 1988 by the same insurer (or affiliated insurer)
            to the same Certificate Owner within the same calendar year (other
            than certain contracts held in connection with a tax-qualified
            retirement arrangement) will be treated as one annuity Certificate
            for the purpose of determining the taxation of distributions prior
            to the Annuity Commencement Date. An annuity contract received in a
            tax-free exchange for another annuity contract or life insurance
            contract may be treated as a new Certificate for this purpose.
            American Maturity believes that for any annuity subject to such
            aggregation, the values under the Certificates and the investment in
            the contracts will be added together to determine the taxation under
            subparagraph 2.a., above, of amounts received or deemed received
            prior to the Annuity Commencement Date. Withdrawals will first be
            treated as withdrawals of income until all of the income from all
            such Certificates is withdrawn. As of the date of this Prospectus,
            there are no regulations interpreting this provision.
<PAGE>
20                                      American Maturity Life Insurance Company
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
       d.  10% PENALTY TAX -- APPLICABLE TO CERTAIN WITHDRAWALS AND ANNUITY
           PAYMENTS.
 
             i. If any amount is received or deemed received on the Certificate
                (before or after the Annuity Commencement Date), the Code
                applies a penalty tax equal to ten percent of the portion of the
                amount includable in gross income, unless an exception applies.
 
             ii. The 10% penalty tax will not apply to the following
                 distributions (exceptions vary based upon the precise plan
                 involved):
 
                1.  Distributions made on or after the date the recipient has
                    attained the age of 59 1/2.
 
                2.  Distributions made on or after the death of the holder or
                    where the holder is not an individual, the death of the
                    primary annuitant.
 
                3.  Distributions attributable to a recipient's becoming
                    disabled.
 
                4.  A distribution that is part of a scheduled series of
                    substantially equal periodic payments for the life (or life
                    expectancy) of the recipient (or the joint lives or life
                    expectancies of the recipient and the recipient's
                    Beneficiary).
 
                5.  Distributions of amounts which are allocable to the
                    "investment in the contract" prior to August 14, 1982 (see
                    next subparagraph e.).
 
            iii. Death proceeds received by a Beneficiary upon the death of the
                 Annuitant are generally subject to this penalty unless the
                 Annuitant was also the Certificate Owner.
 
        e.  SPECIAL PROVISIONS AFFECTING CERTIFICATES OBTAINED THROUGH A
            TAX-FREE EXCHANGE OF OTHER ANNUITY OR LIFE INSURANCE CONTRACTS
            PURCHASED PRIOR TO AUGUST 14, 1982. If the Certificate was obtained
            by a tax-free exchange of a life insurance or annuity contract
            purchased prior to August 14, 1982, then any amount received or
            deemed received prior to the Annuity Commencement Date shall be
            deemed to come (1) first from the amount of the "investment in the
            contract" prior to August 14, 1982 ("pre-8/14/82 investment")
            carried over from the prior contract, (2) then from the portion of
            the "income on the contract" (carried over to, as well as
            accumulating in, the successor contract) that is attributable to
            such pre-8/14/82 investment, (3) then from the remaining "income on
            the contract" and (4) last from the remaining "investment in the
            contract." As a result, to the extent that such amount received or
            deemed received does not exceed such pre-8/14/82 investment, such
            amount is not includable in gross income., In addition, to the
            extent that such amount received or deemed received does not exceed
            the sum of (a) such pre-8/14/82 investment and (b) the "income on
            the contract" attributable thereto, such amount is not subject to
            the 10% penalty tax. In all other respects, amounts received or
            deemed received from such post-exchange contracts are generally
            subject to the rules described above.
 
        f.  REQUIRED DISTRIBUTIONS
 
             i. Death of Certificate Owner or Primary Annuitant
 
                Subject to the alternative election or spouse beneficiary
                provisions in ii or iii below:
 
                1.  If any Certificate Owner dies on or after the Annuity
                    Commencement Date and before the entire interest in the
                    Certificate has been distributed, the remaining portion of
                    such interest shall be distributed at least as rapidly as
                    under the method of distribution being used as of the date
                    of such death;
 
                2.  If any Certificate Owner dies before the Annuity
                    Commencement Date, the entire interest in the Certificate
                    will be distributed within 5 years after such death; and
 
                3.  If the Certificate Owner is not an individual, then for
                    purposes of 1. or 2. above, the primary annuitant under the
                    Certificate shall be treated as the Certificate Owner, and
                    any change in the primary annuitant shall be treated as the
                    death of the Certificate Owner. The primary annuitant is the
                    individual, the events in the life of whom are of primary
                    importance in affecting the timing or amount of the payout
                    under the Certificate.
<PAGE>
AMERICAN MATURITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY                                      21
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
             ii. Alternative Election to Satisfy Distribution Requirements
 
                If any portion of the interest of a Certificate Owner described
                in i. above is payable to or for the benefit of a designated
                beneficiary, such beneficiary may elect to have the portion
                distributed over a period that does not extend beyond the life
                or life expectancy of the beneficiary. The election and payments
                must begin within a year of the death.
 
            iii. Spouse Beneficiary
 
                If any portion of the interest of a Certificate Owner is payable
                to or for the benefit of his or her spouse, and the Annuitant or
                Contingent Annuitant is living, such spouse shall be treated as
                the Certificate Owner of such portion for purposes of section i.
                above.
 
    3.  DIVERSIFICATION REQUIREMENTS. Section 817 of the Code provides that a
        variable annuity contract will not be treated as an annuity contract for
        any period during which the investments made by the separate account or
        underlying fund are not adequately diversified in accordance with
        regulations prescribed by the Treasury. If a contract is not treated as
        an annuity contract, the Certificate Owner will be subject to income tax
        on the annual increases in cash value.
 
        The Treasury has issued diversification regulations which generally
        require, among other things, that no more than 55% of the value of the
        total assets of the segregated asset account underlying a variable
        contract is represented by any one investment, no more than 70% is
        represented by any two investments, no more than 80% is represented by
        any three investments, and no more than 90% is represented by any four
        investments. In determining whether the diversification standards are
        met, all securities of the same issuer, all interests in the same real
        property project, and all interests in the same commodity are each
        treated as a single investment. In addition, in the case of government
        securities, each government agency or instrumentality shall be treated
        as a separate issuer.
 
        A separate account must be in compliance with the diversification
        standards on the last day of each calendar quarter or within 30 days
        after the quarter ends. If an insurance company inadvertently fails to
        meet the diversification requirements, the company may comply within a
        reasonable period and avoid the taxation of contract income on an
        ongoing basis. However, either the company or the contract owner must
        agree to pay the tax due for the period during which the diversification
        requirements were not met.
 
        American Maturity monitors the diversification of investments in the
        separate accounts and tests for diversification as required by the Code.
        American Maturity intends to administer all contracts subject to the
        diversification requirements in a manner that will maintain adequate
        diversification.
 
    4.  OWNERSHIP OF THE ASSETS IN THE SEPARATE ACCOUNT. In order for a variable
        annuity contract to qualify for tax deferral, assets in the segregated
        asset accounts supporting the variable contract must be considered to be
        owned by the insurance company and not by the variable contract owner.
        The Internal Revenue Service has issued several rulings which discuss
        investor control. The Service has ruled that incidents of ownership by
        the contract owner, such as the ability to select and control
        investments in a separate account, will cause the contract owner to be
        treated as the owner of the assets for tax purposes.
 
        Further, in the explanation to the temporary Section 817 diversification
        regulations, the Treasury Department noted that the temporary
        regulations "do not provide guidance concerning the circumstances in
        which investor control of the investments of a segregated asset account
        may cause the investor, rather than the insurance company, to be treated
        as the owner of the assets in the account." The explanation further
        indicates that "the temporary regulations provide that in appropriate
        cases a segregated asset account may include multiple Sub-Accounts, but
        do not specify the extent to which policyholders may direct their
        investments to particular Sub-Accounts without being treated as the
        owners of the underlying assets. Guidance on this and other issues will
        be provided in regulations or revenue rulings under section 817(d),
        relating to the definition of variable contract." The final regulations
        issued under Section 817 did not provide guidance regarding investor
        control, and as of the date of this prospectus, no other such guidance
        has been issued. Further, American Maturity does not know if or in what
        form such guidance will be issued. In addition, although regulations are
        generally issued with prospective effect, it is possible that
        regulations may be issued with retroactive effect. Due to the lack of
        specific guidance regarding the issue of investor control, there is
        necessarily some uncertainty regarding whether a Certificate Owner could
        be considered the owner of the assets for tax purposes. American
        Maturity reserves the right to modify the contracts, as necessary, to
        prevent
<PAGE>
22                                      AMERICAN MATURITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
        Certificate Owners from being considered the owners of the assets in the
        separate accounts.
 
    D. FEDERAL INCOME TAX WITHHOLDING
 
    The portion of a distribution which is taxable income to the recipient will
be subject to Federal income tax withholding, pursuant to Section 3405 of the
Internal Revenue Code. The application of this provision is summarized below:
 
    1.  NON-PERIODIC DISTRIBUTIONS. The portion of a non-periodic distribution
        which constitutes taxable income will be subject to Federal income tax
        withholding unless the recipient elects not to have taxes withheld. If
        an election not to have taxes withheld is not provided, 10% of the
        taxable distribution will be withheld as Federal income tax. Election
        forms will be provided at the time distributions are requested. If the
        necessary election forms are not submitted to American Maturity,
        American Maturity will automatically withhold 10% of the taxable
        distribution.
 
    2.  PERIODIC DISTRIBUTIONS (DISTRIBUTIONS PAYABLE OVER A PERIOD GREATER THAN
        ONE YEAR). The portion of a periodic distribution which constitutes
        taxable income will be subject to Federal income tax withholding as if
        the recipient were married claiming three exemptions. A recipient may
        elect not to have income taxes withheld or have income taxes withheld at
        a different rate by providing a completed election form. Election forms
        will be provided at the time distributions are requested.
 
    E.  GENERAL PROVISIONS AFFECTING QUALIFIED RETIREMENT PLANS
 
    The Certificate may be used for a number of qualified retirement plans. If
the Certificate is being purchased with respect to some form of qualified
retirement plan, please see below.
                   INFORMATION REGARDING TAX-QUALIFIED PLANS
 
    The tax rules applicable to tax qualified certificate owners, including
restrictions on contributions and distributions, taxation of distributions and
tax penalties, vary according to the type of plan as well as the terms and
conditions of the plan itself. Various tax penalties may apply to contributions
in excess of specified limits, to distributions in excess of specified limits,
distributions which do not satisfy certain requirements and certain other
transactions with respect to qualified plans. Accordingly, this summary provides
only general information about the tax rules associated with use of the
Certificate by a qualified plan. Certificate owners, plan participants and
beneficiaries are cautioned that the rights and benefits of any person to
benefits are controlled by the terms and conditions of the plan regardless of
the terms and conditions of the Certificate. Some qualified plans are subject to
distribution and other requirements which are not incorporated into American
Maturity's administrative procedures. Owners, participants and beneficiaries are
responsible for determining that contributions, distributions and other
transactions comply with applicable law. Because of the complexity of these
rules, owners, participants and beneficiaries are encouraged to consult their
own tax advisors as to specific tax consequences.
 
    A. QUALIFIED PENSION PLANS
 
    Provisions of the IRC permit eligible employers to establish pension or
profit sharing plans (described in Section 401(a) and 401(k), if applicable, and
exempt from taxation under Section 501(a) of the Code), and Simplified Employee
Pension Plans (described in Section 408(k)). Such plans are subject to
limitations on the amount that may be contributed, the persons who may be
eligible and the time when distributions must commence. Corporate employers
intending to use these certificates in connection with such plans should seek
competent advice.
 
    B. TAX SHELTERED ANNUITIES UNDER SECTION 403(B)
 
    Section 403(b) of the Code permits public school employees and employees of
certain types of charitable, educational and scientific organizations specified
in Section 501(c)(3) of the Code to purchase annuity contracts, and, subject to
certain limitations, exclude such contributions from gross income. Generally,
such contributions may not exceed the lesser of $9,500 or 20% of the employees
"includable compensation" for his most recent full year of employment, subject
to other adjustments. Special provisions may allow some employees to elect a
different overall limitation.
 
    Tax-sheltered annuity programs under Section 403(b) are subject to a
PROHIBITION AGAINST DISTRIBUTIONS FROM THE CERTIFICATE ATTRIBUTABLE TO
CONTRIBUTIONS MADE PURSUANT TO A SALARY REDUCTION AGREEMENT UNLESS SUCH
DISTRIBUTION IS MADE:
 
    1) after the participating employee attains age 59 1/2;
    2) upon separation from service;
    3) upon death or disability, or
    4) in the case of hardship.
 
    The above restrictions apply to distributions of employee contributions made
after December 31, 1988, earnings on those contributions, and earnings on
amounts attributable to employee contributions held as of December 31, 1988.
They do not apply to distributions of any employer or other after-tax
contributions, employee contributions made on or before December 31, 1988, and
<PAGE>
AMERICAN MATURITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY                                      23
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
earnings credited to employee contributions before December 31, 1988.
 
    C. DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLANS UNDER SECTION 457
 
    Employees and independent contractors performing services for such employers
may contribute on a before tax basis to the Deferred Compensation Plan or their
employer in accordance with the employer's plan and Section 457 of the Code.
Section 457 places limitations on contributions to Deferred Compensation Plans
maintained by a State ("State" means a State, a political sub-division of a
State, and an agency or instrumentality of a State or political sub-division of
a State) or other tax-exempt organization. Generally, the limitation is 33 1/3%
of includable compensation (25% of gross compensation) or $7,500, whichever is
less. The plan may also provide for additional "catch-up" deferrals during the
three taxable years ending before a Participant attains normal retirement age.
 
    An employee electing to participate in a plan should understand that his
rights and benefits are governed strictly by the terms of the plan, that the
employer is legal owner of any contract issued with respect to the plan and that
deferred amounts will be subject to the claims of the employer's creditors. The
employer as owner of the contract(s) retains all voting and redemption rights
which may accrue to the contract(s) issued with respect to the plan. The
participating employee should look to the terms of his plan for any charges in
regard to participating therein other than those disclosed in this Prospectus.
 
    Distributions from a 457 deferred compensation plan are prohibited unless
made after the participating employee attains the age specified in the plan,
separates from service, dies, becomes permanently and totally disabled or
suffers an unforeseeable financial emergency. Present federal tax law does not
allow tax-free transfers or rollovers for amounts accumulated in a Section 457
plan except for transfers to other Section 457 plans in limited cases.
 
    D. INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ANNUITIES UNDER SECTION 408
 
    Section 408 of the Code permits eligible individuals to establish individual
retirement programs through the purchase of Individual Retirement Annuities
("IRAs"). IRAs are subject to limitations on the amount that may be contributed,
the contributions that may be deducted from taxable income, the persons who may
be eligible and the time when distributions may commence. Also, distributions
from certain qualified plans may be "rolled-over" on a tax-deferred basis into
an IRA.
 
    E. TAX PENALTIES
 
    Distributions from retirement plans are generally taxed under Section 72 of
the Code. Under these rules, a portion of each distribution may be excludable
from income. The excludable amount is the portion of the distribution which
bears the same ratio as the after-tax contributions bear to the expected return.
 
    1.  PREMATURE DISTRIBUTION
        Distributions from a qualified plan before the Participant attains age
        59 1/2 are generally subject to an additional tax equal to 10% of the
        taxable portion of the distribution. The 10% penalty does not apply to
        distributions made after the employee's death, on account of disability
        and distributions in the form of a life annuity and, except in the case
        of an IRA, certain distributions after separation from service at or
        after age 55 and certain distributions for eligible medical expenses. A
        life annuity is defined as a scheduled series of substantially equal
        periodic payments for the life or life expectancy of the Participant (or
        the joint lives or life expectancies of the Participant and
        Beneficiary).
 
    2.  MINIMUM DISTRIBUTION TAX
        If the amount distributed is less than the minimum required distribution
        for the year, the Participant is subject to a 50% tax on the amount that
        was not properly distributed.
 
        An individual's interest in a retirement plan must generally be
        distributed or begin to be distributed not later than April 1 of the
        calendar year in which the individual attains age 70 1/2 ("required
        beginning date"). The required beginning date with respect to certain
        government plans may be further deferred. The entire interest of the
        Participant must be distributed beginning no later than this required
        beginning date over a period which may not extend beyond a maximum of
        the life expectancy of the Participant and a designated Beneficiary.
        Each annual distribution must equal or exceed a "minimum distribution
        amount" which is determined by dividing the account balance by the
        applicable life expectancy. This account balance is generally based upon
        the account value as of the close of business on the last day of the
        previous calendar year. In addition, minimum distribution incidental
        benefit rules may require a larger annual distribution.
 
        If an individual dies before reaching his or her required beginning
        date, the individual's entire interest must generally be distributed
        within five years of the individuals death. However, this rule will be
        deemed satisfied, if distributions begin before the close of the
        calendar year following the individual's death to a designated
        Beneficiary (or over a period not extending beyond the life expectancy
        of the beneficiary). If the Beneficiary is the individual's surviving
        spouse, distributions may be delayed until the individual would have
        attained age 70 1/2.
<PAGE>
24                                      AMERICAN MATURITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
        If an individual dies after reaching his or her required beginning date
        or after distributions have commenced, the individual's interest must
        generally be distributed at least as rapidly as under the method of
        distribution in effect at the time of the individual's death.
 
    3.  EXCESS DISTRIBUTION TAX
 
        If the aggregate distributions from all IRAs and certain other qualified
        plans in a calendar year exceed the greater of (i) $150,000, or (ii)
        $112,500 as indexed for inflation ($155,000 as of January 1, 1996), a
        penalty tax of 15% is generally imposed on the excess portion of the
        distribution.
 
    4.  WITHHOLDING
 
        Periodic distributions from a qualified plan lasting for a period of 10
        or more years are generally subject to voluntary income tax withholding.
        The recipient of periodic distributions may generally elect not to have
        withholding apply or to have income taxes withheld at a different rate
        by providing a completed election form. Otherwise, the amount withheld
        on such distributions is determined at the rate applicable to wages as
        if the recipient were married claiming three exemptions.
 
        Nonperiodic distributions from an IRA are subject to income tax
        withholding at a flat 10% rate. The recipient may elect not to have
        withholding apply.
 
        Nonperiodic distributions from other qualified plans are generally
        subject to mandatory income tax withholding at the flat rate of 20%
        unless such distributions are:
 
        a)  the non-taxable portion of the distribution;
 
        b)  required minimum distributions;
 
        c)  eligible rollover distributions.
 
        Eligible rollover distributions are direct payments to an IRA or to
        another qualified employer plan.
 
        Any distribution from plans described in Section 457 of the Code is
        subject to regular wage withholding rules.
                                 MISCELLANEOUS
                                 VOTING RIGHTS
 
    American Maturity is the legal owner of all Fund shares held in the Separate
Account. As the owner, American Maturity has the right to vote at the Funds'
shareholder meetings. However, to the extent required by federal securities laws
or regulations, American Maturity will:
 
    - Vote all Fund shares attributable to a Certificate according to
      instructions received from the Certificate Owner, and
 
    - Vote shares attributable to a Certificate for which no voting instructions
      are received in the same portion as shares for which instructions are
      received.
 
    If any federal securities laws or regulations, or their present
interpretation change to permit American Maturity to vote Fund shares in its own
right, American Maturity may elect to do so.
 
    American Maturity will notify you of any Fund shareholders' meeting if the
shares held for your account may be voted at such meetings. American Maturity
will also send proxy materials and a form of instruction by means of which you
can instruct American Maturity with respect to the voting of the Fund shares
held for your account.
 
    In connection with the voting of Fund shares held by it, American Maturity
will arrange for the handling and tallying of proxies received from Certificate
Owners. American Maturity as such, shall have no right, except as hereinafter
provided, to vote any Fund shares held by it hereunder which may be registered
in its name or the names of its nominees. American Maturity will, however, vote
the Fund shares held by it in accordance with the instructions received from the
Certificate Owners for whose accounts the Fund shares are held. If a Certificate
Owner desires to attend any meeting at which shares held for the Certificate
Owner's benefit may be voted, the Certificate Owner may request American
Maturity to furnish a proxy or otherwise arrange for the exercise of voting
rights with respect to the Fund shares held for such Certificate Owner's
account. American Maturity will vote shares for which no instructions have been
given and shares which are not attributable to Certificate Owners (i.e. shares
owned by American Maturity) in the same proportion as it votes shares of that
Fund for which it has received instructions. During the Annuity period under a
Certificate the number of votes will decrease as the assets held to fund Annuity
benefits decrease.
                         HOW THE CERTIFICATES ARE SOLD
 
    Hartford Securities Distribution Company, Inc. ("HSD") serves as Principal
Underwriter for the securities issued with respect to the Separate Account. HSD
is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Hartford Life Insurance Company. The principal
business address of HSD is 200 Hopmeadow Street, Simsbury, CT 06089. HSD is
registered with the SEC under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 as a
Broker-Dealer and is a member of the National Association of Securities Dealers,
Inc. ("NASD").
 
    The securities will be sold by salespersons of HSD, who represent American
Maturity as insurance and variable
<PAGE>
AMERICAN MATURITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY                                      25
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
annuity agents and who are registered representatives. These salespersons will
be supervised by American Maturity who will respond to telephone inquiries as a
result of national advertising.
                      CUSTODIAN OF SEPARATE ACCOUNT ASSETS
 
    The assets of the Separate Account are held by American Maturity under a
safekeeping arrangement.
                                   ASSIGNMENT
 
    Ownership of a Certificate described herein is generally assignable.
However, if the Certificates are issued pursuant to some form of Qualified Plan,
it is possible that the ownership of the Certificates may not be transferred or
assigned depending on the type of qualified retirement plan involved. An
assignment of a Non-Qualified Certificate may subject the assignment proceeds to
income taxes and certain penalty taxes.
                  RIGHTS OF ANNUITANT AND CERTIFICATE OWNER(S)
    The Certificate does not allow the Annuitant to be changed.
 
    The designations of Certificate Owner and Contingent Annuitant will remain
in effect until changed by the Certificate Owner. Changes in the designation of
the Certificate Owner may be made during the lifetime of the Annuitant by
written notice to the Company. Changes in the designation of Contingent
Annuitant may be made at any time prior to the Annuity Commencement Date by
written notice to the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if no Contingent
Annuitant has been named and the Certificate Owner/ Annuitant's spouse is the
Beneficiary, it will be assumed that the Certificate Owner/Annuitant's spouse is
the Contingent Annuitant.
 
    The Certificate Owner has the sole power to exercise all the rights, options
and privileges granted by the Certificate or permitted by the Company and to
agree with the Company to any change in or amendment to the Certificate. The
rights of the Certificate Owner shall be subject to the rights of any assignee
of record with the Company and of any irrevocably designated Beneficiary. In the
case of joint Certificate Owners, each Certificate Owner alone may exercise all
rights, options and privileges, except with respect to the Surrender Provisions
and change of ownership or beneficiary.
           MODIFICATION OF GROUP CONTRACT AND CERTIFICATES THEREUNDER
 
    American Maturity reserves the right to modify the Group Contract and
Certificates, but only if such modification: (i) is necessary to make the
Contract or the Separate Account comply with any law or regulation issued by a
governmental agency to which American Maturity is subject; (ii) is necessary to
assure continued qualification of the Contract under the Internal Revenue Code
or other federal or state laws relating to retirement annuities or annuity
Certificates; (iii) is necessary to reflect a change in the operation of the
Separate Account or the Sub-Account(s); (iv) provides additional Sub-Account or
Fixed Account options; or (v) withdraws Sub-Account or Fixed Account options. In
the event of any such modification, American Maturity will provide notice to the
Contract Owner and Certificate Owner, or to the payee(s) during the annuity
period. American Maturity may also make appropriate endorsement in the Contract
and Certificates to reflect such modification.
                CHANGE IN THE OPERATION OF THE SEPARATE ACCOUNT
 
    The Company reserves the right to substitute the shares of any other
registered investment company for the shares of any Fund already purchased or to
be purchased in the future by the Separate Account provided that the
substitution has been approved by the Securities and Exchange Commission.
 
    At the Company's election and subject to any necessary vote by persons
having the right to give instructions with respect to the voting of the Fund
shares held by the Sub-Accounts, the Separate Account may be operated as a
management company under the Investment Company Act of 1940 or it may be
deregistered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 in the event registration
is no longer required. Deregistration of the Separate Account requires an order
by the Securities and Exchange Commission.
                           LEGAL MATTERS AND EXPERTS
 
    There are no material legal proceedings affecting the Separate Account.
Counsel with respect to Federal laws and regulations applicable to the issue and
sale of the Certificates and with respect to Connecticut law is Lynda Godkin,
Esquire, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary, American Maturity Life
Insurance Company, 200 Hopmeadow Street, Simsbury CT 06089.
 
    The financial statements of American Maturity included in the Statement of
Additional Information have been audited by Arthur Andersen & Co., independent
public accountants, as indicated in their report with respect
<PAGE>
26                                      AMERICAN MATURITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
thereto, and are included herein in reliance on the authority of said firm as
experts in accounting and auditing.
                             ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
 
    You may reach our service representatives at 1-800-923-3334 between the
hours of 6:00 a.m. and 5:00 p.m., Pacific time.
 
    If you are submitting a payment by mail, please send it, along with your
Enrollment Form (if it is your first payment), to:
 
        American Maturity Life Insurance Company
        P.O. Box 100194
        Pasadena, CA 91189-0194
 
    Please send your other forms and written requests or questions to:
 
        American Maturity Life Insurance Company
        P.O. Box 7005
        Pasadena, CA 91109-7005
 
    If you are using an overnight delivery service to send payments, please send
them to:
 
        American Maturity Life Insurance Company
        c/o FCNPC
        1111 South Arroyo Parkway, First Floor
        Pasadena, CA 91109-7122
 
    The effective day of your instructions to Us is determined by the date and
time on which American Maturity receives the instructions. We receive your
instructions only when it arrives, in good form, at the correct mailing address
set our above. Please call us at 1-800-923-3334 if you have any questions
regarding the address you should use.
<PAGE>
AMERICAN MATURITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY                                      27
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                       TO
                      STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             PAGE
                                                                             ----
 <S>                                                                         <C>
 INTRODUCTION..............................................................
 DESCRIPTION OF AMERICAN MATURITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY...................
 SAFEKEEPING OF ASSETS.....................................................
 INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS............................................
 DISTRIBUTION OF THE CERTIFICATES..........................................
 ANNUITY PERIOD............................................................
   A. Annuity Payments.....................................................
   B. Electing the Annuity Commencement Date and Form of Annuity...........
   C. Optional Annuity Forms...............................................
     Option 1: Life Annuity................................................
     Option 2: Life Annuity with 120, 180 or 240 Monthly Payments
    Certain................................................................
     Option 3: Cash Refund Life Annuity....................................
     Option 4: Joint and Last Survivor Annuity.............................
     Option 5: Payments for a Designated Period............................
   D. The Annuity Unit and Valuation.......................................
   E. Determination of Amount of First Monthly Annuity Payment -- Fixed and
      Variable.............................................................
   F. Amount of Second and Subsequent Monthly Annuity Payments.............
   G. Date and Time of Annuity Payments....................................
 CALCULATION OF YIELD AND RETURN...........................................
 PERFORMANCE COMPARISONS...................................................
 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS......................................................
</TABLE>
 
<PAGE>
To obtain a Statement of Additional Information, please complete the form below
and mail to:
 
    American Maturity Life Insurance Company
    700 Newport Center Drive
    Newport Beach, CA 92660
 
    Please send a Statement of Additional Information for Separate Account AMLVA
to me at the following address:
 
- ----------------------------------------------------
                                      Name
 
- ------------------------------------------------------------------
                                    Address
 
- ------------------------------------------------------------------
    City/State                                                      Zip Code
<PAGE>


                                      PART B

                       STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

                     AMERICAN MATURITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

                              SEPARATE ACCOUNT AMLVA

This Statement of Additional Information is not a prospectus.  The information
contained herein should be read in conjunction with the Prospectus.

To obtain a Prospectus, send a written request to American Maturity Life
Insurance Company, 700 Newport Center Drive, Newport Beach, CA 92660.




Date of Prospectus: __________

Date of Statement of Additional Information: ____________


<PAGE>


                                  TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                        SECTION 
                                                                          PAGE
                                                                        -------

INTRODUCTION

DESCRIPTION OF AMERICAN MATURITY LIFE INSURANCE CO.

SAFEKEEPING OF ASSETS

INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS

DISTRIBUTION OF THE CERTIFICATES

ANNUITY PERIOD

    A.   Annuity Payments

    B.   Electing the Annuity Commencement Date and Form of Annuity

    C.   Optional Annuity Forms

         OPTION 1:  Life Annuity
         OPTION 2:  Life Annuity With 120, 180 or 240 Monthly Payments Certain
         OPTION 3:  Cash Refund Life Annuity
         OPTION 4:  Joint and Last Survivor Annuity
         OPTION 5:  Payments for a Designated Period

    D.   The Annuity Unit and Valuation

    E.   Determination of Amount of First Monthly Annuity Payment --
           Fixed and Variable

    F.   Amount of Second and Subsequent Monthly Annuity Payments

    G.   Date and Time of Annuity Payments

CALCULATION OF YIELD AND RETURN

PERFORMANCE COMPARISONS

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


<PAGE>


                                     INTRODUCTION

    This Statement of Additional Information is to be read in conjunction with
the Prospectus of American Maturity Life Insurance Company's Separate Account
AMLVA (the AARP Variable Annuity).  This Statement of Additional Information
contains information that may be of some interest to some investors.

               DESCRIPTION OF AMERICAN MATURITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

    American Maturity Life Insurance Company ("American Maturity"), is
domiciled in Connecticut. Its principal office is at 200 Hopmeadow Street,
Simsbury, Connecticut 06089.  However its mailing address is 700 Newport Center
Drive, Newport Beach, California 92660.

    American Maturity is a stock insurance company engaged in the business of
writing  annuities.  American Maturity was originally incorporated under the
name of First Equicor Life Insurance Company under the laws of California on
October 24, 1972.  On July 29, 1994 First Equicor Life Insurance Company
redomesticated to Connecticut and changed its name to American Maturity Life
Insurance Company.  American Maturity is owned 60% by Hartford Life and Accident
Insurance Company (domiciled in Connecticut) and 40% by Pacific Mutual Life
Insurance Company (domiciled in California).  Hartford Life and Accident
Insurance Company is ultimately 100% owned by Hartford Fire Insurance Company.
Pacific Mutual serves as the administrator of the Certificates.

    The American Association of Retired Persons ("AARP") granted American
Maturity the exclusive right to offer annuity products to the membership of AARP
pursuant to an agreement established July 6, 1994.   The agreement requires
American Maturity to maintain minimum capital surplus levels, minimum ratings
from nationally recognized rating services, and generally to obtain AARP's
consent in all matters relating to the offering of annuities to AARP members.
The agreement also includes a shareholder's agreement of American Maturity's
shareholders.  In return for the exclusive right to offer annuity products to
AARP members, American Maturity pays AARP a royalty fee. The agreement is
effective until December 31, 2004, at which time AARP and American Maturity may
or may not renew the agreement.

    Based on its financial soundness and operating performance, American
Maturity has earned an A+ (Superior) rating from A.M. Best Company, Inc., and an
(AA+) (Excellent) rating from Standard & Poor's.  Based on claims paying
ability, American Maturity has earned an (AA+) (Very High) rating from Duff and
Phelps.

    These ratings do not apply to the performance of the Separate Account.
However, the contractual obligations under this variable annuity are the general
corporate obligations of American Maturity.  These ratings do apply to American
Maturity's ability to meet its insurance obligations under the Certificate.


<PAGE>

                                SAFEKEEPING OF ASSETS

    The assets of the Separate Account are held by American Maturity under a
safekeeping arrangement.

                            INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS

    Arthur Andersen LLP, One Financial Plaza Hartford, Connecticut, independent
public accountants, will perform an annual audit of the Separate Account.  The
financial statements included in this Statement of Additional Information have
been audited by Arthur Andersen LLP to the extent and for the periods indicated
in their report and are included herein in reliance upon the report of said firm
as experts in accounting and auditing.

                             DISTRIBUTION OF CERTIFICATES

    Hartford Securities Distribution, Inc. ("HSD") serves as Principal
Underwriter for the securities issued with respect to the Separate Account.  HSD
is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Hartford Life Insurance Company.  The principal
business address of HSD is 200 Hopmeadow Street, Simsbury, CT 06089.  HSD is
registered with the SEC under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 as a
Broker-Dealer and is a member of the National Association of Securities Dealers,
Inc. ("NASD").

    The securities will be sold by salespersons of HSD, who represent American
Maturity as insurance and variable annuity agents and who are NASD registered
representatives.  These salespersons will be supervised by American Maturity who
will respond to telephone inquires as a result of national advertising.

    American Maturity is obligated to reimburse HSD for all operating expenses
associated with HSD's services provided.

    American Maturity may pay a consultation service fee to the American
Association of Retired Persons for demographic, administrative, record keeping
and marketing consultation services provided.  In no event will such service fee
exceed 0.07%of the premiums deposited in the Certificate.

    The offering of Certificates is continuous.

                                    ANNUITY PERIOD

A.  Annuity Payments

    Variable annuity payments are determined on the basis of (1) a mortality
table set forth in the Certificates and the type of annuity payment option
selected, and (2) the investment performance of the investment medium selected.
Fixed annuity payments are based on the Annuity tables contained in the
Certificates, and will remain level for the duration of the annuity.

    The amount of the annuity payments will not be affected by adverse
mortality experience


<PAGE>

or by an increase in expenses in excess of the expense deduction for which
provision has been made (see "Charges Under the Certificates," on page ____of
the Prospectus).

    For a variable annuity, the Annuitant will be paid according to the value
of a fixed number of Annuity Units.  However, the value of the Annuity Units,
and the amounts of the variable annuity payments, will vary with the investment
experience of the Fund shares selected.

B.  Electing the Annuity Commencement Date and Form of Annuity

    The Certificate Owner selects an Annuity Commencement Date and an Annuity
Option which may be on a fixed or variable basis, or a combination thereof.  The
Annuity Commencement Date will not be deferred beyond the Annuitant's 90th
birthday (85th in Pennsylvania).

    The Annuity Commencement Date and/or the Annuity Option may be changed from
time to time, but any such change must be made in writing at least 30 days
before the scheduled Annuity Commencement Date.

    The Certificate contains the five Annuity Options.  Options 5 is available
with respect to Qualified Certificates only if the guaranteed payment period is
less than the life expectancy of the Annuitant at the time the option becomes
effective.  Such life expectancy shall be computed on the basis of the mortality
table prescribed by the IRS, or if none is prescribed, the mortality table then
in use by American Maturity.

    If you do not elect otherwise, payments will automatically begin at the
Annuitant's age 90 (85 in Pennsylvania) under Option 5, Designated Period for 5
years.

    When an Annuity is effected under a Certificate, unless otherwise
specified, variable values will be applied to provide a variable annuity based
on Certificate Values as they are held in the various Sub-Accounts under the
Certificates.  Fixed Account Certificate Values will be applied to provide a
fixed annuity.  The Certificate Owner should consider the question of allocation
of Certificate Values among Sub-Accounts of the Separate Account and the General
Account of American Maturity to make certain that Annuity payments are based on
the investment alternative best suited to the Certificate Owner's needs for
retirement.

    If at any time annuity payments are or become less than the minimum payment
amount according to Company rules then in effect, American Maturity has the
right to change the frequency of payment to such intervals as will result in a
payment at least equal to the minimum.

    There may be other annuity options available offered by American Maturity
from time to time.


<PAGE>

C.  Optional Annuity Forms

OPTION 1:  Life Annuity

A life annuity is an annuity payable during the lifetime of the Annuitant and
terminating with the last payment preceding the death of the Annuitant.  This
option offers the maximum level of monthly payments of any of the life annuity
options since there is no guarantee of a minimum number of payments nor a
provision for a death benefit payable to a Beneficiary.

It would be possible under this option for an Annuitant to receive only one
annuity payment if he died prior to the due date of the second annuity payment,
two if he died before the due date of the third annuity payment, etc.

OPTION 2:  Life Annuity with 120, 180 or 240 Monthly Payments Certain

This annuity option is an annuity payable monthly during the lifetime of an
Annuitant with the provision that if, at the death of the Annuitant, payments
have been made for less than 120, 180 or 240 months, as elected, then the
present value as of the date of the Annuitant's death of the current dollar
amount at the date of death, of any remaining guaranteed monthly payments will
be paid in one sum to the Beneficiary or Beneficiaries designated.

                           ILLUSTRATION OF ANNUITY PAYMENTS
                         MALE INDIVIDUAL AGE 65, LIFE ANNUITY
                              WITH 120 PAYMENTS CERTAIN

1.  Net amount applied                                           10,000.00
2.  Initial monthly income per $1,000 of payment applied              6.78
3.  Initial monthly payment (1x2/1,000)                              67.80
4.  Annuity Unit value                                            0.995995
5.  Number of monthly Annuity Units (3/4)                           68.073
6.  Assume Annuity Unit value for second month equal to            1.00704
7.  Second monthly payment (5x6)                                     68.55
8.  Assume Annuity Unit value for third month equal to            0.964917
9.  Third monthly payment (5x8)                                      65.68


For the purpose of this illustration, purchase is assumed to have been made on
the fifth business day preceding the first payment date.  In determining the
second and subsequent payments, the Annuity Unit Value of the fifth business day
preceding the annuity due date is used.

OPTION 3: Cash Refund Life Annuity

An annuity payable monthly during the lifetime of the Annuitant ceasing with the
last payment due prior to the death of the Annuitant provided that, at the death
of the Annuitant, the Beneficiary will receive an additional payment equal to
the excess, if any, of (a) minus (b) where: (a) is the Net Surrender Value
applied on the Annuity Commencement Date under this option: and (b) is the
dollar amount of annuity payments already paid.  This option is not available
for variable payouts.


<PAGE>

OPTION 4:  Joint and Last Survivor Annuity

An annuity payable monthly during the joint lifetime of the Annuitant and a
designated second person, and thereafter during the remaining lifetime of the
survivor, ceasing with the last payment prior to the death of the survivor.

It would be possible under this option for an Annuitant and designated second
person in the event of the common or simultaneous death of the parties to
receive only one payment in the event of death prior to the due date for the
second payment and so on.

OPTION 5:  Payments for a Designated Period

An amount payable monthly for the number of years selected which may be from 5
to 30 years.  In the event of the Annuitant's death prior to the end of the
designated period, the present value as of the date of the Annuitant's death, of
the current dollar amount of any remaining guaranteed monthly payments will be
paid in one sum to the Beneficiary or Beneficiaries designated.

    Under any of the annuity options above, no surrenders are permitted after
the Annuity Commencement Date.
    Option 5 is an option that does not involve life contingencies and thus no
mortality guarantee,  thus the Mortality and Expense Risk Charge provides no
real benefit to a Certificate Owner.

D.  The Annuity Unit and Valuation

    The value of an Annuity Unit Value for each Sub-Account will vary to
reflect the investment experience of the applicable Funds and will be determined
by multiplying the value of the Annuity Unit for that particular Subaccount on
the preceding Business Day by the product of (1) the net investment factor for
that Sub-Account for the day for which the Annuity Unit value is being
calculated, and (2) 0.999866 which is a factor that neutralizes an assumed
interest rate of 5.00%.

                  ILLUSTRATION OF CALCULATION OF ANNUITY UNIT VALUE

1.  Net Investment Factor for period                              1.011225
2.  Adjustment for 5% Assumed Rate of Investment Return           0.999866
3.  2x1                                                            1.01109
4.  Annuity Unit value, beginning of period                        .995995
5.  Annuity Unit value, end of period (3x4)                        1.00704

E.  Determination of Amount of First Monthly Annuity Payment -- Fixed and
    Variable

    When annuity payments are to commence, the value of the Certificate is
determined as the sum of the value of the Fixed Account plus the product of the
value of the Accumulation Unit of each Sub-Account and the number of
Accumulation Units credited to each Sub-Account as of the


<PAGE>

date the annuity option is to commence.  The Annuity Unit will be determined no
earlier than the close of business on the fifth Business Day preceding the date
the first annuity payment is due.

    The Certificate contains tables indicating the minimum dollar amount of the
first monthly payment under the optional forms of annuity for each $1,000 of
value of a Sub-Account under a Certificate.  The first monthly payment varies
according to the form and type of annuity selected.  The certificate contains
annuity tables derived from the 1983a Individual Annuity Mortality table with
ages set back one year with an assumed investment rate ("A.I.R.") of 5% per
annum.  The total first monthly variable annuity payment is determined by
multiplying the value (expressed in thousands of dollars) of a Sub-Account (less
any applicable Premium Taxes) by the amount of the first monthly payment per
$1,000 of value obtained from the tables in the Certificates.

Fixed annuity payments are determined at annuitization by multiplying the values
allocated to the Fixed Account by a rate to be determined by American Maturity
which is no less than the rate specified in the annuity tables in the
Certificate.  The annuity payment will remain level for the duration of the
annuity.

F.  Amount of Second and Subsequent Monthly Variable Annuity Payments

The amount of the first monthly variable annuity payment, determined as
described above, is divided by the value of an Annuity Unit for the appropriate
Sub-Account no earlier than the close of business on the fifth Business Day
preceding the day on which the payment is due in order to determine the number
of Annuity Units represented by the first payment.  This number of Annuity Units
remains fixed during the Annuity Period, and in each subsequent month the dollar
amount of the variable annuity payment is determined by multiplying this fixed
number of Annuity Units by the then current Annuity Unit Value.

Level variable annuity payments would be produced if the investment rate
remained constant and equal to the A.I.R.  In fact, payments will vary up or
down as the investment rate varies up or down from the A.I.R.

G.  Date and Time of Annuity Payments

The first annuity payment under any Option shall be made one month, (or the
period selected for periodic payments: annual, semi-annual, quarterly, or
monthly), following the Annuity Commencement Date. Subsequent payments shall be
made on the same calendar day of the month as was the first payment, or
preceding day if no such day exists (e.g. September 31), in accordance with the
payment period selected.  The Annuity Unit Value used in calculating the amount
of the variable annuity payments will be based on an Annuity Unit Value
determined as of the close of business on a day no earlier than the fifth
Business Day preceding the date of the annuity payment.


<PAGE>

                           CALCULATION OF YIELD AND RETURN

    From time to time, quotations of a Sub-Account's performance may be
included in advertisements, sales literature or reports to shareholders or
prospective investors.  These performance figures may be calculated in the
following manner:

YIELD CALCULATION: MONEY MARKET PORTFOLIO SUB-ACCOUNT

    A.   YIELD is the net annualized yield based on a specified seven calendar
         days calculated at simple interest rates.  Yield is calculated by
         determining the net change, exclusive of capital changes, in the value
         of a hypothetical pre-existing account having a balance of one share
         at the beginning of the period subtracting a hypothetical charge
         reflecting deductions from shareholder accounts and dividing the
         difference by the value of the account at the beginning of the base
         period to obtain the base period return.  The yield is annualized by
         multiplying the base period return by 365/7.  The yield figure is
         stated to the nearest hundredth of one percent.

    B.   EFFECTIVE YIELD is the net annualized yield for a specified seven
         calendar days assuming a reinvestment of the income compounding.
         Effective yield is calculated by the same method as yield except the
         yield figure is compounded by adding 1, raising the sum to a power
         equal to 365 divided by 7, and subtracting one from the result,
         according to the following formula:

                EFFECTIVE YIELD = [(BASE PERIOD RETURN + 1)365/7] - 1

         For purposes of the yield and effective yield computations, the
         hypothetical charge reflects recurring charges on the the Separate
         Account level, including the annual policy fee.

    As described above, yield and effective yield are based on historical
earnings and show the performance of a hypothetical investment and are not
intended to indicate future performance.  Yield and effective yield will vary
based on changes in market conditions and the level of expenses.

YIELD CALCULATION: BOND PORTFOLIO SUB-ACCOUNT

    YIELD is the net annualized yield based on a specified 30-day (or one
    month) period assuming a semiannual compounding of income.  Yield is
    calculated by dividing the net investment income per unit earned during the
    period by the maximum offering price per unit on the last day of the
    period, according to the following formula:

                            YIELD = 2[((A-B)/CD + 1)6 - 1]

    Where:


<PAGE>

         a   =     net investment income earned during the period by the
                   portfolio company attributable to shares owned by the
                   sub-account
         b   =     expenses accrued for the period (net of reimbursements)
         c   =     the average daily number of units outstanding during the
                   period
         d   =     the maximum offering price per unit on the last day of the
                   period.

TOTAL RETURN CALCULATIONS

    A.   AVERAGE ANNUAL TOTAL RETURN is the average annual compound rate of
         return for the periods of one, five, or ten years (or such shorter
         periods as may be applicable dating from the commencement of the
         Sub-Account's operations) all ended on the date of a recent calendar
         quarter.

         Average total return quotations reflect changes in the price of a
         Portfolio's shares and assume that all dividends and capital gains
         distributions during the respective periods were reinvested in
         Portfolio shares.  Average annual return is calculated by finding the
         average annual compound rates of return over the relevant periods that
         would equate the initial amount invested to the ending redeemable
         value, according to the following formula:

                                     P(1+T)N =ERV

    Where:

         P    =    a hypothetical initial investment of $1,000
         T    =    Average Annual Total Return
         n    =    number of years
         ERV  =    ending redeemable value (ERV) at the end of the applicable
                   period of a hypothetical $1,000 investment made at the
                   beginning of the applicable period or at the end of the
                   particular period.


                               PERFORMANCE COMPARISONS

YIELD AND TOTAL RETURN.  Each Sub-Account may from time to time include its
performance in advertising and other sales literature furnished to present or
prospective shareholders.   Each Sub-Account may from time to time include in
advertisements its total return (and yield in the case of certain Sub-Accounts),
and the ranking of those performance figures relative to such figures for groups
of other annuities analyzed by Lipper Analytical Services and Morningstar, Inc.
as having the same investment objectives.

The total return and yield may also be used to compare the performance of the
Sub-Accounts against certain widely acknowledged outside standards or indices
for stock and bond market performance.  The Standard & Poor's Composite Index of
500 Stocks (the "S&P 500") is a



<PAGE>

market value-weighted and unmanaged index showing the changes in the aggregate
market value of 500 stocks relative to the base period 1941-43.  The S&P 500 is
composed almost entirely of common stocks of companies listed on the New York
Stock Exchange, although the common stocks of a few companies listed on the
American Stock Exchange or traded over-the-counter are included.  The 500
companies represented include 400 industrial, 60 transportation and 40 financial
services concerns.  The S&P 500 represents about 80% of the market value of all
issues traded on the New York Stock Exchange.

The NASDAQ-OTC Price Index (The "NASDAQ Index") is a market value-weighted and
unmanaged index showing the changes in the aggregate market value of
approximately 3,500 stocks relative to the base measure of 100.00 on February 5,
1971.  The NASDAQ Index is composed entirely of common stocks of companies
traded over-the-counter and often through the National Association of Securities
Dealers Automated Quotations ("NASDAQ") system.  Only those over-the-counter
stocks having only one market maker or traded on exchanges are excluded.

The Morgan Stanley Capital International EAFE Index (the "EAFE Index") is an
unmanaged index, which includes over 1,000 companies representing the stock
markets of Europe, Australia, New Zealand, and the Far East.  The EAFE Index is
weighted by market capitalization, and therefore, it has a heavy representation
in countries with large stock markets, such as Japan.

The Lehman Government Bond Index (the "Lehman Government Index") is a measure of
the market value of all public obligations of the U.S. Treasury; all publicly
issued debt of all agencies of the U.S. Government and all quasi-federal
corporations; and all corporate debt guaranteed by the U.S. Government.
Mortgage backed securities, flower bonds and foreign targeted issues are not
included in the Lehman Government Index.

The Lehman Government/Corporate Bond Index (the "Lehman Government/Corporate
Index") is a measure of the market value of approximately 5,300 bonds with a
face value currently in excess of $1.3 trillion.  To be included in the Lehman
Government/Corporate Index, an issue must have amounts outstanding in excess of
$1 million, have at least one year to maturity and be rated "Baa" or higher
("investment grade") by a nationally recognized rating agency.

The manner in which total return and yield will be calculated for public use is
described above.

There are no financial statements for the Separate Account since no Certificates
have been sold yet.


<PAGE>



Financial statements to be provided by amendment.


<PAGE>







                                        PART C












<PAGE>


                                        PART C

                                  OTHER INFORMATION

Item 24.  Financial Statements and Exhibits

    (a)  All financial statements are included in Part A and Part B of the
         Registration Statement.

    (b)  (1)  A copy of the resolution authorizing the Separate Account is
              filed herein.

         (2)  Not applicable.  American Maturity maintains custody of all
              assets.

         (3)  (a)  Principal Underwriter Agreement between American Maturity
                   Life Insurance Company and Hartford Securities Distribution
                   Company, Inc. is filed herein.

              (b)  Sales Agreement will be filed by amendment.

    (4)  A copy of the Group Flexible Premium Variable Annuity Contract and the
         Flexible Premium Variable Annuity Certificate are filed herein.

    (5)  The Enrollment Form is incorporated herein.

    (6)  (a)  Certificate of Incorporation of American Maturity Life Insurance
              Company is filed herein.

         (b)  Bylaws of American Maturity Life Insurance Company are filed
              herein.

    (7)  Not applicable.

    (8)  Fund Participation agreements are filed herein.

    (9)  Opinion and consent of Lynda Godkin, Esquire is filed herein.

    (10)  Consent of Arthur Andersen LLP will be filed by amendment.

    (11)  No financial statements are omitted.

    (12)  Not applicable.

    (13)  Not applicable.

    (14)  Not applicable.


<PAGE>

Item 25. Directors and Officers of the Depositor

         Michael B. Cefole             Vice President and Chief Financial 
                                       Officer

         James Cubanski                Assistant Secretary

         Lynda Godkin*                 General Counsel and Secretary

         David A. Hall*                Senior Vice President and
                                       Chief Investment Officer

         Michael J. Loparco            Vice President

         William B. Malchodi           Vice President and Director of Taxes

         Thomas M. Marra*              Chief Executive Officer

         Robert C. Mayne               Vice President

         Joseph J. Noto*               President and Chief Operating Officer

         Glenn S. Schafer*             Director

         Lowndes A. Smith*             Chairman

         Thomas C. Sutton*             Director

         George W. Tang                Vice President and Actuary

         Joseph Tedesco                Assistant Secretary

         Donald E. Waggaman, Jr.       Treasurer

* Indicates a Director

Unless otherwise indicated, the principal business address of each the above
individuals is P.O. Box 2999, Hartford, CT  01604-2999.

Item 26. Persons Controlled By or Under Common Control with the Depositor or 
         Registrant

         Exhibit 26 is filed herein with this Registration Statement.

<PAGE>

Item 27. Number of Certificate Owners

         As of March 31, 1996 there were no Certificate Owners.

Item 28. Indemnification - The directors and officers of American Maturity and
         HSD are covered under a directors and officers liability insurance
         policy issued to ITT Hartford Insurance Group and its subsidiaries. 
         Such policy will reimburse the Registrant for any payments that it
         shall make to directors and officers pursuant to law and will, subject
         to certain exclusions contained in the policy, further pay any other
         costs, charges and expenses and settlements and judgments arising from
         any proceeding involving any director or officer of the Registrant in
         his past or present capacity as such, and for which he may be liable,
         except as to any liabilities arising from acts that are deemed to be
         uninsurable.  The Registrant hereby undertakes that insofar as
         indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of
         1933 (the "Act") may be permitted to directors, officers and
         controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing
         provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the
         opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification
         is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore,
         unenforceable.  In the event that a claim for indemnification against
         such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses
         incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the
         Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or
         proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling
         person in connection with the securities being registered, the
         Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has
         been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of
         appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by
         it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be
         governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

Item 29. Principal Underwriters

         (a)  HSD acts as principal underwriter for the following companies:

         Hartford Life Insurance Company - DC Variable Account I

         Hartford Life Insurance Company - Separate Account Two 
         (DC Variable Account II)

         Hartford Life Insurance Company - Separate Account Two 
         (Variable Account "A")

         Hartford Life Insurance Company - Separate Account Two 
         (NQ Variable Account)

         Hartford Life Insurance Company - Separate Account Two 
         (QP Variable Account)

         Hartford Life Insurance Company - Separate Account Two 
         (Director)

         Hartford Life Insurance Company - Putnam Capital Manager Trust
         Separate Account


<PAGE>


         Hartford Life and Accident Insurance Company - Putnam Capital Manager
         Separate Account One 

         Hartford Life and Accident Insurance Company - Separate Account One

         ITT Hartford Life and Annuity Insurance Company - Separate Account One

         ITT Hartford Life and Annuity Insurance Company - Separate Account Two

         Hartford Life Insurance Company - Separate Account Three 

         ITT Hartford Life and Annuity Insurance Company - Separate Account
         Three

         Hartford Life Insurance Company - Separate Account Five

         ITT Hartford Life and Annuity Insurance Company - Separate Account
         Five

         ITT Hartford Life and Annuity Insurance Company - Separate Account Six

    (b)  Directors and Officers of HSD

         Name and Principal            Positions and Offices
         Business Address                 With Underwriter
         ------------------            ----------------------
         Bruce D. Gardner                   Secretary

         George R. Jay                      Controller

         Lowndes A. Smith                   President

         Donald E. Waggaman, Jr.            Treasurer

Item 30. Location of Accounts and Records

              Accounts and records are maintained by:
              American Maturity Life Insurance Company
              P.O. Box 2999
              Hartford, Connecticut  06104-2999

Item 31. Management Services

              None


<PAGE>

Item 32. Undertakings

    (a)  The Registrant hereby undertakes to file a post-effective amendment to
    this registration statement as frequently as is necessary to ensure that
    the audited financial statements in the registration statement are never
    more than 16 months old so long as payments under the variable annuity
    contracts may be accepted.

    (b)  The Registrant hereby undertakes to include either (1) as part of any
    application to purchase a contract offered by the Prospectus, a space that
    an applicant can check to request a Statement of Additional Information, or
    (2) a post card or similar written communication affixed to or included in
    the Prospectus that the applicant can remove to send for a Statement of
    Additional Information.

    (c)  The Registrant hereby undertakes to deliver any Statement of
    Additional Information and any financial statements required to be made
    available under this Form promptly upon written or oral request.

The Registrant is relying on the no-action letter issued by the Division of
Investment Management to American Council of Life Insurance, Ref. No. IP-6-88,
November 28, 1988.  The Registrant has complied with the four provisions of the
no-action letter.


<PAGE>

                       AMERICAN MATURITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

                                  POWER OF ATTORNEY


                Joseph J. Noto, President and Chief Operating Officer
                          Donald E. Waggaman, Jr., Treasurer
                      George W. Tang, Vice President and Actuary
            Michael B. Cefole, Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
                              Lowndes A. Smith, Chairman
                       Thomas M. Marra, Chief Executive Officer
                                   Thomas C. Sutton
          David A. Hall, Senior Vice President and Chief Investment Officer
                                   Glenn S. Schafer
                             
do hereby jointly and severally authorize Lynda Godkin and/or Scott Richardson
to sign as their agent, any Registration Statement, pre-effective amendment, and
any post-effective amendment of American Maturity Life Insurance Company under
the Securities Act of 1933 and/or the Investment Company Act of 1940.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Power of Attorney for the
purpose herein set forth.



    /s/ JOSEPH J. NOTO                 Dated      March 25, 1996     
   -------------------------------            ------------------------
    Joseph J. Noto

    /s/ DONALD E. WAGGAMAN, JR.        Dated      March 26, 1996     
   -------------------------------            ------------------------
    Donald E. Waggaman, Jr.

    /s/ GEORGE W. TANG                 Dated      March 25, 1996     
   -------------------------------            ------------------------
    George W. Tang

    /s/ MICHAEL B. CEFOLE              Dated      March 25, 1996     
   -------------------------------            ------------------------
    Michael B. Cefole

    /s/ LOWNDES A. SMITH               Dated      March 29, 1996     
   -------------------------------            ------------------------
    Lowndes A. Smith

    /s/ THOMAS M. MARRA                Dated      April 2, 1996
   -------------------------------            ------------------------
    Thomas M. Marra

    /s/ THOMAS C. SUTTON               Dated      March 18, 1996      
   -------------------------------            ------------------------
    Thomas C. Sutton

    /s/ DAVID A. HALL                  Dated      March 26, 1996       
   -------------------------------            ------------------------
    David A. Hall

    /s/ GLENN S. SCHAFER               Dated      March 20, 1996     
   -------------------------------            ------------------------
    Glenn S. Schafer

<PAGE>

                                      SIGNATURES
                                      ----------

As required by the Securities Act of 1933 and the Investment Company Act of
1940, the Registrant has caused this Registration Statement to be signed on 
its behalf, in the Town of Simsbury, and State of Connecticut on this 25 day
of June, 1996.

AMERICAN MATURITY LIFE INSURANCE INSURANCE COMPANY
SEPARATE ACCOUNT AMLVA
    (Registrant)

*By:   /s/ JOSEPH J. NOTO                *By:   /s/ LYNDA GODKIN
    --------------------------------         --------------------------------
      Joseph J. Noto                           Lynda Godkin
      President and Chief Operating            Attorney-in-Fact
      Officer

AMERICAN MATURITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
          (Depositor)

*By:   /s/ JOSEPH J. NOTO
    --------------------------------
      Joseph J. Noto
      President and Chief Operating 
      Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration
Statement has been signed by the following persons and in the capacities and on
the dates indicated.

Joseph J. Noto, President and Chief Operating Officer*
Donald E. Waggaman, Jr., Treasurer*
Lynda Godkin, General Counsel and Secretary
George W. Tang, Vice President and Actuary*
Michael B. Cefole, Vice President and Chief 
  Financial Officer*                               *By:  /s/ LYNDA GODKIN
Lowndes A. Smith, Chairman*                            ------------------------
Thomas M. Marra, Chief Executive Officer                     Lynda Godkin
Thomas C. Sutton*                                          Attorney-in-Fact
David A. Hall, Senior Vice President and Chief
  Investment Officer*                              Dated:    June 25, 1996
Glenn S. Schafer *                                       ----------------------




<PAGE>

                                                                      EXHIBIT 1

                       AMERICAN MATURITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
                                 CONSENT OF DIRECTORS


We, the undersigned, being all of the Directors of American Maturity Life
Insurance Company ("Company"), hereby consent to the following actions, such
actions to have the same force and effect as if taken at a meeting duly held 
for such purpose.

ESTABLISHMENT OF SEPARATE ACCOUNT

RESOLVED,  that the Company is hereby authorized to establish a new separate
account designated Separate Account AMLVA herein referred to as the "Account".

RESOLVED, that the Officers of the Company are hereby authorized and directed to
take all actions necessary to:

1.  Designate or redesignate the Account as such Officers deem appropriate;

2.  Comply with applicable state and federal laws and regulations applicable to
    the establishment and operation of the Account;

3.  Establish, from time to time, the terms and conditions pursuant to which
    interests in the Account will be sold to contract owners; and

4.  Establish all procedures, standards and arrangements necessary or
    appropriate for the operation of the Account.


    /s/ LOWNDES A. SMITH                      /s/ THOMAS M. MARRA          
- -------------------------------         ---------------------------------------
        Lowndes A. Smith                          Thomas M. Marra

   /s/ LYNDA GODKIN                           /s/ JOSEPH J. NOTO            
- -------------------------------         ---------------------------------------
       Lynda Godkin                               Joseph J. Noto

   /s/ THOMAS C. SUTTON                      /s/ DAVID A. HALL              
- -------------------------------          --------------------------------------
       Thomas C. Sutton                          David A. Hall

                          /s/ GLENN S. SCHAFER           
                  ---------------------------------------
                              Glenn S. Schafer

Dated:   February 28, 1996


<PAGE>

                                                                     EXHIBIT 3a

                           PRINCIPAL UNDERWRITER AGREEMENT

THIS AGREEMENT, dated as of March 1, 1996, made by and between AMERICAN MATURITY
LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY ("AML" or the "Sponsor"), a corporation organized and
existing under the laws of the State of Connecticut, and HARTFORD SECURITIES
DISTRIBUTION COMPANY, INC. ("HSD"), a corporation organized and existing under
the laws of the State of Connecticut,

                                     WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of AML has made provision for the establishment
of a separate account within AML in accordance with the laws of the State of
Connecticut, which separate account was organized and is established and
registered as a unit investment trust type investment company with the
Securities and Exchange Commission under the Investment Company Act of 1940
("1940 Act"), as amended, and which is designated Separate Account AMLVA of
AMERICAN MATURITY LIFE  INSURANCE COMPANY(referred to as the "UIT"); and

WHEREAS, HSD offers to the public a certain Flexible Premium Variable Annuity
Insurance Contract (the "Contract") issued by AML with respect to the UIT units
of interest thereunder which are registered under the Securities Act of 1933
("1933 Act"), as amended; and

    WHEREAS, HSD is agreeing to act as distributor in connection with offers
and sales of the Contract under the terms and conditions set forth in this
Principal Underwriter Agreement.

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements made herein, AML and
HSD agree as follows:

                                          I.

                                     HSD'S DUTIES

1.  HSD, will use its best efforts to effect offers and sales of the Contract 
    through registered representatives that are members of the National
    Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. and who are duly licensed as
    insurance agents of AML.  HSD is responsible for compliance with all
    applicable requirements of the 1933 Act, as amended, the Securities
    Exchange Act of 1934 ("1934 Act"), as amended, and the 1940 Act, as
    amended, and the rules and regulations relating to the sales and
    distribution of the Contract, the need for which arises out of its duties
    as principal underwriter of said Contract and relating to the creation of
    the UIT.

2.  HSD agrees that it will not use any prospectus, sales literature, or any 
    other printed matter 


<PAGE>

    or material or offer for sale or sell the Contract if any of the foregoing
    in any way represent the duties, obligations, or liabilities of AML as
    being greater than, or different from, such duties, obligations and
    liabilities as are set forth in this Agreement, as it may be amended from
    time to time.

3.  HSD agrees that it will utilize the then currently effective prospectus 
    relating to the UIT's Contracts in connection with its selling efforts.

    As to the other types of sales materials, HSD agrees that it will use only 
    sales materials which conform to the requirements of federal and state
    insurance laws and regulations and which have been filed, where necessary,
    with the appropriate regulatory authorities.

4.  HSD agrees that it or its duly designated agent shall maintain records of 
    the name and address of, and the securities issued by the UIT and held by,
    every holder of any security issued pursuant to this Agreement, as required
    by the Section 26(a)(4) of the 1940 Act, as amended.

5.  HSD's services pursuant to this Agreement shall not be deemed to be   exclu
    sive, and it may render similar services and act as an underwriter,
    distributor, or dealer for other investment companies in the offering of
    their shares.

6.  In the absence of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence, or 
    reckless disregard of its obligations and duties hereunder on the part of
    HSD, HSD shall not be subject to liability under a Contract for any act or
    omission in the course, or connected with, rendering services hereunder.

                                         II.

1.  The UIT reserves the right at any time to suspend or limit the public 
    offering of the Contracts upon 30 days' written notice to HSD, except where
    the notice period may be shortened because of legal action taken by any
    regulatory agency.

2.  The UIT agrees to advice HSD immediately:

    (a)  Of any request by the Securities and Exchange Commission for amendment
         of its 1933 Act registration statement or for additional information;

    (b)  Of the issuance by the Securities and Exchange Commission of any stop
         order suspending the effectiveness of the 1933 Act registration
         statement relating to units of interest issued with respect to the UIT
         or of the initiation of any proceedings for that purpose;

    (c)  Of the happening of any material event, if known, which makes untrue
         any statement in said 1933 Act registration statement or which
         requires a change therein in order to make any statement therein not
         misleading.



<PAGE>

         AML will furnish to HSD such information with respect to the UIT and
         the Contracts in such form and signed by such of its officers and
         directors and HSD may reasonably request and will warrant that the
         statements therein contained when so signed will be true and correct. 
         AML will also furnish, from time to time, such additional information
         regarding the UIT's financial condition as HSD may reasonably request.

                                         III.

                                     COMPENSATION

AML is obligated to reimburse HSD for all operating expenses associated with the
services provided on behalf of the UIT under this Principal Underwriter
Agreement.

                                         IV.

                   RESIGNATION AND REMOVAL OF PRINCIPAL UNDERWRITER

HSD may resign as a Principal Underwriter hereunder, upon 120 days' prior
written notice to AML.  However, such resignation shall not become effective
until either the UIT has been completely liquidated and the proceeds of the
liquidation distributed through AML to the Contract owners or a successor
Principal Underwriter has been designated and has accepted its duties.

                                          V.

                                    MISCELLANEOUS

1.  This Agreement may not be assigned by any of the parties hereto without the
    written consent of the other party.

2.  All notices and other communications provided for hereunder shall be in 
    writing and shall be delivered by hand or mailed first class, postage
    prepaid, addressed as follows:

    (a)  If to AML - American Maturity Life Insurance Company, Inc. P.O. Box   
         2999, Hartford, Connecticut 06104.

    (b)  If to HSD - Hartford Securities Distribution Company, Inc., P.O. Box
         2999, Hartford, Connecticut 06104.

    or to such other address as HSD or AML shall designate by written notice to
    the other.

3.  This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which
    shall be deemed an original and all of which shall be deemed one
    instrument, and an executed copy of this Agreement and all amendments
    hereto shall be kept on file by the Sponsor and shall be open to inspection
    any time during the business hours of the Sponsor.



<PAGE>

4.  This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the
    successor of the parties hereto.

5.  This Agreement shall be construed and governed by and according to the laws
    of the State of Connecticut.

6.  This Agreement may be amended from time to time by the mutual agreement and
    consent of the parties hereto.

7.  (a)  This Agreement shall become effective March 1, 1996 and shall continue
         in effect for a period of two years from that date and, unless sooner
         terminated in accordance with 7(b) below, shall continue in effect
         from year to year thereafter provided that its continuance is
         specifically approved at least annually by a majority of the members
         of the Board of Directors of AML.

    (b)  This Agreement (1) may be terminated at any time, without the payment
         of any penalty, either by a vote of a majority of the members of the
         Board of Directors of AML on 60 days' prior written notice to HSD; (2)
         shall immediately terminate in the event of its assignment and (3) may
         be terminated by HSD on 60 days' prior written notice to AML, but such
         termination will not be effective until AML shall have an agreement
         with one or more persons to act as successor principal underwriter of
         the Contracts.  HSD hereby agrees that it will continue to act as
         successor principal underwriter until its successor or successors
         assume such undertaking.


<PAGE>

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly
executed and their respective corporate seals to be hereunto affixed and
attested, all as of the day and year first above written.


                                       AMERICAN MATURITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY


                                       BY:       /s/ MICHAEL B. CEFOLE
                                          ------------------------------------
                                                     Michael B. Cefole 
                                                     Vice President and 
                                                   Chief Financial Officer



                                       HARTFORD SECURITIES DISTRIBUTION
                                       COMPANY, INC.


                                       BY:        /s/ GEORGE JAY
                                          ------------------------------------
                                                      George Jay
                                                      Controller

(SEAL)

Attest:


      /s/ LYNDA GODKIN
- --------------------------------



 <PAGE>

                          GROUP  FLEXIBLE  PREMIUM  VARIABLE
                                  ANNUITY  CONTRACT

                       AMERICAN MATURITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
                                 200 Hopmeadow Street
                             Simsbury, Connecticut  06089
            (a stock life insurance company, herein called the "Company")




Agrees with the Contract Owner to provide benefits as provided herein.

This is a Group Variable Annuity Contract.

The Contract Specifications on Page 3 and the conditions and provisions on this
and the following pages are part of the Contract.





Signed for the Company




         Joseph J. Noto, President               Lynda Godkin, Secretary


<PAGE>

                                 TABLE  OF  CONTENTS


SECTION
                                                           Page

 1. Contract Specifications                                  3

 2. Definitions                                              6

 3. Premium Payments                                         9

 4. Valuation Provisions                                    10

 5. Transfers                                               11

 6. Annual Fees and Deductions                              12

 7. Control Provisions                                      13

 8. General Provisions                                      14

 9. Surrender Provisions                                    16

10. Annuity Benefits                                        21

11. Annuity Tables                                          24

                                          2
<PAGE>

                             1.  CONTRACT  SPECIFICATIONS

         Contract Owner:               The AARP Group Annuity Trust

         Contract Holder:              The Executive Director of the American
                                  Association  of Retired Persons (AARP)
                             Trustee for the AARP Group Annuity Trust

    Contract Effective Date:           XX, 1996

              Contract Number:              10

           Eligibility Requirements:        Members of the American Association
                                                      of Retired Persons,
                                                      herein referred to as
                                                      members.


This Contract affords members the right to participate in a flexible premium
variable annuity under the terms and conditions contained herein.  To
participate, the member submits an Enrollment Form, a premium payment, and any
other required administrative forms.  The Company may accept the member's
Enrollment Form according to the Certificate Issue Requirements below  and
according to state and federal law  applicable to variable annuities.

Upon accepting a member's Enrollment Form, the Company will send the member a
Certificate of Participation (herein "Certificate").


                            CERTIFICATE ISSUE REQUIREMENTS


MAXIMUM ISSUE AGE:
90

MINIMUM PURCHASE PAYMENT:
$5,000

MINIMUM SUBSEQUENT PAYMENT:
$250 - ($100 for systematic deposit program)

MAXIMUM AGGREGATE PURCHASE WITHOUT COMPANY CONSENT:
$1,000,000


                                          3
<PAGE>


                             CERTIFICATE SPECIFICATIONS:

ANNUAL WITHDRAWAL AMOUNT:
A Contingent Deferred Sales Charge is not assessed against any withdrawals made
each Certificate Year, on a non-cumulative basis, of up to 10% of premium
payments remaining in the Certificate as of the last Certificate Anniversary.

ANNUAL FEE:
$25 on each Certificate Anniversary before the Annuity Commencement Date, or at
the time of full surrender, if the Certificate Value is less than $50,000 on
either date.

MORTALITY AND EXPENSE RISK CHARGE:
0.65% per annum of the average daily Sub-Account value

ADMINISTRATION CHARGE:
0.20% per annum of the average daily Sub-Account value

MINIMUM FIXED ACCOUNT INTEREST RATE:
3%

CONTINGENT DEFERRED SALES CHARGE SCHEDULE:
See "Contingent Deferred Sales Charge" provisions for a description of the
Contingent Deferred Sales Charge.  The Contingent Deferred Sales Charge is a
percentage of the Gross Surrender Value (not to exceed the aggregate amount of
premium payments made) and equals:


            CHARGE                         CERTIFICATE YEAR
              5%                                   1
              4%                                   2
              3%                                   3
              2%                                   4
              1%                                   5
              0%                                   6 and thereafter



SEPARATE ACCOUNT:
Separate Account  AMLVA



AVAILABLE SUB-ACCOUNTS:                          BASED ON FUND:

                                          4
<PAGE>

Money Market Portfolio                 Money Market Portfolio
                                       of the Scudder Variable Life Investment
                                       Fund

Bond Portfolio                         Bond Portfolio
                                       of the Scudder Variable Life Investment
                                       Fund

Balanced Portfolio                     Balanced Portfolio
                                       of the Janus Aspen Series

Asset Manager Growth Portfolio         Asset Manager Growth Portfolio
                                       of  Fidelity Variable Insurance Products
                                       Fund II

Growth & Income Portfolio              Growth & Income Portfolio
                                       of the Scudder Variable Life Investment
                                       Fund

Contrafund Portfolio                   Contrafund Portfolio
                                       of  Fidelity Variable Insurance Products
                                       Funds II

Capital Growth Portfolio               Capital Growth Portfolio
                                       of the Scudder Variable Life Investment
                                       Fund

Growth Portfolio                       Growth Portfolio
                                       of the Fidelity Variable Insurance
                                       Products Fund

Worldwide Growth Portfolio             Worldwide Growth Portfolio
                                       of the Janus Aspen Series

          Or other Sub-Accounts as may be made available from time to time.

                                          5

<PAGE>
                                   2.  DEFINITIONS

ACCUMULATION UNIT - A unit of measure used to calculate the value of a
Sub-Account of a Certificate before the Annuity Commencement Date.

ADMINISTRATION CHARGE - A dollar amount that the Company deducts to cover
administrative expenses.  This charge is an annual percentage.  It is shown on
the Contract Specifications Page.

ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICE OF THE COMPANY -- Currently located at 700 Newport Center
Drive, Newport Beach, California 92660.  All correspondence should be sent to
our mailing address at P.O. Box 7005, Pasadena, CA  91109-7005.  Any additional
premium payments should be sent to P.O. Box 100194, Pasadena, CA  91189-0194.

AMLVA - See "Separate Account."

ANNUAL FEE - An amount that is deducted from the Certificate at the end of each
Certificate Year before the Annuity Commencement Date, or on the date of full
surrender of the Certificate, if earlier.  The fee reimburses certain costs in
administering the Certificates and the Separate Account;  the Company does not
intend to realize a profit from this fee.

ANNUITANT - The person on whose life an annuity is purchased.

ANNUITY - An Annuity is a contract with an insurance company in which an
individual  deposits a sum of money (premium) and the insurer guarantees to make
periodic income payments to that individual for a specified period, or for life.

ANNUITY COMMENCEMENT DATE - The date on which the Certificate Owner's  selected
Annuity Option, to receive regular annuity payments, becomes effective.

ANNUITY PERIOD -   The period during which the Certificate Owner receives
scheduled income payments according to the annuity option the Certificate Owner
selected.

ANNUITY UNIT - A unit of measure used to calculate the value of annuity payments
under the variable annuity option.

BENEFICIARY - The person entitled to receive benefits according to the terms of
the Contract in case of the death of a Certificate Owner or Annuitant, as
applicable.

BUSINESS DAY -  Every day the New York Stock Exchange is open for trading. The
end of the Business Day is the close of the New York Stock Exchange.  The New
York Stock Exchange normally closes at 4:00 p.m. Eastern time.

CERTIFICATE - The Certificate Owner's policy.  The Certificate is issued by the
Company to the Certificate Owner.  It is evidence that the Certificate Owner, or
someone on behalf of the Certificate Owner, made a premium payment under this
Contract.

CERTIFICATE ANNIVERSARY - An anniversary of the Certificate Date.  Similarly,
Certificate Years are measured

                                          6
<PAGE>

from the Certificate Date.  The Certificate Date is shown on the Certificate in
the Certificate Specifications section.

CERTIFICATE DATE - The effective date of the Certificate (the date on which the
Certificate Owner's annuity takes effect).

CERTIFICATE OWNER - The owner(s) of the Certificate.

CERTIFICATE VALUE - The value of the Sub-Account(s) plus the value of the Fixed
Account on any Business Day.

CERTIFICATE YEAR - Each 12-month period starting on the Certificate Date and
ending the day before Certificate Anniversary.

COMPANY - American Maturity Life Insurance Company, sometimes referred to as
"the Company."

CONTINGENT ANNUITANT - The person designated by the Certificate Owner who, upon
the Annuitant's death prior to the Annuity Commencement Date, becomes the
Annuitant.

CONTINGENT DEFERRED SALES CHARGE ("CDSC") -  A surrender charge that may be
deducted from the Certificate Owner's Certificate Value if a withdrawal is made
from the  Certificate within a certain number of years.  See "Contingent
Deferred Sales Charge" under the Surrender Provisions of the Certificate
(Section 6, Page 17).

CONTRACT OWNER - The AARP Group Annuity Trust.

DUE PROOF OF DEATH - A certified copy of the death certificate, an order of a
court of competent jurisdiction,  a statement from a physician who attended the
deceased, or any other proof acceptable to the Company.

ENROLLMENT FORM - The form the Certificate Owner completes in order to purchase
the Certificate.

FIXED ACCOUNT - An investment option that earns a rate of interest of at least
3% per annum.  Amounts invested in the Fixed Account become part of  the
Company's General Account.

FUND(S) - Currently the Funds listed on the Contract Specifications page, or any
other Fund(s) that the Company may add from time to time.

GENERAL ACCOUNT - All assets of the Company other than those allocated to the
Separate Accounts of the Company.

GROSS SURRENDER VALUE - The Certificate Value (dollar amount) that is deducted
from the Certificate  when the Certificate Owner makes a full or partial
surrender.

MORTALITY AND EXPENSE RISK CHARGE -  A dollar amount that the Company deducts
from the Sub-Accounts to cover administrative expenses and mortality risks.
This charge is an annual percentage and is shown on the Contract Specifications
Page.

NET INVESTMENT FACTOR - A factor used to determine the value of Accumulation
Units or Annuity Units each day.

NET SURRENDER VALUE - The amount payable to the Certificate Owner on a
surrender after the deduction for any unpaid Taxes and any Contingent Deferred
Sales Charge.  If  the Certificate Owner fully surrenders the  Certificate the
Annual Fee is also deducted.


                                          7
<PAGE>

SEPARATE ACCOUNT ("SEPARATE ACCOUNT AMLVA") - An account established by the
Company to separate the assets funding the variable benefits for the class of
contracts to which the Certificate belongs from the other assets of the Company.
The assets in the Separate Account are not chargeable with liabilities arising
out of any other business the  Company may conduct.  The Separate Account and
the Funds, which are the underlying securities of the Separate Account, are
listed on the Contract Specifications of this Contract.

SUB-ACCOUNT - The subdivisions of the Separate Account.  The Certificate Owner
purchases units of the Sub-Accounts to participate in the investment experience
of the underlying Funds.

SURRENDER - A full or partial withdrawal from the  Certificate.

TAXES - The amount of tax, if any, charged by a federal, state or municipal
entity on premium payments or Certificate Values.

TOTAL DISABILITY -   Totally Disabled means a disability that: (1) results from
bodily injury or disease; (2) begins while the Certificate is in force; (3) has
existed continuously for at least 12 months; and (4) prevents the Certificate
Owner  from engaging in the substantial and material duties of the Certificate
Owner's regular occupation.





















                                 3.  PREMIUM PAYMENTS

PREMIUM PAYMENTS

Premium payments may be accepted at the Administrative Office of the Company.
Payments are made by check

                                          8
<PAGE>

payable to American Maturity Life Insurance Company or by any other method that
the Company may deem  acceptable.  The initial premium payment, and the minimum
subsequent payment that the Company may accept, are shown in the Contract
Specifications.  The Company reserves the right to limit the amount of a premium
payment.

ALLOCATION OF PREMIUM PAYMENTS

The  initial premium payment is allocated to those Sub-Accounts and/or Fixed
Account the Certificate Owner selected on  his  Enrollment Form.  The same
allocations are made for subsequent premium payments unless otherwise directed
by the Certificate Owner.  Any allocation to a Sub-Account or Fixed Account must
be at least equal to the Company's minimum amount rules then in effect.

Certain laws in some states require a full return of premium upon the exercise
of the Right to Examine (shown on the front page of the Certificate).  For
Certificates sold in those states, the Company will allocate premium payments to
the Money Market Sub-Account for the period during which the Right to Examine
may be exercised according to state law.

PREMIUM TAXES AND OTHER TAXES

A deduction is made for premium taxes or other taxes ("Taxes") which are imposed
by some states or other governmental entities.  The Company will determine when
taxes have resulted from the receipt of premium payments, the commencement of
annuity payments, or the investment experience of the Separate Account.  The
Company may, at  its discretion, pay taxes when due and deduct that amount from
the Certificate Value at a later date.  Payment at a earlier date does not waive
any right  that the Company may have to deduct amounts at a later date.  The
Company reserves the right to establish a provision for federal income taxes if
it determines, in its sole discretion, that it will incur a tax as a result of
the operation of the Separate Account.

















                               4.  VALUATION PROVISIONS

THE FIXED ACCOUNT

If the Certificate Owner  allocates any premium payments to the Fixed Account,
the Fixed Account will earn interest at no less than a 3% annual effective rate.
The Company, in its sole discretion, may credit interest rates greater than 3%.
The Company will determine the value of the Fixed Account daily by crediting
interest to the


                                          9
<PAGE>

Fixed Account.

THE SUB-ACCOUNTS

The available Sub-Accounts and their underlying investments are listed in the
Contract Specifications.  The Certificate Owner may allocate premium payments to
one or more Sub-Accounts.  Any premium payment allocated to a Sub-Account is
applied to provide for a number of Accumulation Units with respect to that
Sub-Account.

ACCUMULATION UNITS

The number of Accumulation Units credited to each Sub-Account is determined by
dividing the premium payment allocated to a Sub-Account by the dollar value of
one Accumulation Unit for such Sub-Account, next computed after the receipt of a
premium payment by the Company.  The number of Accumulation Units so determined
will not be affected by any subsequent change in the value of such Accumulation
Units.  The Accumulation Unit value in any Sub-Account may increase or decrease
from day to day as described below.

NET INVESTMENT FACTOR

The net investment factor for each of the Sub-Accounts is equal to the net asset
value per share of the corresponding Fund at the end of the valuation period
(plus the per share amount of any unpaid dividends or capital gains by the Fund)
divided by the net asset value per share of the corresponding Fund at the
beginning of the valuation period and subtracting from that amount the Mortality
and Expense Risk Charge and the Administration Charge shown in the Contract
Specifications.

ACCUMULATION UNIT VALUE

The Accumulation Unit Value for each Sub-Account will vary to reflect the
investment experience of the applicable Fund.  The Accumulation Unit Value is
determined on each Business Day by multiplying the Accumulation Unit Value of
the particular Sub-Account on the preceding Business Day by the net investment
factor for that Sub-Account for the valuation period then ended.  The value of
the Sub-Account on each Business Day is then calculated by multiplying the
number of Accumulation Units in that Sub-Account by the Accumulation Unit Value
on that Business Day.





                                    5.  TRANSFERS

TRANSFERS AMONG THE SUB-ACCOUNTS AND/OR FIXED ACCOUNT


At any time before the Annuity Commencement Date, the Certificate Owner may
transfer values among the Sub-Accounts and/or the Fixed Account.

After a transfer, if the remaining value of any Sub-Account or Fixed Account is
less than $500, the Company

                                          10
<PAGE>

reserves the right to transfer the entire remaining balance. The Company
reserves the right to defer transfers from the Fixed Account for up to six
months from the date of request.

After the Annuity Commencement Date, the Certificate Owner may elect in writing
to transfer values among the Sub-Accounts once every three (3) months.

ALL TRANSFERS

The Company reserves the right to limit the number of transfers to twelve (12)
per Certificate Year, with no two (2) transfers occuring on consecutive business
days.  The Company reserves the right to limit the size, number, and frequency
of transfers.  Further, the Company may restrict or suspend transfers.  The
Company may reject any transfer request, or the Company may impose a fee of up
to $15 for any unscheduled transfer in excess of 12 transfers in any Certificate
Year.  The Company reserves the right to accept transfer instructions solely
from the Certificate Owner and not from a representative, agent or person acting
under a power of attorney for the Certificate Owner.














                        6.  ANNUAL FEES AND DEDUCTIONS

ANNUAL FEE

Before the Annuity Commencement Date, each year an Annual Fee is deducted from
the Certificate.  The Annual Fee is deducted on each Certificate Anniversary, or
on the date of surrender of the Certificate, if earlier.  The Annual Fee is
deducted from  the Certificate Value by reducing each Sub-Account and Fixed
Account pro-rata according to the value in each on that day.


                                          11
<PAGE>

The Fixed Account will be reduced by the pro-rata dollar amount.  The
Sub-Accounts will be reduced by a number of Accumulation Units. The number of
Accumulation Units deducted from the Sub-Account is determined by dividing the
pro-rata portion of the Annual Fee applicable to that Sub-Account, by the value
of an Accumulation Unit for the Sub-Account on the date the Annual Fee is
deducted.

SEPARATE ACCOUNT CHARGES

Each Business Day, a charge is deducted from each Sub-Account equal to the
Mortality and Expense Risk Charge and the Administration Charge shown in the
Contract Specifications.














                                7.  CONTROL PROVISIONS

ANNUITANT, CONTINGENT ANNUITANT AND CERTIFICATE OWNER(S)

The Annuitant may not be changed.

The designations of Certificate Owner and Contingent Annuitant will remain in
effect until changed by the Certificate Owner.  Changes in the designation of
the Certificate Owner may be made during the lifetime of the Annuitant by
written notice to the Company.  Changes in the designation of Contingent
Annuitant may be made at any time prior to the Annuity Commencement Date by
written notice to the Company.  Notwithstanding the

                                          12
<PAGE>

foregoing, if no Contingent Annuitant has been named and the Certificate
Owner/Annuitant's spouse is the Beneficiary, it will be assumed that the
Certificate Owner/Annuitant's spouse is the Contingent Annuitant.  A Certificate
Owner who is a non-natural person may not designate a Contingent Annuitant.

The Certificate Owner has the sole power to exercise all the rights, options and
privileges granted by the Certificate or permitted by the Company and to agree
with the Company to any change in or amendment to the Certificate.  The rights
of the Certificate Owner shall be subject to the rights of any assignee of
record with the Company and of any irrevocably designated Beneficiary.  In the
case of joint Certificate Owners, each Certificate Owner alone may exercise all
rights, options and privileges, except with respect to the Surrender Provisions
and change of ownership or Beneficiary.  If the Certificate Owner dies on or
after the Annuity Commencement Date, then the Joint Certificate Owner, or if
none, the Annuitant, becomes the Certificate Owner.

BENEFICIARY

The Designated Beneficiary will remain in effect until changed by the
Certificate Owner.  Changes in the Designated Beneficiary may be made during the
lifetime of the Annuitant by written notice to the Administrative Office of the
Company.  If the Designated Beneficiary has been designated irrevocably,
however, such designation cannot be changed or revoked without such
Beneficiary's written consent.  Upon receipt of such notice and written consent,
if required, at the Administrative Office of the Company, the new designation
will take effect as of the date the notice is signed, whether or not the
Annuitant or Certificate Owner is alive at the time of receipt of such notice.
The change will be subject to any payment made or other action taken by the
Company before the receipt of the notice.

In the event of the death of the Annuitant when there is no surviving Contingent
Annuitant, the Beneficiary  shall be the surviving Certificate Owner, or joint
Certificate Owners, if applicable, notwithstanding that the Designated
Beneficiary may be different.  Otherwise, the Beneficiary will be the Designated
Beneficiary then in effect.  If the Annuitant is the sole Certificate Owner and
there is no Designated Beneficiary in effect, the Annuitant's estate will be the
Beneficiary.

In the event of the death of a Certificate Owner prior to the Annuity
Commencement Date, the Beneficiary will be as follows.  Upon the death of the
joint Certificate Owner, the Beneficiary will be the surviving joint Certificate
Owner, notwithstanding that the designated Beneficiary may be different.  If the
Certificate Owner was the sole Certificate Owner, the Beneficiary shall be the
Designated Beneficiary then in effect.  If no Beneficiary designation is in
effect or if the Designated Beneficiary has died prior to the death of  the
Certificate owner, the Certificate Owner's estate shall be the Beneficiary.


                                8.  GENERAL PROVISIONS

THE CONTRACT

This Contract and the Application constitute the entire Contract.

MODIFICATION

The Contract or the Certificates cannot be modified except over the signature of
the President, a Vice President, a Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the
Company.

The Company reserves the right to modify the Contract and Certificates, but only
if such modification: (i) is necessary to make the Contract and Certificates or
the Separate Account comply with any law or regulation issued

                                          13
<PAGE>

by a governmental agency to which the Company is subject; (ii) is necessary to
assure continued qualification of the Contract and Certificates under the
Internal Revenue Code or other federal or state laws relating to retirement
annuities or annuity contracts; (iii) is necessary to reflect a change in the
operation of the Separate Account or the Sub-Account(s); (iv) provides
additional Sub-Account or Fixed Account options; or (v) withdraws Sub-Account or
Fixed Account options.  In the event of any such modification, the Company will
provide notice to the Contract Owner and Certificate Owner, or to the
Annuitant(s) during the annuity period.  The Company may also make appropriate
endorsements to the Contract and Certificate to reflect such modification.

MINIMUM VALUE STATEMENT

Any Net Surrender Values, death benefits or settlement provisions available
under the Certificate equal or exceed those required by the state in which the
Certificate is delivered.

NON-PARTICIPATION

This Contract and the Certificates do not share in the  surplus earnings of the
Company.  That portion of the assets of the Separate Account equal to the
reserves and other contract liabilities of the Separate Account shall not be
chargeable with liabilities arising out of any other business the Company may
conduct.

MISSTATEMENT OF AGE AND SEX

All statements made by the Certificate Owner are deemed to be true and complete
to the best of his/her knowledge and belief.

If the age and/or sex of the Annuitant and/or Certificate Owner is incorrectly
stated, death benefits or annuity payments will be adjusted to the payment which
would have been provided at the correct age and sex. The payments will be
adjusted for any overpayments or underpayments that may have been made.  The
adjusted annuity payment or death benefit will include interest of 3% per annum
in the event of an underpayment or will deduct interest of 3% per annum in the
event of an overpayment.



PROTECTION OF PROCEEDS
To the extent permitted by law, no values under the Certificate will be subject
to the debts, contracts, or engagements of any Beneficiary, and all such values
shall be free from legal process and the claims of any creditors.

REPORTS TO THE CERTIFICATE OWNER

The Certificate Owner shall receive copies of any shareholder reports of the
Funds and of any other notices, reports or documents required by law to be
delivered to Certificate Owners. The Company will also deliver to the
Certificate Owner, at least quarterly, a statement showing the Certificate
Value.

VOTING RIGHTS

The Company shall notify the Certificate Owner of any Fund shareholder's
meetings at which the shares held for the Certificate Owner Sub-Account may be
voted.  The Company shall also send the Certificate Owner proxy

                                          14
<PAGE>

materials and a form of instruction so that the Certificate Owner can instruct
the Company how to vote the shares held for the Certificate Owner's Sub-Account.
The Company shall arrange for the handling and tallying of proxies received from
Certificate Owners.  The Company will vote the Fund shares in accordance with
the instructions received from the Certificate Owners having the right to give
voting instructions.  If the Certificate Owner desires to attend any meeting
which shares held for the Certificate Owner's benefit may be voted, the
Certificate Owner may request the Company to furnish a proxy or otherwise
arrange for the exercise of voting rights with respect to the Fund shares held
for such Certificate Owner's Sub-Account.

In the event that the Certificate Owner gives no instructions or leaves the
manner of voting discretionary, the Company will vote such shares of the
appropriate Fund in the same proportion as shares of that Fund for which
instructions have been received.  Also, the Company will vote the Fund shares in
this proportionate manner which are held by the Company for its own Sub-Account.
During the annuity period under a Certificate the number of votes will decrease
as the assets held to fund annuity benefits decrease.

SUBSTITUTION

The Company reserves the right to substitute the shares of any other registered
Investment Company for the shares of any Fund already purchased or to be
purchased in the future by the Separate Account provided that the substitution
has been approved by the Securities and Exchange Commission.  The Company also
may limit further purchases of such shares.

CHANGE IN THE OPERATION OF THE SEPARATE ACCOUNT

At the Company election and subject to any necessary vote by persons having the
right to give instructions with respect to the voting of the Fund shares held by
the Sub-Accounts, the Separate Account may be operated as a management company
under the Investment Company Act of 1940 or it may be deregistered under the
Investment Company Act of 1940 in the event registration is no longer required.
Deregistration of the Separate Account requires an order by the Securities and
Exchange Commission.

PROOF OF SURVIVAL
The payment of any annuity benefit will be subject to evidence that the
Annuitant is alive on the date such payment is otherwise due.


                               9.  SURRENDER PROVISIONS


FULL SURRENDER

Beginning 30 days after the Certificate Date, at any time prior to the Annuity
Commencement Date, the Certificate Owner has the right to terminate the
Certificate by submitting a written request to the Administrative Office .  In
such event, the Certificate Owner will be entitled to the Net Surrender Value of
the Certificate.

On any Business Day, the Gross Surrender Value of the Certificate for a full
surrender equals the Certificate Value.  The Net Surrender Value of the
Certificate is equal to the Gross Surrender Value minus:

(a) any applicable Taxes not previously deducted;
(b) the Annual Fee as specified in the Contract Specifications (for full, not
partial, surrenders); and
(c) any applicable Contingent Deferred Sales Charge as specified in the
Contract Specifications.

                                          15
<PAGE>

PARTIAL SURRENDERS

Beginning 30 days after the Certificate date, and before the Annuity
Commencement Date, the Certificate Owner may partially surrender Certificate
Values and receive a Net Surrender Value.

Any partial surrender request must be in writing.  If the Certificate Owner does
not specify which Sub-Account(s) or Fixed Account from which the partial
surrender is to be taken, the surrender will be effected on a pro rata basis
according to the value in each Sub-Account or Fixed Account.

For any partial surrender, the Certificate Values remaining after the surrender
must be at least equal to the Company's minimum amount rules then in effect.  If
the remaining Certificate Value following such surrender is less than the
Company's minimum amount rules, the Certificate will be terminated and the
Company will pay the Net Surrender Value as if it were a full surrender.

The Company reserves the right to deduct a partial surrender fee of up to $15
per partial surrender in excess of 12 partial surrenders during any Certificate
Year.  The fee would be deducted on a pro-rata basis from Certificate Values
held in the Sub-Accounts and Fixed Account immediately after the partial
surrender.

CONTINGENT DEFERRED SALES CHARGES "CDSC"

Unless specified otherwise, a Contingent Deferred Sales Charge ("charge") is
assessed against any premium payments surrendered before the end of the charge
period shown in the Contingent Deferred Sales Charge Schedule in the Contract
Specifications.  In the Schedule, the length of time from the Certificate Date
to the time of surrender determines the charge.  The charge is a percentage of
the Gross Surrender Value  attributable to premium payments.  For this purpose,
premium payments will be deemed to be surrendered before any other Certificate
Values.  When the total Gross Surrender Value equals all premium payments,  a
Contingent Deferred Sales Charge will not be assessed against the surrender of
the remaining Certificate Value.

The Company will not  assess a Contingent Deferred Sales Charge against
withdrawals that qualify for the Annual Withdrawal Amount shown in the Contract
Specifications.  Withdrawals of  values in excess of the Annual Withdrawal
Amount will be subject to Contingent Deferred Sales Charges, according to the
Contingent Deferred Sales Charge Schedule, if applicable.

No Contingent Deferred Sales Charges will be assessed against Certificate
Values:

- -   applied to an Annuity Option (see Section 10, Page 23);
- -   equal to the Annual Withdrawal Amount described in the Certificate
    Specifications;
- -   surrendered to meet the minimum distribution rules under the Internal
    Revenue Code as they apply to amounts held under the Certificate ( see
    Section 9, Page18 );
- -   surrendered while the Certificate Owner is confined to a nursing home( see
    Section 9, Page 18)
- -   surrendered while the Certificate Owner is under age 65 and is totally
    disabled at the time of the surrender request( see Section 9, Page 18);
- -   surrendered when there is medical evidence that the  life expectancy of the
    Certificate Owner is less than twelve months ( see Section 9, Page 18)
- -   if the Certificate terminates due to the death of the Certificate Owner or
    Annuitant, as applicable;

                                          16
<PAGE>

SURRENDERS NOT SUBJECT TO CONTINGENT DEFERRED SALES CHARGES

NURSING HOME CONFINEMENT:  No Contingent Deferred Sales Charge is assessed upon
surrenders that occur during the Certificate Owner's  confinement in a facility
certified as a nursing home.  Such confinement must (1) have been continuous for
at least 90 days before the surrender request; (2) must be at the recommendation
of a U.S. licensed physician; (3) must be for medically necessary reasons and;
(4) must be confined at the time of the surrender request.

DISABILITY:  No Contingent Deferred Sales Charge is assessed upon surrenders
that occur when the Certificate Owner is under age 65 and Totally Disabled.  The
Certificate Owner  must provide written proof, satisfactory to the Company, that
the Certificate Owner is Totally Disabled.  Totally Disabled means a disability
that: (1) results from bodily injury or disease; (2) begins while the
Certificate is in force; (3) has existed continuously for at least 12 months;
and (4) prevents the Certificate Owner  from engaging in the substantial and
material duties of the Certificate Owner's regular occupation.  During the first
12 months of Total Disability, regular occupation means the Certificate Owner's
usual full time (at least 30 hours per week) work when Total Disability begins.
The Company reserves the right to require reasonable proof of such work.  After
the first 12 months of Total Disability, regular occupation means that for which
the Certificate Owner is reasonably qualified by education, training or
experience.

TERMINAL ILLNESS:  No Contingent Deferred Sales Charge is assessed upon
surrenders that occur when the Certificate Owner has been diagnosed by a U.S.
licensed physician with a medical condition that results in a life expectancy of
less than twelve months.  The Certificate Owner must  provide written proof,
satisfactory to the Company, that the Certificate Owner has  been diagnosed with
a medical determinable condition that results in a life expectancy of  less than
twelve months.

IRS MINIMUM DISTRIBUTIONS:  No Contingent Deferred Sales Charge is assessed
against surrenders necessary to meet the minimum distribution requirements set
forth in Section 401(a) of the Internal Revenue Code as such requirements apply
to amounts held under the Certificate. The Certificate Owner  must indicate on
his written request for surrender that the surrender is a required minimum
distribution.

TERMINATION AFTER THE ANNUITY COMMENCEMENT DATE

The Certificate Owner may not surrender the Certificate for its Net Surrender
Value after the Annuity Commencement Date.

PAYMENT ON SURRENDER - DEFERRAL OF PAYMENT

Payment on any request for surrender will be made as soon as possible and, with
respect to the Certificate Values in the Sub-Accounts, no later than seven days
after the written request is received by the Company.  However, such payment may
be subject to postponement:

(a) for any period during which the New York Stock Exchange is closed or during
    which trading on the New York Stock Exchange is restricted;

(b) for any period during which an emergency exists as a result of which (i)
    disposal of the securities held in the Sub-Accounts is not reasonably
    practicable, or (ii) it is not reasonably practicable for the value of the
    net assets of the Separate Account to be fairly determined; and

                                          17
<PAGE>

(c) for such other periods as the Securities and Exchange Commission may, by
    order, permit for the protection of the Certificate Owners.  The conditions
    under which trading shall be deemed to be restricted or any emergency shall
    be deemed to exist shall be determined by rules and regulations of the
    Securities and Exchange Commission.

The Company may defer payment of any amounts from the Fixed Account for up to
six months from the date of the request to surrender.  If the Company defer
payment for more than 30 days, the Company will pay interest of at least 3% per
year on the amount deferred, calculated as of the date of receipt of the
request.

DEATH BENEFIT

A Death Benefit will be paid if the Annuitant dies prior to the Annuity
Commencement Date and there is no designated Contingent Annuitant surviving, or
if any Certificate Owner dies prior to the Annuity Commencement Date.  The Death
Benefit will be payable to the Beneficiary as determined under the Control
Provisions of this Contract.

The Death Benefit is equal to the greater of:  (a) total Purchase Payments less
any prior Gross Surrenders and Withdrawals since the Certificate Date or (b) the
Certificate Value.  The Death Benefit shall be calculated as of the end of the
valuation period during which the Company receives Due Proof of Death.

The Death Benefit may be taken in a lump sum or under any of the settlement
options then being offered by the Company, subject, however to the Required
Distribution provisions below.  When payment of the Death Benefit is taken in
one lump sum, payment will be made within 7 days after the date Due Proof of
Death is received, except when the Company is permitted to defer such payment
under the Investment Company Act of 1940.  Payment to the Beneficiary, other
than in a lump sum, may only be elected during the sixty-day period beginning
with the date of receipt of Due Proof of Death.


DEATH OF ANNUITANT AFTER ANNUITY COMMENCEMENT DATE

In the event of the death of the Annuitant after the Annuity Commencement Date,
a Death Benefit, equal to the present value of any remaining payments under the
annuity option chosen, will be paid in one sum to the Beneficiary unless other
provisions shall have been made and approved by the Company.

If the Annuitant dies after the Annuity Commencement Date but before the Company
issues the payee's first check, the  Beneficiary will be entitled to the Net
Surrender Value applied to the Annuity Option, without assessment of the
Contingent Deferred Sales Charge or Annual Fee.

REQUIRED DISTRIBUTIONS

A.  DEATH OF OWNER OR PRIMARY ANNUITANT

Subject to the alternative election or spouse beneficiary provisions in
subsection B or C below, and to the tax qualification provision in subsection D
below:

1.  If any Certificate Owner dies on or after the Annuity Commencement Date and
    before the entire interest in this Certificate has been distributed, the
    remaining portion of such interest shall be distributed at least as

                                          18
<PAGE>

    rapidly as under the method of distribution being used as of the date of
    such death.

2.  If any Certificate Owner dies before the Annuity Commencement Date, the
    entire interest in this Certificate will be distributed within 5 years
    after such death.

3.  If the Certificate Owner is not an individual, then for purposes of the
    immediately preceding paragraph 1 or 2, the primary annuitant under this
    Certificate shall be treated as the Certificate Owner for purposes of these
    Required Distributions only, and any change in the primary annuitant shall
    be treated as the death of the Certificate Owner.  The primary annuitant is
    the individual, the events in the life of whom are of primary importance in
    affecting the timing or amount of the payout under the Certificate.

B.  ALTERNATIVE ELECTION TO SATISFY DISTRIBUTION REQUIREMENTS

If any portion of the interest of a Certificate Owner described in subsection A
immediately above is payable to or for the benefit of a designated beneficiary,
and such beneficiary elects within a period of less than one year after such to
have such portion distributed over a period that: (1) does not extend beyond
such beneficiary's life (or life expectancy) and (2) starts within 1 year after
such death, for purposes of satisfying the requirements of paragraph A.1 or A.2
immediately above, such portion shall be treated as distributed entirely on the
date such periodic distributions begin.  Such beneficiary may elect any
settlement option allowed by the Company, subject to any restrictions imposed by
any regulations under Section 72(s) of the Internal Revenue Code.




C.  SPOUSE BENEFICIARY

In the event of the Certificate Owner's death where the sole Beneficiary is the
spouse of the Certificate Owner and the Annuitant or Contingent Annuitant is
living, such spouse may elect, in lieu of receiving the Death Benefit, to be
treated as the Certificate Owner for purposes of subsection A.  Only one such
spousal election may be made with respect to any Certificate.

D.  TAX QUALIFICATION

The Contract (and any Certificate thereunder) is intended to qualify as an
annuity contract for Federal income tax purposes.  To that end, the provisions
of this Contact (and any such Certificate) are to be interpreted to ensure or
maintain such tax qualification, notwithstanding any other provisions to the
contrary.  Payments and distributions under this Contract shall be made in a
timely manner necessary to maintain such qualification under the applicable
provisions in the Internal Revenue Code in existence at the time this Contract
is issued.  Notwithstanding any other provisions to the contrary, the Company
reserves the right to amend this Contract and Certificate to reflect any
clarifications that may be needed or are appropriate to maintain such tax
qualification or to conform this Contract or Certificate to any applicable
changes in the tax qualification requirements.  The Company will send the
Certificate Owner a copy of any such amendment.

                                          19
<PAGE>














                                10.  ANNUITY BENEFITS

ANNUITY COMMENCEMENT DATE

The Certificate Owner may select an Annuity Commencement Date.  The Annuity
Commencement Date selected must be at least one year after the Certificate Date
and on or before the Annuitant's attained age 90, except in certain states where
an earlier age is required.  If the Certificate Owner does not choose an Annuity
Commencement Date, the scheduled Annuity Commencement Date will be the date of
the Annuitant's attained age 90, or an earlier age if required by state law. The
Certificate Owner may change the Annuity Commencement Date if the Certificate
Owner notifies the Company in writing 30 days before the scheduled Annuity
Commencement Date.

ANNUITY BENEFIT

On the Annuity Commencement Date, unless directed otherwise, the Company will
apply the Net Surrender Value to purchase monthly income payments payable to the
Annuitant according to the Annuity Option the Certificate Owner  elects.  The
Contingent Deferred Sales Charge will not be assessed.  The Certificate Owner
may not surrender the Certificate after the Annuity Commencement Date.

ELECTION OF ANNUITY OPTION

The Certificate Owner may elect any one of the annuity options described below
or under any of the settlement

                                          20
<PAGE>

options offered by the Company at that time.  In the absence of the Certificate
Owner's  election, the Net Surrender Value, without deduction for any Contingent
Deferred Sales Charge, will be applied on the Annuity Commencement Date under
the Fifth Option to provide a Payment for a Designated Period for 5 years.  The
Net Surrender Value is determined on the basis of the value of the Fixed Account
as of the Annuity Commencement Date, and of the Accumulation Unit Value of each
Sub-Account no later than the fifth Business Day preceding the date annuity
payments are to commence.

DATE OF PAYMENT

The first annuity payment under the Annuity Option shall be made one month, (or
the period selected for periodic payments:  annual, semi-annual, quarterly, or
monthly), following the Annuity Commencement Date.  Subsequent payments shall be
made on the same calendar day of the month as was the first payment, or the
preceding day if no such day exists (e.g. September 31), in accordance with the
payment period selected.

ALLOCATION OF ANNUITY

The Certificate Owner may further elect to have the Net Surrender Value applied
to a variable annuity, a fixed dollar annuity or a combination of both.  Once
every 3 months, following the Annuity Commencement Date, the  Certificate Owner
may elect, in writing, to transfer among any Sub-Account(s) on which variable
annuity payments are based.  No transfers may be made between the Sub-Accounts
and the General Account after the Annuity Commencement Date.

If no election is made to the contrary, the value of each Sub-Account shall be
applied to provide a variable annuity based thereon, and the value of the Fixed
Account shall be applied to provide a fixed dollar annuity.
VARIABLE ANNUITY AND FIXED DOLLAR ANNUITY

VARIABLE ANNUITY - A variable annuity is an annuity with payments increasing or
decreasing in amount in accordance with the net investment results of the
Sub-Account(s) of the Separate Account (as described in the Valuation
Provisions).  After the first monthly payment for a variable annuity has been
determined in accordance with the provisions of this Certificate (see
Description of Tables), a number of Annuity Units is determined by dividing that
first monthly payment by the appropriate Annuity Unit value on the Annuity
Commencement Date.

The value of an Annuity Unit for each Sub-Account of the Separate Account will
vary to reflect the investment experience of the applicable Fund.  The Annuity
Unit Value is determined by multiplying the value of the Annuity Unit for that
Sub-Account on the preceding Business Day by the product of (a) the net
investment factor for that Sub-Account for the day for which the Annuity Unit
value is being calculated, and (b) an interest factor to offset the effect of
the asumed interest rate of 5% per year, which is built into the annuity tables.

Once variable annuity payments have begun, the number of Annuity Units remains
fixed with respect to a particular Sub-Account(s).  If the Certificate Owner
elects that continuing annuity payments be based on a different Sub-Account(s),
the number will change effective with that election but will remain constant
following such election.

The dollar amount of the second and subsequent variable annuity payments is not
predetermined and may increase or decrease from month to month.  The actual
amount of each variable annuity payment after the first is determined by
multiplying the number of Annuity Units by the Annuity Unit Value as described
above.  The Annuity Unit Value will be determined no earlier than the fifth
Business Day preceding the date the annuity

                                          21
<PAGE>

payment is due.

The Company guarantees that the dollar amount of variable annuity payments will
not be adversely affected by variations in the expense results and in the actual
mortality experience of payees from the mortality assumptions, including any age
adjustment, used in determining the first monthly payment.

FIXED DOLLAR ANNUITY - A fixed dollar annuity is an annuity with payments that
remain fixed as to dollar amount throughout the payment period.

ANNUITY OPTIONS

FIRST OPTION - LIFE ANNUITY - An annuity payable monthly during the lifetime of
the Annuitant, ceasing with the last payment due prior to the death of the
Annuitant.

SECOND OPTION - LIFE ANNUITY WITH 120, 180 OR 240 MONTHLY PAYMENTS CERTAIN - An
annuity providing monthly income for a fixed period of 120 months, 180 months,
or 240 months (as selected), and for as long thereafter as the Annuitant shall
live.





THIRD OPTION -  CASH REFUND LIFE ANNUITY - An annuity payable monthly during the
lifetime of the Annuitant ceasing with the last payment due prior to the death
of the Annuitant provided that, at the death of the Annuitant, the Beneficiary
will receive an additional payment equal to the excess, if any, of (a) minus (b)
where: (a) is the Net Surrender Value applied on the Annuity Commencement Date
under this option: and (b) is the dollar amount of annuity payments already
paid.  This option is not available for variable annuitization.

FOURTH OPTION - JOINT AND LAST SURVIVOR LIFE ANNUITY - An annuity payable
monthly during the joint lifetime of the Annuitant and a secondary Annuitant,
and thereafter during the remaining lifetime of the survivor, ceasing with the
last payment prior to the death of the survivor.

FIFTH OPTION - PAYMENT FOR A DESIGNATED PERIOD - An amount payable monthly for
the number of years selected which may be from 5 to 30 years.

                                          22
<PAGE>



















                                 11.  ANNUITY TABLES

The attached tables show the dollar amount of the first monthly payment for the
variable annuity and the minimum dollar amount of the monthly payments for the
fixed annuity for each $1,000 applied under the Annuity Options.  Under the
First, Second and Third Options, the amount of each payment will depend upon the
age and sex of the Annuitant at the time of the Annuity Commencement Date.
Under the Fourth Option, the amount of each payment will depend upon the sex of
both Annuitants and their ages at the time the Annuity Commencement Date.

The variable payment annuity tables for the First, Second, and Fourth Options
are based on the 1983a Individual Annuity Mortality Table with ages set back one
year, and an interest rate of 5% per annum.  The table for the Fifth Option is
based on an interest rate of 5% per annum.

The fixed annuity payment tables for the First, Second , Third and  Fourth
Options are based on the 1983a Individual Annuity Mortality Table with ages set
back one year, and an interest rate of 3% per annum.  The table for the Fifth
Option is based on an interest rate of 3% per annum.

Once the Certificate Owner elects an annuity option, the Certificate Owner may
not change it with respect to any Annuitant following the Annuity Commencement
Date.

MINIMUM PAYMENT

No election of any options or combination of options may be made under this
Certificate unless the first payment for each affected Sub-Account or Fixed
Account would be at least equal to the minimum payment amount according to
Company rules then in effect.  If at any time, payments to be made to any
Annuitant from each Sub-Account or Fixed Account are or become less than the
minimum payment amount, the Company shall have the right to change the frequency
of payment to

                                          23
<PAGE>

such intervals as will result in a payment at least equal to the minimum.  If
any amount due would be less than the minimum payment amount per annum, the
Company  may  make such other settlement as may be equitable to the Annuitant.




                                          24
<PAGE>

                          GROUP  FLEXIBLE  PREMIUM  VARIABLE
                                 ANNUITY  CERTIFICATE

                       AMERICAN MATURITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
                                 200 Hopmeadow Street
                             Simsbury, Connecticut  06089
 (a stock life insurance company, herein called the "Company", or "We" or "Us")




Certifies that a Group Flexible Premium Variable Annuity Contract has been
issued to the AARP Group Annuity Trust.  This Certificate is a summary of Your
rights under that contract.

YOUR RIGHT TO EXAMINE THIS CERTIFICATE:

American Maturity Life Insurance Company wants You to be satisfied with the
Certificate You have purchased. We urge You to examine it carefully.  If for any
reason You are not satisfied with it, You may cancel the Certificate by
returning it within ten days after You receive it.  A written request for
cancellation must accompany the Certificate.  In such event, We will pay You the
Certificate Value as of the date We receive Your request. However, You bear the
investment risk prior to Our receiving  Your request.

Signed for the Company




         Joseph J. Noto, President               Lynda Godkin, Secretary

PREMIUM PAYMENTS ARE FLEXIBLE AS DESCRIBED ON PAGE 8.

NONPARTICIPATING.  THIS ANNUITY DOES NOT EARN DIVIDENDS.

ALL PAYMENTS AND VALUES PROVIDED BY THIS CERTIFICATE, WHEN BASED ON INVESTMENT
EXPERIENCE OF A SUB-ACCOUNT, ARE VARIABLE AND ARE NOT GUARANTEED AS TO A FIXED
DOLLAR AMOUNT.  DETAILS OF THE VARIABLE PROVISIONS ARE DESCRIBED UNDER THE
VALUATION PROVISIONS, SECTION 4, PAGE 9.


<PAGE>

                     TABLE OF CONTENTS



SECTION                                                    PAGE

 1.      Certificate Specifications                          3

 2.      Definitions                                         5

 3.      Premium Payments                                    8

 4.      Valuation Provisions                                9

 5.      Transfers                                          10

 6.      Annual Fees and Deductions                         11

 7.      Control Provisions                                 12

 8.      General Provisions                                 13

 9.      Surrender Provisions                               15

10.      Annuity Benefits                                   20

11.      Annuity Tables                                     23


                                          2
<PAGE>

                           1.  CERTIFICATE  SPECIFICATIONS

CERTIFICATE NUMBER:               [    ]
CERTIFICATE DATE:                 [    ]
CERTIFICATE OWNER:                [    ]
JOINT CERTIFICATE OWNER:          [    ]
ANNUITANT:                        [    ]
CONTINGENT ANNUITANT:             [    ]
AGE OF ANNUITANT:                 [    ]
SEX OF ANNUITANT:                 [    ]
BENEFICIARY(IES):                 [    ]
                                  [    ]
                                  [    ]
ANNUITY COMMENCEMENT DATE:        [    ]
INITIAL PREMIUM PAYMENT:          [    ]

ANNUAL FEE:
$25 on each Certificate Anniversary before the Annuity Commencement Date, or at
the time of full surrender, if the Certificate Value is less than $50,000 on
either date.

MORTALITY AND EXPENSE RISK CHARGE:
0.65% per annum of the average daily Sub-Account value

ADMINISTRATION CHARGE:
0.20% per annum of the average daily Sub-Account value

MINIMUM SUBSEQUENT PAYMENT:
$ 250 (or $100 if part of an electronic funds transfer program)

CONTINGENT DEFERRED SALES CHARGE SCHEDULE:
See "Contingent Deferred Sales Charge" provisions for a description of the
Contingent Deferred Sales Charge.  The Contingent Deferred Sales Charge is a
percentage of the Gross Surrender Value (not to exceed the aggregate amount of
premium payments made) and equals:


            CHARGE                         CERTIFICATE YEAR
              5%                                   1
              4%                                   2
              3%                                   3
              2%                                   4
              1%                                   5
              0%                                   6 and thereafter


                                          3
<PAGE>

ANNUAL WITHDRAWAL AMOUNT:
A Contingent Deferred Sales Charge is not assessed against any withdrawals made
each Certificate Year, on a non-cumulative basis, of up to 10% of premium
payments remaining in the Certificate as of the last Certificate Anniversary.

FIXED ACCOUNT:
Minimum Fixed Account Rate:    [    3%    ]

SEPARATE ACCOUNT:
Separate Account  AMLVA

AVAILABLE SUB-ACCOUNTS:                          BASED ON FUND:

Money Market Portfolio                 Money Market Portfolio
                                       of the Scudder Variable Life Investment
                                       Fund

Bond Portfolio                         Bond Portfolio
                                       of the Scudder Variable Life Investment
                                       Fund

Balanced Portfolio                     Balanced Portfolio
                                       of the Janus Aspen Series

Asset Manager Growth Portfolio         Asset Manager Growth Portfolio
                                       of  Fidelity Variable Insurance Products
                                       Fund II

Growth & Income Portfolio              Growth & Income Portfolio
                                       of the Scudder Variable Life Investment
                                       Fund

Contrafund Portfolio                   Contrafund Portfolio
                                       of  Fidelity Variable Insurance Products
                                       Funds II

Capital Growth Portfolio               Capital Growth Portfolio
                                       of the Scudder Variable Life Investment
                                       Fund

Growth Portfolio                       Growth Portfolio
                                       of the Fidelity Variable Insurance
                                       Products Fund

Worldwide Growth Portfolio             Worldwide Growth Portfolio
                                       of the Janus Aspen Series

          Or other Sub-Accounts as may be made available from time to time.

                                          4
<PAGE>

                                   2.  DEFINITIONS

ACCUMULATION UNIT - A unit of measure used to calculate the value of a
Sub-Account of a Certificate before the Annuity Commencement Date.

ADMINISTRATION CHARGE - A dollar amount We deduct to cover administrative
expenses.  This charge is an annual percentage.  It is shown on the Certificate
Specifications Page.

ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICE OF THE COMPANY - Currently located at 700 Newport Center
Drive, Newport Beach, California 92660.  All correspondence should be sent to
our mailing address at P.O. Box 7005, Pasadena, CA  91109-7005.  Any additional
premium payments should be sent to P.O. Box 100194, Pasadena, CA  91189-0194.

AMLVA -  See "Separate Account."

ANNUAL FEE - An amount that is deducted from Your Certificate at the end of each
Certificate Year before the Annuity Commencement Date, or on the date of full
surrender of the Certificate, if earlier.  The fee reimburses certain costs in
administering the Certificates and the Separate Account;  We do not intend to
realize a profit from this fee.

ANNUITANT - The person on whose life an annuity is purchased.

ANNUITY -   An Annuity is a contract with an insurance company in which You
deposit a sum of money(Your premium) and the insurer guarantees to make periodic
income payments to You for a specified period, or for life.

ANNUITY COMMENCEMENT DATE - The date on which Your selected Annuity Option, to
receive regular annuity payments, becomes effective.

ANNUITY PERIOD -   The period during which You receive scheduled income payments
according to the annuity option You have selected.

ANNUITY UNIT - A unit of measure used to calculate the value of annuity payments
under the variable annuity option.

BENEFICIARY - The person entitled to receive benefits according to the terms of
the Certificate  in case of the death of a Certificate Owner or Annuitant, as
applicable.

BUSINESS DAY - Every day the New York Stock Exchange is open for trading. The
end of the Business Day is the close of the New York Stock Exchange.  The New
York Stock Exchange normally closes at 4:00 p.m. Eastern time.

CERTIFICATE - This document, which is Your policy.  This Certificate was issued
by Us to You.  It is evidence that You, or someone on your behalf, made a
premium payment under the group contract issued by Us to the AARP Group Annuity
Trust.


CERTIFICATE ANNIVERSARY - An anniversary of the Certificate Date.  Similarly,
Certificate Years are measured

                                          5
<PAGE>

from the Certificate Date.  The Certificate Date is shown on the Certificate
Specifications.

CERTIFICATE DATE - The effective date of the Certificate (the date on which Your
annuity takes effect).

CERTIFICATE OWNER - The owner(s) of the Certificate, sometimes referred to as
"You."

CERTIFICATE VALUE - The value of the Sub-Account(s) plus the value of the Fixed
Account on any Business Day.

CERTIFICATE YEAR - Each 12-month period starting on the Certificate Date and
ending the day before each Certificate Anniversary.

COMPANY - American Maturity Life Insurance Company, sometimes referred to as
"We" or "Us."

CONTINGENT ANNUITANT - The person designated by You who, upon the Annuitant's
death prior to the Annuity Commencement Date, becomes the Annuitant.

CONTINGENT DEFERRED SALES CHARGE ("CDSC")  - A  surrender charge that may be
deducted from Your Certificate Value if You make withdrawals from Your
Certificate within a certain number of years.  See "Contingent Deferred Sales
Charge" under the Surrender Provisions of this Certificate. (see Section 6, Page
15)

CONTRACT OWNER - The AARP Group Annuity Trust.

DUE PROOF OF DEATH - A certified copy of the death certificate, an order of a
court of competent jurisdiction,  a statement from a physician who attended the
deceased, or any other proof acceptable to Us.

ENROLLMENT FORM - The form You completed in order to purchase this Certificate.

FIXED ACCOUNT - An investment option that earns a rate of interest of at least
3% per annum.  Amounts invested in the Fixed Account become part of Our General
Account.

FUND(S) - Currently the Funds listed on the Certificate Specifications page, or
any other Fund(s) that We may add from time to time.

GENERAL ACCOUNT - All assets of the Company other than those allocated to the
Separate Accounts of the Company.

GROSS SURRENDER VALUE - The Certificate Value (dollar amount) to be deducted
from Your Certificate when you make a full or partial surrender.

MORTALITY AND EXPENSE RISK CHARGE -  A dollar amount we deduct from the
Sub-Accounts to cover administrative expenses and mortality risks.  This charge
is an annual percentage and is shown on the Certificate Specifications Page.


NET INVESTMENT FACTOR - A factor used to determine the value of Accumulation
Units or Annuity Units each day.

NET SURRENDER VALUE - The amount payable to You on a  surrender after the
deduction for any unpaid Taxes and

                                          6
<PAGE>

any Contingent Deferred Sales Charge.  If You fully surrender Your Certificate
the Annual Fee is also  deducted.

SEPARATE ACCOUNT ("SEPARATE ACCOUNT AMLVA") - An account established by Us to
separate the assets funding the variable benefits for the class of contracts to
which this Certificate belongs from the other assets of the Company.  The assets
in the Separate Account are not chargeable with liabilities arising out of any
other business We may conduct.  The Separate Account and the Funds, which are
the underlying securities of the Separate Account, are listed on the Certificate
Specifications of this Certificate.

SUB-ACCOUNT - The subdivisions of the Separate Account.  You purchase units of
the Sub-Accounts to participate in the investment experience of the underlying
Funds.

SURRENDER - A full or partial withdrawal from your Certificate.

TAXES - The amount of tax, if any, charged by a federal, state or municipal
entity on premium payments or Certificate Values.

TOTAL DISABILITY -  Totally Disabled means a disability that: (1) results from
bodily injury or disease; (2) begins while the Certificate is in force; (3) has
existed continuously for at least 12 months; and (4) prevents You from engaging
in the substantial and material duties of Your regular occupation.


WE, OUR, US -  American Maturity Life Insurance Company.

YOU, YOUR - The Certificate Owner(s).








                                3.  PREMIUM PAYMENTS

PREMIUM PAYMENTS

Premium payments may be accepted at Our Administrative Office.  Payments are
made by check payable to American Maturity Life Insurance Company or by any
other method that We deem acceptable.  Your initial

                                          7
<PAGE>

premium payment, and the minimum subsequent payment that We may accept, are
shown in the Certificate Specifications.  We reserve the right to limit the
amount of a premium payment.

ALLOCATION OF PREMIUM PAYMENTS

Your initial premium payment is allocated to those Sub-Accounts and/or Fixed
Account You selected on Your Enrollment Form.  The same allocations are made for
subsequent premium payments unless otherwise directed by You.  Any allocation to
a Sub-Account or Fixed Account must be at least equal to Our minimum amount
rules then in effect.

Certain laws in some states require a full return of premium upon the exercise
of the Right to Examine (shown on the front page of this Certificate).  For
Certificates sold in those states, We will allocate premium payments to the
Money Market Sub-Account during this Right to Examine period according to state
law.

PREMIUM TAXES AND OTHER TAXES

A deduction is made for premium taxes or other taxes ("Taxes") which are imposed
by some states or other governmental entities.  We will determine when taxes
have resulted from the receipt of premium payments, the commencement of annuity
payments, or the investment experience of the Separate Account.  We may, at Our
discretion, pay taxes when due and deduct that amount from the Certificate Value
at a later date.  Payment at a earlier date does not waive any right that We may
have to deduct amounts at a later date.  We reserve the right to establish a
provision for federal income taxes if the Company determines, in its sole
discretion, that it will incur a tax as a result of the operation of the
Separate Account.











                               4.  VALUATION PROVISIONS

THE FIXED ACCOUNT

If You allocate any premium payments to the Fixed Account, the Fixed Account
will earn interest at no less than a 3% annual effective rate.  We , in Our sole
discretion, may credit interest rates greater than 3%. We will

                                          8
<PAGE>

determine the value of the Fixed Account daily by crediting interest to the
Fixed Account.

THE SUB-ACCOUNTS

The available Sub-Accounts and their underlying investments are listed in the
Certificate Specifications.  You may allocate premium payments to one or more
Sub-Accounts.  Any premium payment allocated to a Sub-Account is applied to
provide for a number of Accumulation Units with respect to that Sub-Account.

ACCUMULATION UNITS

The number of Accumulation Units credited to each Sub-Account is determined by
dividing the premium payment allocated to a Sub-Account by the dollar value of
one Accumulation Unit for such Sub-Account, next computed after the receipt of a
premium payment by Us.  The number of Accumulation Units so determined will not
be affected by any subsequent change in the value of such Accumulation Units.
The Accumulation Unit value in any Sub-Account may increase or decrease from day
to day as described below.

NET INVESTMENT FACTOR

The net investment factor for each of the Sub-Accounts is equal to the net asset
value per share of the corresponding Fund at the end of the valuation period
(plus the per share amount of any unpaid dividends or capital gains by the Fund)
divided by the net asset value per share of the corresponding Fund at the
beginning of the valuation period and subtracting from that amount the Mortality
and Expense Risk Charge and the Administration Charge shown in the Certificate
Specifications.

ACCUMULATION UNIT VALUE

The Accumulation Unit Value for each Sub-Account will vary to reflect the
investment experience of the applicable Fund.  The Accumulation Unit Value is
determined on each Business Day by multiplying the Accumulation Unit Value of
the particular Sub-Account on the preceding Business Day by the net investment
factor for that Sub-Account for the valuation period then ended.  The value of
the Sub-Account on each Business Day is then calculated by multiplying the
number of Accumulation Units in that Sub-Account by the Accumulation Unit Value
on that Business Day.








                                    5. TRANSFERS

TRANSFERS AMONG THE SUB-ACCOUNTS AND/OR FIXED ACCOUNT

At any time before the Annuity Commencement Date, You may transfer values among
the Sub-Accounts and/or the Fixed Account.

                                          9
<PAGE>

After a transfer, if the remaining value of any Sub-Account or Fixed Account is
less than $500, We reserve the right to transfer the entire remaining balance.
We reserve the right to defer transfers from the Fixed Account for up to six
months from the date of request.



After the Annuity Commencement Date, You may elect in writing to transfer values
among the Sub-Accounts once every three (3) months.

ALL TRANSFERS

We reserve the right to limit the number of transfers to twelve (12) per
Certificate Year, with no two (2) transfers occurring on  consecutive Business
Days.  We reserve the right to limit the size, number, and frequency of
transfers.  Further, We may restrict or suspend transfers.  We may reject any
transfer request, or We may impose a fee of up to $15 for any unscheduled
transfer in excess of 12 transfers in any Certificate Year.  We reserve the
right to accept transfer instructions solely from You and not from Your
representative, agent or person acting under a power of attorney for You.










                           6.  ANNUAL FEES AND DEDUCTIONS

ANNUAL FEE

Before the Annuity Commencement Date, each year an Annual Fee is deducted from
the Certificate.  The Annual Fee is deducted on each Certificate Anniversary, or
on the date of surrender of the Certificate, if earlier.  The

                                          10
<PAGE>

Annual Fee is deducted from  the Certificate Value by reducing each Sub-Account
and Fixed Account pro-rata according to the value in each on that day.

The Fixed Account will be reduced by the pro-rata dollar amount.  The
Sub-Accounts will be reduced by a number of Accumulation Units. The number of
Accumulation Units deducted from the Sub-Account is determined by dividing the
pro-rata portion of the Annual Fee applicable to that Sub-Account, by the value
of an Accumulation Unit for the Sub-Account on the date the Annual Fee is
deducted.

SEPARATE ACCOUNT CHARGES

Each Business Day, a charge is deducted from each Sub-Account equal to the
Mortality and Expense Risk Charge and the Administration Charge shown in the
Certificate Specifications.











                               7.  CONTROL PROVISIONS

ANNUITANT, CONTINGENT ANNUITANT AND CERTIFICATE OWNER(S)

The Annuitant may not be changed.

                                          11
<PAGE>

The designations of Certificate Owner and Contingent Annuitant will remain in
effect until changed by the Certificate Owner.  Changes in the designation of
the Certificate Owner may be made during the lifetime of the Annuitant by
written notice to us.  Changes in the designation of Contingent Annuitant may be
made at any time prior to the Annuity Commencement Date by written notice to the
Company.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if no Contingent Annuitant has been
named and the Certificate Owner/Annuitant's spouse is the Beneficiary, it will
be assumed that the Certificate Owner/Annuitant's spouse is the Contingent
Annuitant.  A Certificate Owner who is a non-natural person may not designate a
Contingent Annuitant.

The Certificate Owner has the sole power to exercise all the rights, options and
privileges granted by this Certificate or permitted by the Company and to agree
with the Company to any change in or amendment to the Certificate.  The rights
of the Certificate Owner shall be subject to the rights of any assignee of
record with the Company and of any irrevocably designated Beneficiary.  In the
case of joint Certificate Owners, each Certificate Owner alone may exercise all
rights, options and privileges, except with respect to the Surrender Provisions
and change of ownership or beneficiary.  If the Certificate Owner dies on or
after the Annuity Commencement Date, then the Joint Certificate Owner, or if
none, the Annuitant, becomes the Certificate Owner.

BENEFICIARY

The Designated Beneficiary will remain in effect until changed by the
Certificate Owner.  Changes in the Designated Beneficiary may be made during the
lifetime of the Annuitant by written notice to the Administrative Office of the
Company.  If the Designated Beneficiary has been designated irrevocably,
however, the designation cannot be changed or revoked without such Beneficiary's
written consent.  Upon receipt of such notice and written consent, if required,
at the Administrative Office of the Company, the new designation will take
effect as of the date the notice is signed, whether or not the Annuitant or
Certificate Owner is alive at the time of receipt of such notice.  The change
will be subject to any payment made or other action taken by the Company before
the receipt of the notice.

In the event of the death of the Annuitant when there is no surviving Contingent
Annuitant, the Beneficiary shall be the surviving Certificate Owner, or joint
Certificate Owners, if applicable, notwithstanding that the Designated
Beneficiary may be different.  Otherwise, the Beneficiary will be the Designated
Beneficiary then in effect.  If the Annuitant is the sole Certificate Owner and
there is no Designated Beneficiary in effect, the Annuitant's estate will be the
Beneficiary.

In the event of the death of a Certificate Owner prior to the Annuity
Commencement Date, the Beneficiary will be as follows.  Upon the death of the
joint Certificate Owner, the Beneficiary will be the surviving joint Certificate
Owner, notwithstanding that the designated Beneficiary may be different.  If the
Certificate Owner was the sole Certificate Owner, the Beneficiary shall be the
Designated Beneficiary then in effect.  If no Beneficiary designation is in
effect or if the Designated Beneficiary has died prior to the death of  the
Certificate owner, the Certificate Owner's estate shall be the Beneficiary.


                               8.  GENERAL PROVISIONS

THE CERTIFICATE

This Certificate is a summary of the group annuity Contract between American
Maturity Life Insurance Company and the AARP Group Annuity Trust.  This
Certificate and the Enrollment Form constitute the entire Certificate.

                                          12
<PAGE>

MODIFICATION

The Contract or the Certificates cannot be modified except over the signature of
the President, a Vice President, a Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the
Company.

We reserve the right to modify the Contract and Certificates, but only if such
modification: (i) is necessary to make the Contract and Certificates or the
Separate Account comply with any law or regulation issued by a governmental
agency to which the Company is subject; (ii) is necessary to assure continued
qualification of the Contract and Certificates under the Internal Revenue Code
or other federal or state laws relating to retirement annuities or annuity
contracts; (iii) is necessary to reflect a change in the operation of the
Separate Account or the Sub-Account(s); (iv) provides additional Sub-Account or
Fixed Account options; or (v) withdraws Sub-Account or Fixed Account options.
In the event of any such modification, the Company will provide notice to the
Contract Owner and Certificate Owner, or to the Annuitant(s) during the annuity
period.  We may also make appropriate endorsements to the Contract and
Certificate to reflect such modification.

MINIMUM VALUE STATEMENT

Any Net Surrender Values, death benefits or settlement provisions available
under the Certificate equal or exceed those required by the state in which the
Certificate is delivered.

NON-PARTICIPATION

This Certificates does not share in our surplus earnings.  That portion of the
assets of the Separate Account equal to the reserves and other contract
liabilities of the Separate Account shall not be chargeable with liabilities
arising out of any other business We may conduct.

MISSTATEMENT OF AGE AND SEX

All statements made by You are deemed to be true and complete to the best of
Your knowledge and belief.

If the age and/or sex of the Annuitant and/or Certificate Owner is incorrectly
stated, death benefits or annuity payments will be adjusted to the payment which
would have been provided at the correct age and sex. The payments will be
adjusted for any overpayments or underpayments that may have been made.  The
adjusted annuity payment or death benefit will include interest of 3% per annum
in the event of an underpayment or will deduct interest of 3% per annum in the
event of an overpayment.

PROTECTION OF PROCEEDS

To the extent permitted by law, no values under the Certificate will be subject
to the debts, contracts, or engagements of any Beneficiary, and all such values
shall be free from legal process and the claims of any creditors.

REPORTS TO THE CERTIFICATE OWNER

The Certificate Owner shall receive copies of any shareholder reports of the
Funds and of any other notices, reports or documents required by law to be
delivered to Certificate Owners. We will also deliver to You, at least
quarterly, a statement showing the Certificate Value.

                                          13
<PAGE>

VOTING RIGHTS

We shall notify You of any Fund shareholder's meetings at which the shares held
for the Your Sub-Account may be voted.  We shall also send You proxy materials
and a form of instruction so that You can instruct us how to vote the shares
held for Your Sub-Account.  We shall arrange for the handling and tallying of
proxies received from Certificate Owners.  We will vote the Fund shares in
accordance with the instructions received from the Certificate Owners having the
right to give voting instructions.  If You desire to attend any meeting which
shares held for the Certificate Owner's benefit may be voted, You may request
the Company to furnish a proxy or otherwise arrange for the exercise of voting
rights with respect to the Fund shares held for such Certificate Owner's
Sub-Account.

In the event that the Certificate Owner does not give Us instructions or leaves
the manner of voting discretionary, the Company will vote such shares of the
appropriate Fund in the same proportion as shares of that Fund for which
instructions have been received.  Also, the Company will vote the Fund shares in
this proportionate manner which are held by the Company for its own Sub-Account.
During the annuity period under a Certificate the number of votes will decrease
as the assets held to fund annuity benefits decrease.

SUBSTITUTION

We reserve the right to substitute the shares of any other registered Investment
Company for the shares of any Fund already purchased or to be purchased in the
future by the Separate Account provided that the substitution has been approved
by the Securities and Exchange Commission.  The Company also may limit further
purchases of such shares.

CHANGE IN THE OPERATION OF THE SEPARATE ACCOUNT

At Our election and subject to any necessary vote by persons having the right to
give instructions with respect to the voting of the Fund shares held by the
Sub-Accounts, the Separate Account may be operated as a management company under
the Investment Company Act of 1940 or it may be deregistered under the
Investment Company Act of 1940 in the event registration is no longer required.
Deregistration of the Separate Account requires an order by the Securities and
Exchange Commission.

PROOF OF SURVIVAL

The payment of any annuity benefit will be subject to evidence that the
Annuitant is alive on the date such payment is otherwise due.


                              9.  SURRENDER PROVISIONS

FULL SURRENDER

Beginning 30 days after the Certificate Date, at any time prior to the Annuity
Commencement Date, You have the right to terminate Your Certificate by
submitting a written request to Our Administrative Office .  In such event, You
will be entitled to the Net Surrender Value of Your Certificate.

                                          14
<PAGE>

On any Business Day, the Gross Surrender Value of Your Certificate for a full
surrender equals the Certificate Value.  The Net Surrender Value of Your
Certificate is equal to the Gross Surrender Value minus:

(a) any applicable Taxes not previously deducted;
(b) the Annual Fee as specified in the Certificate Specifications (for full,
    not partial, surrenders); and
(c) any applicable Contingent Deferred Sales Charge as specified in the
    Certificate Specifications.


PARTIAL SURRENDERS

Beginning 30 days after the Certificate date, and before the Annuity
Commencement Date, You  may partially surrender Certificate Values and receive a
Net Surrender Value.

Any partial surrender request must be in writing.  If You do not specify which
Sub-Account(s) or Fixed Account from which the partial surrender is to be taken,
the surrender will be effected on a pro rata basis according to the value in
each Sub-Account or Fixed Account.

For any partial surrender, the Certificate Values remaining after the surrender
must be at least equal to the Company's minimum amount rules then in effect.  If
the remaining Certificate Value following such surrender is less than the
Company's minimum amount rules, the Certificate will be terminated and We will
pay the Net Surrender Value as if it were a full surrender.

We reserve the right to deduct a partial surrender fee of up to $15 per partial
surrender in excess of 12 partial surrenders during any Certificate Year.  The
fee would be deducted on a pro-rata basis from Certificate Values held in the
Sub-Accounts and Fixed Account immediately after the partial surrender.

CONTINGENT DEFERRED SALES CHARGES "CDSC"

Unless specified otherwise, a Contingent Deferred Sales Charge ("charge") is
assessed against any premium payments surrendered before the end of the charge
period shown in the Contingent Deferred Sales Charge Schedule in the Certificate
Specifications.  In the Schedule, the length of time from the Certificate Date
to the time of surrender determines the charge.  The charge is a percentage of
the Gross Surrender Value attributable to premium payments.  For this purpose,
premium payments will be deemed to be surrendered before any other Certificate
Values.  When the total Gross Surrender Value equals all premium payments,  a
Contingent Deferred Sales Charge will not be assessed against the surrender of
the remaining Certificate Value.


We will not  assess a Contingent Deferred Sales Charge against withdrawals that
qualify for the Annual Withdrawal Amount shown in the Certificate
Specifications.  Withdrawals of  values in excess of the Annual Withdrawal
Amount will be subject to Contingent Deferred Sales Charges, according to the
Contingent Deferred Sales Charge Schedule, if applicable.

No Contingent Deferred Sales Charges will be assessed against Certificate
Values:

- -   applied to an Annuity Option (see Section 10, Page 21)
- -   equal to the Annual Withdrawal Amount described in the Certificate
    Specifications;
- -   surrendered to meet the minimum distribution rules under the Internal
    Revenue Code as they apply to

                                          15
<PAGE>

    amounts held under the Certificate (see Section 9, Page 16);
- -   surrendered while the Certificate Owner is confined to a nursing home (see
    Section 9, Page 16);
- -   surrendered while the Certificate Owner is under age 65 and is totally
    disabled at the time of the surrender request (see Section 9, Page 16);
- -   surrendered when there is medical evidence that the  life expectancy of the
    Certificate Owner is less than twelve months (see Section 9, Page 16);
- -   if the Certificate terminates due to the death of the Certificate Owner or
    Annuitant, as applicable;

SURRENDERS NOT SUBJECT TO CONTINGENT DEFERRED SALES CHARGES

NURSING HOME CONFINEMENT:  No Contingent Deferred Sales Charge is assessed upon
surrenders that occur during Your confinement in a  state certified nursing
home.  Such confinement must (1) have been continuous for at least 90 days
before the surrender request; (2) must be at the recommendation of a U.S.
licensed physician; (3) must be for medically necessary reasons and; (4) must be
confined at the time of the surrender request.

DISABILITY:  No Contingent Deferred Sales Charge is assessed upon surrenders
that occur when You are under age 65 and Totally Disabled.  You must provide
written proof, satisfactory to the Company, that You are Totally Disabled.
Totally Disabled means a disability that: (1) results from bodily injury or
disease; (2) begins while the Certificate is in force; (3) has existed
continuously for at least 12 months; and (4) prevents You from engaging in the
substantial and material duties of Your regular occupation.  During the first 12
months of Total Disability, regular occupation means Your usual full time (at
least 30 hours per week) work when Total Disability begins.  We reserve the
right to require reasonable proof of such work.  After the first 12 months of
Total Disability, regular occupation means that for which You are reasonably
qualified by education, training or experience.

TERMINAL ILLNESS:  No Contingent Deferred Sales Charge is assessed upon
surrenders that occur when You have been diagnosed by a U.S. licensed physician
with a medical condition that results in a life expectancy of  less than twelve
months.  You must provide written proof, satisfactory to Us, that You have been
diagnosed with a medical determinable condition that results in a life
expectancy of  less than twelve months.
IRS MINIMUM DISTRIBUTIONS:  No Contingent Deferred Sales Charge is assessed
against surrenders necessary to meet the minimum distribution requirements set
forth in Section 401(a) of the Internal Revenue Code as such requirements apply
to amounts held under the Certificate. You must indicate on Your written request
for surrender that the surrender is a required minimum distribution.



TERMINATION AFTER THE ANNUITY COMMENCEMENT DATE

You may not surrender the Certificate for its Net Surrender Value after the
Annuity Commencement Date.

PAYMENT ON SURRENDER - DEFERRAL OF PAYMENT

Payment on any request for surrender will be made as soon as possible and, with
respect to the Certificate Values in the Sub-Accounts, no later than seven days
after the written request is received by Us.  However, such payment may be
subject to postponement:

(a) for any period during which the New York Stock Exchange is closed or during
    which trading on the New York Stock Exchange is restricted;

                                          16
<PAGE>

(b) for any period during which an emergency exists as a result of which (i)
    disposal of the securities held in the Sub-Accounts is not reasonably
    practicable, or (ii) it is not reasonably practicable for the value of the
    net assets of the Separate Account to be fairly determined; and

(c) for such other periods as the Securities and Exchange Commission may, by
    order, permit for the protection of the Certificate Owners.  The conditions
    under which trading shall be deemed to be restricted or any emergency shall
    be deemed to exist shall be determined by rules and regulations of the
    Securities and Exchange Commission.

We may defer payment of any amounts from the Fixed Account for up to six months
from the date of the request to surrender.  If We defer payment for more than 30
days, We will pay interest of at least 3% per year on the amount deferred,
calculated as of the date of receipt of the request.

DEATH BENEFIT

A Death Benefit will be paid if the Annuitant dies prior to the Annuity
Commencement Date and there is no designated Contingent Annuitant surviving, or
if any Certificate Owner dies prior to the Annuity Commencement Date.  The Death
Benefit will be payable to the Beneficiary as determined under the Control
Provisions of this Certificate.

The Death Benefit is equal to the greater of:  (a) total Purchase Payments less
any prior Gross Surrenders and Withdrawals since the Certificate Date or (b) the
Certificate Value.  The Death Benefit shall be calculated as of the end of the
valuation period during which the Company receives Due Proof of Death.

The Death Benefit may be taken in a lump sum or under any of the settlement
options then being offered by the Company, subject, however to the Required
Distribution provisions below.  When payment of the Death Benefit is taken in
one lump sum, payment will be made within 7 days after the date Due Proof of
Death is received, except when the Company is permitted to defer such payment
under the Investment Company Act of 1940.  Payment to the Beneficiary, other
than in a lump sum, may only be elected during the sixty-day period beginning
with the date of receipt of Due Proof of Death.



DEATH OF ANNUITANT AFTER ANNUITY COMMENCEMENT DATE

In the event of the death of the Annuitant after the Annuity Commencement Date,
a Death Benefit, equal to the present value of any remaining payments under the
annuity option chosen, will be paid in one sum to the Beneficiary unless other
provisions shall have been made and approved by the Company.

If the Annuitant dies after the Annuity Commencement Date but before We issue
the payee's first check, the  Beneficiary will be entitled to the Net Surrender
Value applied to the Annuity Option, without assessment of the Contingent
Deferred Sales Charge or Annual Fee.

REQUIRED DISTRIBUTIONS

A.  DEATH OF OWNER OR PRIMARY ANNUITANT

                                          17
<PAGE>

Subject to the alternative election or spouse beneficiary provisions in
subsection B or C below, and to the tax qualification provision in subsection D
below:

1.  If any Certificate Owner dies on or after the Annuity Commencement Date and
    before the entire interest in this Certificate has been distributed, the
    remaining portion of such interest shall be distributed at least as rapidly
    as under the method of distribution being used as of the date of such
    death.

2.  If any Certificate Owner dies before the Annuity Commencement Date, the
    entire interest in this Certificate will be distributed within 5 years
    after such death.

3.  If the Certificate Owner is not an individual, then for purposes of the
    immediately preceding paragraph 1 or 2, the primary annuitant under this
    Certificate shall be treated as the Certificate Owner for purposes of these
    Required Distributions only, and any change in the primary annuitant shall
    be treated as the death of the Certificate Owner.  The primary annuitant is
    the individual, the events in the life of whom are of primary importance in
    affecting the timing or amount of the payout under the Certificate.

B.  ALTERNATIVE ELECTION TO SATISFY DISTRIBUTION REQUIREMENTS

If any portion of the interest of a Certificate Owner described in subsection A
immediately above is payable to or for the benefit of a designated beneficiary,
and such beneficiary elects within a period of less than one year after such to
have such portion distributed over a period that: (1) does not extend beyond
such beneficiary's life (or life expectancy) and (2) starts within 1 year after
such death, for purposes of satisfying the requirements of paragraph A.1 or A.2
immediately above, such portion shall be treated as distributed entirely on the
date such periodic distributions begin.  Such beneficiary may elect any
settlement option allowed by the Company, subject to any restrictions imposed by
any regulations under Section 72(s) of the Internal Revenue Code.

C.  SPOUSE BENEFICIARY

In the event of the Certificate Owner's death where the sole Beneficiary is the
spouse of the Certificate Owner and the Annuitant or Contingent Annuitant is
living, such spouse may elect, in lieu of receiving the Death Benefit, to be
treated as the Certificate Owner for purposes of subsection A.  Only one such
spousal election may be made with respect to any Certificate.

D.  TAX QUALIFICATION

The Contract (and any Certificate thereunder) is intended to qualify as an
annuity contract for Federal income tax purposes.  To that end, the provisions
of the Contact (and any such Certificate) are to be interpreted to ensure or
maintain such tax qualification, notwithstanding any other provisions to the
contrary.  Payments and distributions under this Contract shall be made in a
timely manner necessary to maintain such qualification under the applicable
provisions in the Internal Revenue Code in existence at the time this Contract
is issued.  Notwithstanding any other provisions to the contrary, the Company
reserves the right to amend this Contract and Certificate to reflect any
clarifications that may be needed or are appropriate to maintain such tax
qualification or to conform this Contract or Certificate to any applicable
changes in the tax qualification requirements.  The Company will send You a copy
of any such amendment.

                                          18
<PAGE>













                               10.  ANNUITY BENEFITS

ANNUITY COMMENCEMENT DATE

You may select an Annuity Commencement Date.  The Annuity Commencement Date
selected must be at least one year after the Certificate Date and on or before
the Annuitant's attained age 90, except in certain states where an earlier age
is required.  If You do not choose an Annuity Commencement Date, the scheduled
Annuity Commencement Date will be the date of the Annuitant's attained age 90,
or an earlier age if required by state law. You may change the Annuity
Commencement Date if You notify Us in writing 30 days before the scheduled
Annuity Commencement Date.

ANNUITY BENEFIT

On the Annuity Commencement Date, unless directed otherwise, We will apply the
Net Surrender Value to purchase monthly income payments payable to the Annuitant
according to the Annuity Option You elect.  The

                                          19
<PAGE>

Contingent Deferred Sales Charge will not be assessed.  You may not surrender
the Certificate after the Annuity Commencement Date.

ELECTION OF ANNUITY OPTION

You may elect any one of the annuity options described below or under any of the
settlement options offered by Us at that time.  In the absence of your election,
the Net Surrender Value, without deduction for any Contingent Deferred Sales
Charge, will be applied on the Annuity Commencement Date under the Fifth Option
to provide a Payment for a Designated Period for 5 years.  The Net Surrender
Value is determined on the basis of the value of the Fixed Account as of the
Annuity Commencement Date, and of the Accumulation Unit Value of each
Sub-Account no later than the fifth Business Day preceding the date annuity
payments are to commence.

DATE OF PAYMENT

The first annuity payment under the Annuity Option shall be made one month, (or
the period selected for periodic payments:  annual, semi-annual, quarterly, or
monthly), following the Annuity Commencement Date.  Subsequent payments shall be
made on the same calendar day of the month as was the first payment, or the
preceding day if no such day exists (e.g. September 31), in accordance with the
payment period selected.

ALLOCATION OF ANNUITY

You may further elect to have the Net Surrender Value applied to a variable
annuity, a fixed dollar annuity or a combination of both.  Once every 3 months,
following the Annuity Commencement Date, You may elect, in writing, to transfer
among any Sub-Account(s) on which variable annuity payments are based.  No
transfers may be made between the Sub-Accounts and the General Account after the
Annuity Commencement Date.

If no election is made to the contrary, the value of each Sub-Account shall be
applied to provide a variable annuity based thereon, and the value of the Fixed
Account shall be applied to provide a fixed dollar annuity.
VARIABLE ANNUITY AND FIXED DOLLAR ANNUITY

VARIABLE ANNUITY - A variable annuity is an annuity with payments increasing or
decreasing in amount in accordance with the net investment results of the
Sub-Account(s) of the Separate Account (as described in the Valuation
Provisions).  After the first monthly payment for a variable annuity has been
determined in accordance with the provisions of this Certificate (see
Description of Tables), a number of Annuity Units is determined by dividing that
first monthly payment by the appropriate Annuity Unit Value on the Annuity
Commencement Date.

The value of an Annuity Unit for each Sub-Account of the Separate Account will
vary to reflect the investment experience of the applicable Fund.  The Annuity
Unit Value is determined by multiplying the value of the Annuity Unit for that
Sub-Account on the preceding Business Day by the product of (a) the net
investment factor for that Sub-Account for the day for which the Annuity Unit
Value is being calculated, and (b) an interest factor to offset the effect of
the assumed interest rate of 5% per year, which is built into the annuity
tables.

Once variable annuity payments have begun, the number of Annuity Units remains
fixed with respect to a particular Sub-Account(s).  If You elect that continuing
annuity payments be based on a different Sub-Account(s), the number will change
effective with that election but will remain constant following such election.

The dollar amount of the second and subsequent variable annuity payments is not
predetermined and may increase

                                          20
<PAGE>

or decrease from month to month.  The actual amount of each variable annuity
payment after the first is determined by multiplying the number of Annuity Units
by the Annuity Unit Value as described above.  The Annuity Unit Value will be
determined no earlier than the fifth Business Day preceding the date the annuity
payment is due.

The Company guarantees that the dollar amount of variable annuity payments will
not be adversely affected by variations in the expense results and in the actual
mortality experience of payees from the mortality assumptions, including any age
adjustment, used in determining the first monthly payment.

FIXED DOLLAR ANNUITY - A fixed dollar annuity is an annuity with payments that
remain fixed as to dollar amount throughout the payment period.

ANNUITY OPTIONS

FIRST OPTION - LIFE ANNUITY - An annuity payable monthly during the lifetime of
the Annuitant, ceasing with the last payment due prior to the death of the
Annuitant.

SECOND OPTION - LIFE ANNUITY WITH 120, 180 OR 240 MONTHLY PAYMENTS CERTAIN - An
annuity providing monthly income for a fixed period of 120 months, 180 months,
or 240 months (as selected), and for as long thereafter as the Annuitant shall
live.

THIRD OPTION -  CASH REFUND LIFE ANNUITY - An annuity payable monthly during the
lifetime of the Annuitant ceasing with the last payment due prior to the death
of the Annuitant provided that, at the death of the Annuitant, the Beneficiary
will receive an additional payment equal to the excess, if any, of (a) minus (b)
where: (a) is the Net Surrender Value applied on the Annuity Commencement Date
under this option: and (b) is the dollar amount of annuity payments already
paid.  This option is not available for variable annuitization.

FOURTH OPTION - JOINT AND LAST SURVIVOR LIFE ANNUITY - An annuity payable
monthly during the joint lifetime of the Annuitant and a secondary Annuitant,
and thereafter during the remaining lifetime of the survivor, ceasing with the
last payment prior to the death of the survivor.

FIFTH OPTION - PAYMENT FOR A DESIGNATED PERIOD - An amount payable monthly for
the number of years selected which may be from 5 to 30 years.

                                          21
<PAGE>











                                 11.  ANNUITY TABLES

The attached tables show the dollar amount of the first monthly payment for the
variable annuity and the minimum dollar amount of the monthly payments for the
fixed annuity for each $1,000 applied under the Annuity Options.  Under the
First, Second and Third Options, the amount of each payment will depend upon the
age and sex of the Annuitant at the time the Annuity Commencement Date.  Under
the Fourth Option, the amount of each payment will depend upon the sex of both
Annuitants and their ages at the time the Annuity Commencement Date.

The variable payment annuity tables for the First, Second, and Fourth Options
are based on the 1983a Individual Annuity Mortality Table with ages set back one
year, and an interest rate of 5% per annum.  The table for the Fifth Option is
based on an interest rate of 5% per annum.

The fixed annuity payment tables for the First, Second , Third and  Fourth
Options are based on the 1983a Individual Annuity Mortality Table with ages set
back one year, and an interest rate of 3% per annum.  The table for the Fifth
Option is based on an interest rate of 3% per annum.

Once you elect an annuity option, you may not change it with respect to any
Annuitant following the Annuity Commencement Date.

MINIMUM PAYMENT

No election of any options or combination of options may be made under this
Certificate unless the first payment for each affected Sub-Account or Fixed
Account would be at least equal to the minimum payment amount


                                          22
<PAGE>

according to Company rules then in effect.  If at any time, payments to be made
to any Annuitant from each Sub-Account or Fixed Account are or become less than
the minimum payment amount, the Company shall have the right to change the
frequency of payment to such intervals as will result in a payment at least
equal to the minimum.  If any amount due would be less than the minimum payment
amount per annum, we  may  make such other settlement as may be equitable to the
Annuitant.


                                          23


<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        ENROLLMENT FORM                                          If you need help
                                      To Participate in a Group Variable Annuity Contract                   completing this form,
                                             Owned By The AARP Group Annuity Trust                           call 1-800-396-5552.

<S>                                                            <C>
Please mail your completed form to:  American Maturity Life Insurance Company, P.O. Box 7122, Pasadena, CA 91109-8853 
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1A  ANNUITANT                                                  1B  CONTINGENT ANNUITANT (If any) 

First Name               Middle           Last                 First Name                Middle           Last 

Street Address                                                 Street Address 

City                     State            Zip                  City                      State            Zip 

AARP Number                                                    SSN/TIN: 
           ------------------------
SSN/TIN:                                                       Sex:  / / M      / / F            Date of Birth:  

Sex:  / / M   / / F               Date of Birth: 

Phone:  (    )
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2A  OWNER (If same as Annuitant, check here / /.  Owner and    2B  JOINT OWNER (Optional)
    Annuitant must be the same on some qualified                  (Not available on qualified plans)
    plans.)
                                                               First Name               Middle           Last
First Name               Middle           Last                 
                                                               Street Address         
Street Address
                                                               City                     State            Zip
City                      State            Zip                  
                                                               AARP Number:
AARP Number: 
                                                               SSN/TIN:
SSN/TIN:                                                        
                                                               Sex:       / / M  / / F       Date of Birth:
Sex:       / / M  / / F       Date of Birth:
                                                               Relationship to Owner:
Phone ( )
                                                               Phone: ( )
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3  BENEFICIARY                                                 4   TYPE OF PLAN  (Check non-qualified or indicate the type
                                                                    of qualified plan from which your funds will come.)
- ----------------------------------------------------
Name of                  Relationship to  Percentage            / /  Non-qualified
Designated Beneficiary   Certificate Owner                     ----------------------------------------------------------
                                                               / /  IRA Rollover                / / 401(a) Pension
                                                               / /  IRA Transfer                / / 401(k) Profit Sharing
- ----------------------------------------------------           / /  IRA: Tax Yr. 19___          / / 403(b) Transfer 
Name of                  Relationship to   Percentage          / /   SEP-IRA                    / / Keogh/HR10
Designated Beneficiary   Certificate Owner                                                      / / Other


- ----------------------------------------------------
Name of                  Relationship to   Percentage
Contingent Beneficiary   Certificate Owner
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

</TABLE>




<PAGE>

<TABLE>

<S>                                                            <C>
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7  TELEPHONE AUTHORIZATION ( Owner/                            5  ISSUE STATE                     6  INITIAL PURCHASE
   Owners must check and Initial.)                                                                    PAYMENT AMOUNT
                                                               ENTER THE STATE WHERE      
   / / __________       / / ____________                       ENROLLMENT FORM WAS SIGNED         $
                                                               FORM WAS SIGNED            
By initialing, American Maturity Life is authorized and
directed to act on telephone instructions from any person(s)
who can furnish proper identification.  American Maturity
Life will use reasonable procedures to confirm that these
instructions are authorized and genuine.  As long as these     8  REPLACEMENT
procedures are followed, AMERICAN MATURITY LIFE, ITS           Will the purchase of this annuity replace or change any other
AFFILIATES, DIRECTORS, TRUSTEES, officers, employees           insurance or annuity? / / Yes   / / No
representatives and/or agents, will be held harmless for any   (If yes, or 1035 exchange, write insurance company name and
claim, liability, loss or cost.                                contract number in Special Requests section and attach any required
                                                               state replacement and/or transfer forms.) 
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9  TRANSFERS (Choose only one of the four options,             10  PRE-AUTHORIZED WITHDRAWALS (Choose one option
   then frequency and start date below.)                           only, then frequency and term below.)

EARNINGS SWEEP:                                                1 / / Withdraw $_____ from the source account(s) as indicated 
below.

1 / / Sweep previous period's earnings of either the Fixed     2/ / Withdraw _______% annually from the source account(s) as
Account or the Money Market account to the target              indicated below.
account(s)indicated below.  Choose one source account.  If
also rebalancing, only Fixed Account available.)               FREQUENCY: (Choose one.)

   / / Fixed                   / /  Money Market               / / Monthly   / / Quarterly      / / Semi-Annually    / / Annually

DOLLAR COST AVERAGING:                                         START DATE:

2 / /  Deplete the source account in (indicate number) _____   FEDERAL TAXES:                   TARGET:  (Must be different than
transfers to the target account(s) indicated below. (If Fixed  / / Do Not Withhold              source.  Total must equal 100% or
Account is source account, up to 100% can be transferred       / / Withhold           %         total $ transfer amount.)
over one year or more.)
                                                              (If not specified, a              Fixed                      ________
3/ /  Transfer $_____ from the source account to               minimum 10% Federal              Money Market               ________
the target account(s) as indicated below.                      tax on non-qualified plans,      Bond                       ________
                                                               20% will be withheld.  State     Balanced                   ________
4/ /  Transfer _____% annually from the source account to      mandated income tax              Asset Manager Growth       ________
the target account(s) as indicated below.                      will be withheld where           Growth & Income            ________
                                                               required by law.)                Contrafund                 ________
FREQUENCY:  (Choose one.)                                                                       Capital Growth             ________
                                                                                                Growth                     ________
/ / Monthly  / / Quarterly  / / Semi-Annually / / Annually                                      Worldwide Growth           ________

START DATE: __________                                         THIRD PARTY PAYEE:  (Indicate name and address of payee, if other
                                                               than owner, below:)
TERM:  (If option 1,3 or 4 selected above, indicate both
term and number.)                                              First Name                  Middle                          Last

/ /        Months (Enter number of months.)                    Street Address

/ /        Years (Enter number of years.)                      City                  State            Zip

SOURCE: (If option 2,         TARGET:  (Must be                --------------------------------------------------- 11
3 or 4 selected above,        different than source. Total        PRE-AUTHORIZED CHECKING (Please attach a voided
                              must equal 100% or total $          check. To begin the plan, the $2,500 minimum must
                              transfer amount.)                   accompany this application.)

/ / Fixed (American Maturity Life)                             Collect $________monthly by initiating automatic withdrawals from
/ / Money Market (Scudder)                                     my account as indicated on the attached voided check.  Payments
/ / Bond (Scudder)                                             will be applied according to the allocations on this application or
/ / Balanced (Janus)                                           more current instructions if any.
/ / Asset Manager Growth (Fidelity)
/ / Growth & Income (Scudder)                                  START DATE:
/ / Contrafund (Fidelity)
/ / Capital Growth (Scudder)
/ / Growth (Fidelity)
/ / Worldwide Growth (Janus)

</TABLE>


<PAGE>



<TABLE>
<S>                                                            <C>
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

12  ANNUITY COMMENCEMENT DATE (Optional,                       13  ALLOCATIONS OPTIONS (Indicate either whole 
    annuity date cannot be prior to first certificate              percentages or dollars.  Total must equal either 100% or initial
    anniversary.)                                                  purchase payment.)  

                                                                  Fixed (American Maturity Life)
                                                                   Money Market (Scudder)
- --------------------------------------------------------           Bond (Scudder)         
14   REBALANCING / / (Variable accounts will be                    Balanced (Janus)
rebalanced to the allocation percentages of this application.)     Asset Manager Growth (Fidelity)
                                                                   Growth & Income (Scudder) 
Frequency:  (Choose one.)                                          Contrafund (Fidelity)
                                                                   Growth (Fidelity)
/ / Monthly  / / Quarterly   / / Semi-Annually   / / Annually      Worldwide Growth (Janus)

Start Date:         -          -                                             
           ----------------------------
- ---------------------------------------------------------               
15   SPECIAL REQUESTS 
 
 
 
 
 
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
 

16  STATEMENT OF CERTIFICATE OWNER 
 
Have you purchased another annuity from American Maturity Life during the 
previous 12 months?  / / Yes     / / No

I hereby represent my answers to the above questions to be true and correct 
to the best of my knowledge and belief.  I UNDERSTAND THAT ANNUITY PAYMENTS 
OR SURRENDER VALUES, WHEN BASED ON THE PERFORMANCE OF A SEPARATE ACCOUNT, 
ARE VARIABLE AND ARE NOT GUARANTEED AS TO A FIXED DOLLAR AMOUNT. 
 
/ /  RECEIPT OF A VARIABLE ANNUITY AND FUND PROSPECTUS IS HEREBY 
ACKNOWLEDGED.  (If not checked, the appropriate prospectus will be mailed 
to you.) 

SIGNED AT                ON                                           
         ---------------     ----------------   -------------------------------
           City, State             Date         Certificate Owner's Signature 


                                          -------------------------------------
                                          Joint Certificate Owner's Signature 

17  REGISTERED REPRESENTATIVE'S           For American Maturity Life's Use Only
    CERTIFICATION 

Do you, as an agent, have reason to believe the contract applied for will 
replace existing annuities or insurance? 

/ / Yes  / / No 

Registered Representatives
                           --------------------------------------------- 
                                            Signature 

                           ---------------------------------------------
                                               Print

                           --------------------------------------------- 
                                     License ID # (Florida only)



<PAGE>

                                                                     EXHIBIT 6a


                               STATE OF CONNECTICUT
                               INSURANCE DEPARTMENT



THIS IS TO CERTIFY, THAT

          -  the redomestication of First Equicor Life Insurance Company, a 
             California Corporation, pursuant to Section 38a-58a Connecticut 
             General Statutes is approved, and

          -  the amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation to substitute
             American Maturity Life Insurance Company as the name of the Company
             in each place that First Equicor Life Insurance Company therein 
             appears is approved, and

          -  the attached Certificate of Redomestication and Amended and
             Restated Certificate of Incorporation effecting its change of 
             domicile, name change, and continuation of its original corporate
             existence are also approved.

                                WITNESS MY HAND AND OFFICIAL SEAL, AT HARTFORD,
                                THIS 29TH DAY OF JULY 1994

                                /s/ William J Gilligan

                                Acting Insurance Commissioner



<PAGE>

                    CERTIFICATE AMENDING AND RESTATING
                   THE CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION BY
              ACTION OF BOARD OF DIRECTORS AND SHAREHOLDERS


1. The name of the corporation is First Equicor Life Insurance Company.

2. The Certificate of Incorporation is amended and restated by the following  
resolution of the Board of Directors and Shareholders of the corporation.

   RESOLVED, that the Certificate of Incorporation of the corporation, as 
   supplemented and amended to date, is further amended and restated to read 
   as follows:

      Section 1.  The name of the corporation is American Maturity Life
   Insurance Company.

      Section 2.  The Corporation is a body politic and corporate and shall
   have all the powers granted by the general statutes, as now enacted or 
   hereinafter amended, to corporations formed under the Stock Corporation Act.

      Section 3.  The duration of the Corporation shall be perpetual.

      Section 4.  The corporation shall have the purposes and powers to write 
   any and all forms of insurance which any other corporation now or hereafter
   chartered by Connecticut and empowered to do an insurance business may now 
   or hereafter lawfully do; to accept and to cede reinsurance; to issue 
   policies and contracts for any kind or combination of kinds of insurance; to
   issue policies or contracts either with or without participation in profits;
   to acquire and hold any or all of the shares or other securities of any
   insurance corporation or any kind of corporation; and to engage in any
   lawful act or activity for which corporations may be formed under the Stock
   Corporation Act. The corporation is authorized to exercise the powers herein 
   granted in any state, territory or jurisdiction of the United States or in 
   any foreign country.

      Section 5.  That the County in the State of Connecticut where the
   principal office for the transaction of the business of the corporation is
   to be located in the County of Hartford.

     Section 6.   The authorized capital shall be three million dollars 
   ($3,000,000) divided into fifteen thousand (15,000) shares of common capital
   stock with a par value of two hundred dollars ($200.00).

     Section 7.   The corporation shall obtain a license from the insurance
   commissioner prior to the commencement of business and shall be subject to
   all general statutes applicable to insurance companies.


<PAGE>

      Section 8.  The minimum amount of stated capital with which the 
   corporation shall commence business is one thousand dollars ($1,000).

      Section 9.  So much of the charter of said corporation is amended, as is
   inconsistent herewith is repealed, provided such repeal shall not invalidate
   or otherwise affect any action taken pursuant to the charter of the 
   corporation, in accordance with its terms, prior to the effective date of 
   such repeal.

3.   The above resolution was passed by the Board of Directors and the 
Shareholders of the Corporation. The number of shares entitled to vote 
thereon was 12,500 and the vote required for adoption was 8,333 shares. The 
vote favoring adoption was 12,500 which was the greatest vote needed to pass 
the resolution.

Dated at Hartford, Connecticut this 2nd day of May, 1994.

We hereby declare, under the penalties of false statement, that the 
statements made in the foregoing Certificate are true.


                                                /s/ LOWNDES A. SMITH
                                       --------------------------------------
                                             Lowndes A. Smith, President


                                                /s/ BRUCE D. GARDNER
                                      ---------------------------------------
                                       Bruce D. Gardner, Corporate Secretary


<PAGE>

                                 CERTIFICATE
                                     OF
                               REDOMESTICATION
                                     OF
                      FIRST EQUICOR LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

    FIRST EQUICOR LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY (the "Company"), a California 
corporation, in order to change its domicile to Connecticut as permitted 
pursuant to Connecticut Insurance Law Section 38a-58a, certifies as follows:

    1.  The name of the Company is First Equicor Life Insurance Company.

    2.  The Company was incorporated in the City and County of San Francisco, 
        State of California on or about October 24, 1972. Except pursuant to 
        this certificate, the Company has never attempted to change its 
        domicile state.

    3.  At the time of incorporation, the Company's name was New Century Life 
        Insurance Company. On or about October 19, 1977, the Company changed 
        the location of the corporate headquarters to LaJolla, California. By 
        amendment to its Articles of Incorporation, on or about May 25, 1988, 
        the name of the Company was changed to Equicor Life Insurance 
        Company. On or about October 21, 1988, by amendment to its Articles of 
        Incorporation, the Company changed it name to First Equicor Life 
        Insurance Company. On or about March 29, 1990, the Company was acquire 
        by CIGNA Corporation. By amendment to its Articles of Incorporation, on 
        or about July 22, 1992, the Company changed the location of the 
        principal office to the County of San Diego. Finally, on or about July
        29, 1994, by a Certificate Amended and Restated Articles of 
        Incorporation and in accord with its acquisition by Hartford Life and
        Accident Insurance Company, the Company changed its name to American 
        Maturity Life Insurance Company.

     4. By letter dated July 29, 1994, the Insurance Department of the 
        Statement California has approved the Company's request for a change in 
        domicile to Connecticut in accordance with the laws of California and 
        the State of Conecticut. By letter dated July 29, 1994, the Insurance 
        Department of the State of Connecticut approved the Company's 
        application to redomesticate to Connecticut effective July 29, 1994.

     5. The Company's plan to redomesticate has been approved by the 
        Company's Board of Directors and its sole shareholder, pursuant to 
        Conn. Gen. Stat. Section 33-360. No shares are required to be voted as 
        a class. The shareholder's vote was unanimous.

<PAGE>

    IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has executed this Certificate as of the 
    29 day of July, 1994, through its undersigned officers, who hereby state 
    under penalties of false statement that the statements contained in this 
    Certificate are correct.


                                      FIRST EQUICOR LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY



                                      By: /s/ LOWNDES A. SMITH
                                          -----------------------------------
                                          Lowndes A. Smith, President



                                      By: /s/ BRUCE D. GARDNER
                                          -----------------------------------
                                          Bruce D. Gardner, General Counsel 
                                          and Corporate Secretary


<PAGE>

                                                                     EXHIBIT 6b






                                    BYLAWS


                                      OF


                      AMERICAN MATURITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY








                      As passed and effective April 29, 1985

                           and amended on July 29, 1994

                            and amended on June 5, 1995



<PAGE>

                                  ARTICLE I

                                    Name

The Company shall be named American Maturity Life Insurance Company.

                                 ARTICLE II

                   Stockholders and Stockholders' Meetings

SECTION 1. ANNUAL MEETING.  The annual meeting of the stockholders of the 
Company shall be held at such location, on such day and at such hour as the 
Board of Directors may appoint for the election of Directors and such other 
business as may properly come before said meeting.  For sufficient cause to 
them appearing the Board of Directors may postpone or adjourn such annual 
meeting to any other hour within any month of the year during which such 
annual meeting is to be held.

SECTION 2. SPECIAL MEETINGS.  Special meetings of the stockholders may be 
called at any time by the Chairman of the Board of Directors or the 
President, or in the absence of both, by any Vice President and shall be so 
called upon the written request of a majority of the Directors.

SECTION 3. NOTICE.   Written notice of every meeting of the stockholders and 
of the time and place thereof shall be given by an Executive Officer of the 
Company at least ten days prior to the time appointed for such meeting, which 
notice shall also state in general terms the purpose or purposes for which 
the meeting is called.  Said requirements of notice shall be deemed to have 
been waived by attendance at such meeting without protesting the lack of 
proper notice.

SECTION 4. QUORUM.   Holders of the majority of the voting power of shares 
entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders shall constitute a quorum for 
such meeting.

SECTION 5. VOTE.   Each stockholder entitled to vote shall be entitled to the 
number of votes equal to the number of shares of the stock of the Company he 
holds.

SECTION 6. CHAIRMAN AND SECRETARY OF MEETING.  At every meeting of the 
stockholders, the Chairman of the Board of Directors or the President shall 
serve as Chairman of the meeting.  A Secretary of the Company shall keep 
minutes of the proceedings at said meeting, which minutes shall be made part 
of the permanent records of the Company.  Should such officers be absent or 
otherwise unable to act as Chairman and Secretary of the meeting, the 
stockholders shall elect a Chairman and a Secretary by a voice vote.

SECTION 7. CONSENT. Any action required by law to be taken at any annual or 
special meeting of the stockholders, or any action which may be taken at any 
annual or special meeting of the stockholders, may be taken without a 
meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a



<PAGE>

consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the 
holders of all the outstanding voting stock of the Company.

                                ARTICLE III

                                  Directors

SECTION 1. COMPANY MANAGEMENT.  The management of the property and affairs of 
the Company shall be vested in the Board of Directors.

SECTION 2. NUMBER OF DIRECTORS. The number of Directors of the Company shall 
be not fewer than seven nor more than twenty.  At each annual meeting of 
stockholders, Directors shall be chosen by the stockholders.  Each Director 
shall hold office until the next annual meeting of stockholders and until his 
successor is elected.

SECTION 3. VACANCIES.  When any vacancy shall occur in the membership of the 
Board of Directors, due to resignation, death or otherwise, a majority of the 
Directors remaining may choose a Director to fill such vacancy.  A vacancy 
which occurs due to an increase in the number of Directors shall be filled by 
the shareholder at any annual or special meeting.

SECTION 4. MEETINGS, NOTICE.  Regular meetings of the Board of Directors 
shall be held at such time and on such date of each year as may be determined 
by the Board of Directors. Notice of each such meeting shall be given to the 
Directors by a Secretary or Assistant Secretary. When so requested by the 
Chairman of the Board of Directors or by the President, or, in their absence, 
by any Vice President, special meetings shall be called by a Secretary or 
Assistant Secretary.  Save as otherwise expressly provided, written or 
printed notice of each regular and special meeting shall be given by a 
Secretary or Assistant Secretary to all Directors by delivering a copy 
thereof to each personally, or by mailing a copy thereof to such address as 
each may designate, at least two days before the time appointed for such 
meeting.  The mailing of a copy of such notice to such address shall be 
conclusive evidence that notice of such meeting was given to each Director.  
In the event of an emergency, special meetings of Directors may be called 
upon less than two days' notice and in such case a Secretary or Assistant 
Secretary may give such notice, orally or otherwise, as may be most expedient.

Regular and special meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held at such 
place as may be designated by the Board of Directors or the officer or 
Directors requesting any such meeting to be called.

The Directors may meet without notice immediately after the adjournment of 
any annual meeting of the stockholders.

SECTION 5. QUORUM.  One-third of the number of existing directorships, but 
not less than five Directors, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction 
of business, and the action of a majority of


<PAGE>

Directors present at a regular or special meeting shall be the act of the 
Board.  At every meeting of the Board, the presiding officer of the meeting 
shall have the right to vote.

SECTION 6. CHAIRMAN.  The Board may elect from its members a Chairman of 
the Board of Directors who shall, when present, preside at all meetings of 
the Board of Directors, shall perform such duties as may be assigned to him 
by the Board of Directors and shall have such authority and powers as an 
executive officer of the Company as may be granted to him by the Board of 
Directors.  He shall, unless earlier removed from such office by the Board of 
Directors, hold office for one year and until a successor is elected in his 
stead by the Board.

SECTION 7. RECORD OF MEETINGS.  A Secretary of the Company designated by the 
Board of Directors shall keep a record of meetings of the Board of Directors. 
In the absence of a Secretary, an Assistant Secretary may be directed by the 
Chairman of the Board, the President, or any Vice President to keep such 
records.

SECTION 8. EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE.  The Board of Directors may by affirmative 
vote of the majority of the whole Board appoint an Executive Committee of 
three or more members of the Board of Directors, which Executive Committee 
shall, during the intervals between the meetings of the Board of Directors, 
have authority to exercise any and all the powers of the Board of Directors.  
The members of the Executive Committee shall, subject to prior removal by the 
Board of Directors, hold office until the first meeting of the Board of 
Directors following the next annual meeting of the stockholders and until 
their successors have been appointed. One-third of the current number of 
members, but not less than two shall constitute a quorum for the transaction 
of business.

In the event the Board of Directors shall not appoint an Executive Committee, 
the Finance Committee, if any, shall have the power to exercise the powers 
which would otherwise vest in such Executive Committee.

SECTION 9.  FINANCE COMMITTEE.  The Board of Directors may by affirmative 
vote of a majority of the whole Board annually appoint a Finance Committee of 
three or more members of the Board of Directors, one of whom shall be the 
Chairman of the Finance Committee elected as such as provided in Article IV, 
Section 1 below.  Appointments to the Finance Committee may be revoked and 
new appointments may be made by the Board of Directors at any time in its 
discretion.  The Finance Committee shall have the power and it shall be its 
duty to supervise and manage the finances of the Company and it shall 
discharge such other powers and duties as are granted and imposed upon it by 
these Bylaws or by the Board of Directors.  Such powers and duties shall 
include, but not by way of limitation, the direction of the mode, manner and 
time of making investments, the sale, transfer and exchange of investments, 
and the re-investment of the proceeds thereof.  One-third of the current 
number of members, but not less than 2, shall constitute a quorum for the 
transaction of business.  A record of the meetings of the Finance Committee 
shall be kept and reported to the Board of Directors and the Finance 
Committee shall make such other reports to the Board of Directors concerning 
the funds, securities and investments of the Company as may be requested by 
the Board of Directors.  



<PAGE>

SECTION 10. OTHER COMMITTEES.  The Board of Directors may, by affirmative 
vote of the majority of the whole Board, appoint such other committees from 
its own members as it may deem advisable and delegate to such committees such 
of the powers of the Board of Directors as it may deem judicious. 

SECTION 11. MINUTES OF COMMITTEE PROCEEDINGS.  Minutes of the proceedings of 
any committee shall be kept in a book provided for that purpose which shall 
be open for inspection by any director during regular business hours.  The 
proceedings of any committee shall be read at the next meeting of the Board 
of Directors.  In the absence or disqualification of a member of any 
committee, the member or members present at any meeting and not disqualified 
from voting, whether or not constituting a quorum, may unanimously appoint 
another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in place of 
any such absent or disqualified member.

SECTION 12. UNANIMOUS CONSENT.  Any action required or permitted to be taken 
at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be 
taken without a meeting if all members of the Board or Committee, as the case 
may be, consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed 
with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or Committee.

SECTION 13. DIVIDENDS.  The Board of Directors may declare such dividends to 
the stockholders out of the Company's earnings and surplus as it may deem 
expedient.

SECTION 14.  INDEMNIFICATION.  Each Director, Officer or employee of the 
Company, and his heirs, executors or administrators, shall be indemnified or 
reimbursed by the Company for all expenses necessarily incurred by him in 
connection with the defense or reasonable settlement of any action, suit or 
proceeding in which he is made a party by reason of his being or having been 
a Director, Officer or employee of the Company, or of any other company which 
he was serving as a Director or Officer at the request of the Company, except 
in relation to matters as to which such Director, Officer or employee is 
finally adjudged in such action, suit or proceeding to be liable for 
negligence or misconduct in the performance of his duties as such Director, 
Officer or employee.  The foregoing right of indemnification or reimbursement 
shall not be exclusive of any other rights to which he may be entitled under 
any statute, by-law, agreement, vote of stockholders or otherwise.

                                  ARTICLE IV

                                   Officers

SECTION 1.  ELECTION OF OFFICERS.  The President, a Vice President, a 
Secretary and a Treasurer shall be elected by the Board of Directors and any 
two or more of said offices may be held by one person.  The President and 
Secretary shall not be the same person.  The Board may also elect one of its 
members to serve as Chairman of the Board of Directors and, if there is a 
Finance Committee, the Board of Directors shall elect one of its members to 
serve as Chairman of such Committee.  The President, or an individual 
appointed by him, shall have the authority to appoint all other officers, 
except as stated herein, including one or more Vice Presidents and Assistant 



<PAGE>

Vice Presidents, one or more Associate or Assistant Treasurers, one or more 
Secretaries and Assistant Secretaries and such other officers as the 
President may from time to time designate.  All officers of the Company shall 
hold office during the pleasure of the Board of Directors.  The Directors may 
require any Officer of the Company to give security for the faithful 
performance of his duties.

SECTION 2.  PRESIDENT.  The President shall have the general care, oversight 
and supervision of the affairs of the Company, subject to the direction of 
the Board of Directors.

SECTION 3.  VICE PRESIDENTS.  The Vice Presidents and Assistant Vice 
Presidents shall perform such duties as may be assigned to them, and exercise 
such powers as may be granted to them by the Board of Directors, the Chairman 
of the Board of Directors, or by the President of the Company.  In the 
absence of the President, or when he is unable to act, the Board of Directors 
may designate the Chairman of the Board or any Vice President to perform the 
duties imposed upon and to exercise all of the powers granted to the 
president, as the emergencies of the Company may require.

SECTION 4.  POWER TO EXECUTE AND DELIVER INSTRUMENTS.  The President, any 
Vice President or Assistant Vice President and such other Officers as the 
Board of Directors shall designate, shall each have power and authority to 
execute for and on behalf of the Company any and all instruments relating to 
the property, funds and securities of the Company, including but not by way 
of limitation, contracts, transfers, assignments, powers of attorney, deeds, 
conveyances, endorsements and releases of or by the Company.  Any such 
Officer or his appointee shall also have power to represent the interests of 
the Company at any meeting of any corporation, association or other 
interests, the stock or obligations of which are held by the Company, or to 
execute a proxy therefor.

SECTION 5.  TREASURER.  The Treasurer shall have the custody of the funds and 
securities of the Company, shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts 
and disbursements in books belonging to the Company, shall deposit all monies 
and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the Company in 
such depositories as may be designated in accordance with Article V and shall 
perform all acts incident to the position of Treasurer, subject to the 
control of the Board of Directors.  The Treasurer or an Associate or 
Assistant Treasurer may endorse documents requiring endorsements for or on 
behalf of the Company and may sign all receipts and vouchers for payments 
made to the Company.  The Treasurer or an Associate or Assistant Treasurer 
shall disburse the funds of the Company as may be ordered by the Board of 
Directors, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements.  The Treasurer or 
an Associate or Assistant Treasurer may sign with the President or a Vice 
President, certificates of shares in the capital stock of the Company.  They 
shall also have charge of the stock ledger, stock certificate book and 
transfer book, and such other books and papers as the Board may direct.  All 
books and papers shall be open at all reasonable times, to the examination of 
any Director, upon application at the office of the Company during business 
hours.  An Associate or Assistant Treasurer shall, in the absence or 
disability of the Treasurer, perform the duties and exercise the powers of 
the Treasurer and shall perform such other duties as the Board of Directors 
shall prescribe.


<PAGE>

SECTION 6.  SECRETARIES.  The Secretaries and Assistant Secretaries shall 
perform such duties as may be assigned to them by the Board of Directors, the 
Chairman of the Board of Directors or by their senior Officers and any 
Secretary or Assistant Secretary may affix the seal of the Company and attest 
it and the signature of any Officer to any and all instruments.

                                   ARTICLE V

                                     Funds

All monies belonging to the Company shall be deposited to the credit of the 
Company, or in such other name as the Board of Directors or any individuals 
designated by the Board of Directors shall direct, in such bank or banks as 
may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors or by any 
individual designated by the Board of Directors.  Such monies shall be drawn 
only on checks or drafts signed by an Executive Officer of the Company, 
provided that the Board of Directors may authorize the withdrawal of such 
monies by check or draft signed with the facsimile signature of any one or 
more Executive Officers and may authorize such alternative methods of 
withdrawal as it deems proper.

                                  ARTICLE VI

                               Clients' Assets

All transfers and other dispositions of funds, securities and other assets of 
clients shall be effected in like fashion and with like endorsements or 
authorizations as would be required for similar transfers or dispositions of 
the Company's own funds, securities and other assets.  All Officers shall 
have like powers and responsibilities with respect to client's funds, 
securities and other assets as they do with respect to Company funds, 
securities and other assets, subject to all laws, regulations, contracts and 
resolutions governing the Company's relationships with clients.

                                 ARTICLE VII

                       Amendment and Repeal of Bylaws

Both the Directors and the Stockholders shall have power to make, amend, and 
repeal such Bylaws, rules and regulations and to adopt such new ones as may 
be deemed necessary for the management of the property and affairs of the 
Company.




<PAGE>

                                                                       EXHIBIT 8

                             PARTICIPATION AGREEMENT


                                      Among


                        VARIABLE INSURANCE PRODUCTS FUND,

                        FIDELITY DISTRIBUTORS CORPORATION

                                       and

                    AMERICAN MATURITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY


         THIS AGREEMENT, made and entered into as of the 1st day of September,
1996 by and among AMERICAN MATURITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY, (hereinafter the
"Company"), a Connecticut corporation, on its own behalf and on behalf of each
segregated asset account of the Company set forth on Schedule A hereto as may be
amended from time to time (each such account hereinafter referred to as the
"Account"), and the VARIABLE INSURANCE PRODUCTS FUND, an unincorporated business
trust organized under the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts (hereinafter
the "Fund") and FIDELITY DISTRIBUTORS CORPORATION (hereinafter the
"Underwriter"), a Massachusetts corporation.

         WHEREAS, the Fund engages in business as an open-end management
investment company and is available to act as the investment vehicle for
separate accounts established for variable life insurance policies and variable
annuity contracts (collectively, the "Variable Insurance Products") to be
offered by insurance companies which have entered into participation agreements
with the Fund and the Underwriter (hereinafter "Participating Insurance
Companies"); and

         WHEREAS, the beneficial interest in the Fund is divided into several
series of shares, each representing the interest in a particular managed
portfolio of securities and other assets, any one or more of which may be made
available under this Agreement, as may be amended from time to time by mutual
agreement of the parties hereto (each such series hereinafter referred to as a
"Portfolio"); and

         WHEREAS, the Fund has obtained an order from the Securities and
Exchange Commission, dated October 15, 1985 (File No. 812-6102), granting
Participating Insurance Companies and variable annuity and variable life
insurance separate accounts exemptions from the provisions of sections 9(a),
13(a), 15(a), and 15(b) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended,
(hereinafter the "1940 Act") and Rules 6e-2(b) (15) and 6e-3(T) (b) (15)
thereunder, to the extent necessary to permit shares of the Fund to be sold to
and held by variable annuity and variable life insurance separate accounts of
both affiliated and unaffiliated life insurance companies (hereinafter the
"Shared Funding Exemptive Order"); and


<PAGE>

         WHEREAS, the Fund is registered as an open-end management investment
company under the 1940 Act and its shares are registered under the Securities
Act of 1933, as amended (hereinafter the "1933 Act"); and

         WHEREAS, Fidelity Management & Research Company (the "Adviser") is duly
registered as an investment adviser under the federal Investment Advisers Act of
1940 and any applicable state securities law; and

         WHEREAS, the Company has registered or will register certain variable
life insurance and variable annuity contracts under the 1933 Act; and

         WHEREAS, each Account is a duly organized, validly existing segregated
asset account, established by resolution of the Board of Directors of the
Company, on the date shown for such Account on Schedule A hereto, to set aside
and invest assets attributable to the aforesaid variable annuity contracts; and

         WHEREAS, the Company has registered or will register each Account as a
unit investment trust under the 1940 Act; and

         WHEREAS, the Underwriter is registered as a broker dealer with the
Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC") under the Securities Exchange Act of
1934, as amended, (hereinafter the "1934 Act"), and is a member in good standing
of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. (hereinafter "NASD");
and

         WHEREAS, to the extent permitted by applicable insurance laws and
regulations, the Company intends to purchase shares in the Portfolios on behalf
of each Account to fund certain of the aforesaid variable life and variable
annuity contracts and the Underwriter is authorized to sell such shares to unit
investment trusts such as each Account at net asset value;

         NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of their mutual promises, the Company,
the Fund and the Underwriter agree as follows:

                         ARTICLE I.  SALE OF FUND SHARES

         1.1.  The Underwriter agrees to sell to the Company those shares of the
Fund which each Account orders, executing such orders on a daily basis at the
net asset value next computed after receipt by the Fund or its designee of the
order for the shares of the Fund.  For purposes of this Section 1.1, the Company
shall be the designee of the Fund for receipt of such orders from each Account
and receipt by such designee shall constitute receipt by the Fund; provided that
the Fund receives notice of such order by 9:00 a.m. Boston time on the next
following Business Day.  "Business Day" shall mean any day on which the New York
Stock Exchange is open for trading and on which the Fund calculates its net
asset value pursuant to the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission.



<PAGE>

         1.2.  The Fund agrees to make its shares available indefinitely for
purchase at the applicable net asset value per share by the Company and its
Accounts on those days on which the Fund calculates its net asset value pursuant
to rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the Fund shall use
reasonable efforts to calculate such net asset value on each day which the New
York Stock Exchange is open for trading.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the
Board of Trustees of the Fund (hereinafter the "Board") may refuse to sell
shares of any Portfolio to any person, or suspend or terminate the offering of
shares of any Portfolio if such action is required by law or by regulatory
authorities having jurisdiction or is, in the sole discretion of the Board
acting in good faith and in light of their fiduciary duties under federal and
any applicable state laws, necessary in the best interests of the shareholders
of such Portfolio.

         1.3.  The Fund and the Underwriter agree that shares of the Fund will
be sold only to Participating Insurance Companies and their separate accounts. 
No shares of any Portfolio will be sold to the general public.

         1.4.  The Fund and the Underwriter will not sell Fund shares to any
insurance company or separate account unless an agreement containing provisions
substantially the same as Articles I, III, V, VII and Section 2.5 of Article II
of this Agreement is in effect to govern such sales.

         1.5.  The Fund agrees to redeem for cash, on the Company's request, any
full or fractional shares of the Fund held by the Company, executing such
requests on a daily basis at the net asset value next computed after receipt by
the Fund or its designee of the request for redemption.  For purposes of this
Section 1.5, the Company shall be the designee of the Fund for receipt of
requests for redemption from each Account and receipt by such designee shall
constitute receipt by the Fund; provided that the Fund receives notice of such
request for redemption on the next following Business Day.

         1.6.  The Company agrees that purchases and redemptions of Portfolio
shares offered by the then current prospectus of the Fund shall be made in
accordance with the provisions of such prospectus.  The Company agrees that all
net amounts available under the variable annuity contracts with the form
number(s) which are listed on Schedule A attached hereto and incorporated herein
by this reference, as such Schedule A may be amended from time to time hereafter
by mutual written agreement of all the parties hereto, (the "Contracts") shall
be invested in the Fund, in such other Funds advised by the Adviser as may be
mutually agreed to in writing by the parties hereto, or in the Company's general
account, provided that such amounts may also be invested in an investment
company other than the Fund if (a) such other investment company, or series
thereof, has investment objectives or policies that are substantially different
from the investment objectives and policies of all the Portfolios of the Fund;
or (b) the Company gives the Fund and the Underwriter 45 days written notice of
its intention to make such other investment company available as a funding
vehicle for the Contracts; or (c) such other investment company was available as
a funding vehicle for the Contracts prior to the date of this Agreement and the
Company so informs the Fund and Underwriter prior to their signing this
Agreement (a list of such funds appearing on Schedule C to this Agreement); or
(d) the Fund or Underwriter 


<PAGE>

consents to the use of such other investment company.

         1.7.  The Company shall pay for Fund shares on the next Business Day
after an order to purchase Fund shares is made in accordance with the provisions
of Section 1.1 hereof.  Payment shall be in federal funds transmitted by wire. 
For purpose of Section 2.10 and 2.11, upon receipt by the Fund of the federal
funds so wired, such funds shall cease to be the responsibility of the Company
and shall become the responsibility of the Fund.

         1.8.  Issuance and transfer of the Fund's shares will be by book entry
only.  Stock certificates will not be issued to the Company or any Account. 
Shares ordered from the Fund will be recorded in an appropriate title for each
Account or the appropriate subaccount of each Account.

         1.9.  The Fund shall furnish same day notice (by wire or telephone,
followed by written confirmation) to the Company of any income, dividends or
capital gain distributions payable on the Fund's shares.  The Company hereby
elects to receive all such income dividends and capital gain distributions as
are payable on the Portfolio shares in additional shares of that Portfolio.  The
Company reserves the right to revoke this election and to receive all such
income dividends and capital gain distributions in cash.  The Fund shall notify
the Company of the number of shares so issued as payment of such dividends and
distributions.

         1.10.  The Fund shall make the net asset value per share for each
Portfolio available to the Company on a daily basis as soon as reasonably
practical after the net asset value per share is calculated (normally by 6:30
p.m. Boston time) and shall use its best efforts to make such net asset value
per share available by 7 p.m. Boston time.

                   ARTICLE II.  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

         2.1.  The Company represents and warrants that the Contracts are or
will be registered under the 1933 Act; that the Contracts will be issued and
sold in compliance in all material respects with all applicable Federal and
State laws and that the sale of the Contracts shall comply in all material
respects with state insurance suitability requirements.  The Company further
represents and warrants that it is an insurance company duly organized and in
good standing under applicable law and that it has legally and validly
established each Account prior to any issuance or sale thereof as a segregated
asset account under Section 38a-433 of the Connecticut Insurance Code and has
registered or, prior to any issuance or sale of the Contracts, will register
each Account as a unit investment trust in accordance with the provisions of the
1940 Act to serve as a segregated investment account for the Contracts.

         2.2.  The Fund represents and warrants that Fund shares sold pursuant
to this Agreement shall be registered under the 1933 Act, duly authorized for
issuance and sold in compliance with the laws of the State of Connecticut and
all applicable federal and state securities laws and that the Fund is and shall
remain registered under the 1940 Act.  The Fund shall amend the Registration
Statement for its shares under the 1933 Act and the 1940 Act from time to time



<PAGE>

as required in order to effect the continuous offering of its shares.  The Fund
shall register and qualify the shares for sale in accordance with the laws of
the various states only if and to the extent deemed advisable by the Fund or the
Underwriter.

         2.3.  The Fund represents that it is currently qualified as a Regulated
Investment Company under Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
amended, (the "Code") and that it will make every effort to maintain such
qualification (under Subchapter M or any successor or similar provision) and
that it will notify the Company immediately upon having a reasonable basis for
believing that it has ceased to so qualify or that it might not so qualify in
the future.

         2.4.  The Company represents that the Contracts are currently treated
as endowment or annuity insurance contracts, under applicable provisions of the
Code and that it will make every effort to maintain such treatment and that it
will notify the Fund and the Underwriter immediately upon having a reasonable
basis for believing that the Contracts have ceased to be so treated or that they
might not be so treated in the future.

         2.5.  The Fund currently does not intend to make any payments to
finance distribution expenses pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act or
otherwise, although it may make such payments in the future.  The Fund has
adopted a "no fee" or "defensive" Rule 12b-1 Plan under which it makes no
payments for distribution expenses.  To the extent that it decides to finance
distribution expenses pursuant to Rule 12b-1, the Fund undertakes to have a
board of trustees, a majority of whom are not interested persons of the Fund,
formulate and approve any plan under Rule 12b-1 to finance distribution
expenses.

         2.6.  The Fund makes no representation as to whether any aspect of its
operations (including, but not limited to, fees and expenses and investment
policies) complies with the insurance laws or regulations of the various states
except that the Fund represents that the Fund's investment policies, fees and
expenses are and shall at all times remain in compliance with the laws of the
State of Connecticut and the Fund and the Underwriter represent that their
respective operations are and shall at all times remain in material compliance
with the laws of the State of Connecticut to the extent required to perform this
Agreement.

         2.7.  The Underwriter represents and warrants that it is a member in
good standing of the NASD and is registered as a broker-dealer with the SEC. 
The Underwriter further represents that it will sell and distribute the Fund
shares in accordance with the laws of the State of Connecticut and all
applicable state and federal securities laws, including without limitation the
1933 Act, the 1934 Act, and the 1940 Act.

         2.8.  The Fund represents that it is lawfully organized and validly
existing under the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts and that it does
and will comply in all material respects with the 1940 Act.

         2.9.  The Underwriter represents and warrants that the Adviser is and
shall remain duly registered in all material respects under all applicable
federal and state securities laws and 


<PAGE>

that the Adviser shall perform its obligations for the Fund in compliance in 
all material respects with the laws of the State of Connecticut and any 
applicable state and federal securities laws.

         2.10.  The Fund and Underwriter represent and warrant that all of their
directors, officers, employees, investment advisers, and other
individuals/entities dealing with the money and/or securities of the Fund are
and shall continue to be at all times covered by a blanket fidelity bond or
similar coverage for the benefit of the Fund in an amount not less than the
minimal coverage as required currently by Rule 17g-(1) of the 1940 Act or
related provisions as may be promulgated from time to time.  The aforesaid Bond
shall include coverage for larceny and embezzlement and shall be issued by a
reputable bonding company.

         2.11.  The Company represents and warrants that all of its directors,
officers, employees, investment advisers, and other individuals/entities dealing
with the money and/or securities of the Fund are covered by a blanket fidelity
bond or similar coverage for the benefit of the Fund, and that said bond is
issued by a reputable bonding company, includes coverage for larceny and
embezzlement, and is in an amount not less than $5 million.  The Company agrees
to make all reasonable efforts to see that this bond or another bond containing
these provisions is always in effect, and agrees to notify the Fund and the
Underwriter in the event that such coverage no longer applies.

         ARTICLE III.  PROSPECTUSES AND PROXY STATEMENTS; VOTING

         3.1.  The Underwriter shall provide the Company with as many printed
copies of the Fund's current prospectus and Statement of Additional Information
as the Company may reasonably request.  If requested by the Company in lieu
thereof, the Fund shall provide camera-ready film containing the Fund's
prospectus and Statement of Additional Information, and such other assistance as
is reasonably necessary in order for the Company once each year (or more
frequently if the prospectus and/or Statement of Additional Information for the
Fund is amended during the year) to have the prospectus for the Contracts and
the Fund's prospectus printed together in one document, and to have the
Statement of Additional Information for the Fund and the Statement of Additional
Information for the Contracts printed together in one document.  Alternatively,
the Company may print the Fund's prospectus and/or its Statement of Additional
Information in combination with other fund companies' prospectuses and
statements of additional information.  Except as provided in the following three
sentences, all expenses of printing and distributing Fund prospectuses and
Statements of Additional Information shall be the expense of the Company.  For
prospectuses and Statements of Additional Information provided by the Company to
its existing owners of Contracts in order to update disclosure as required by
the 1933 Act and/or the 1940 Act, the cost of printing shall be borne by the
Fund.  If the Company chooses to receive camera-ready film in lieu of receiving
printed copies of the Fund's prospectus, the Fund will reimburse the Company in
an amount equal to the product of A and B where A is the number of such
prospectuses distributed to owners of the Contracts, and B is the Fund's per
unit cost of typesetting and printing the Fund's prospectus.  The same
procedures shall be followed with respect to the Fund's Statement of Additional
Information.


<PAGE>

         The Company agrees to provide the Fund or its designee with such
information as may be reasonably requested by the Fund to assure that the Fund's
expenses do not include the cost of printing any prospectuses or Statements of
Additional Information other than those actually distributed to existing owners
of the Contracts.

         3.2.  The Fund's prospectus shall state that the Statement of
Additional Information for the Fund is available from the Underwriter or the
Company (or in the Fund's discretion, the Prospectus shall state that such
Statement is available from the Fund).

         3.3.  The Fund, at its expense, shall provide the Company with copies
of its proxy statements, reports to shareholders, and other communications
(except for prospectuses and Statements of Additional Information, which are
covered in Section 3.1) to shareholders in such quantity as the Company shall
reasonably require for distributing to Contract owners.

         3.4. If and to the extent required by law the Company shall:

          (i)   solicit voting instructions from Contract owners;

         (ii)   vote the Fund shares in accordance with instructions received
                from Contract owners; and

        (iii)   vote Fund shares for which no instructions have been received
                in a particular separate account in the same proportion as Fund
                shares of such portfolio for which instructions have been
                received in that separate account,

so long as and to the extent that the Securities and Exchange Commission
continues to interpret the 1940 Act to require pass-through voting privileges
for variable contract owners.  The Company reserves the right to vote Fund
shares held in any segregated asset account in its own right, to the extent
permitted by law.  Participating Insurance Companies shall be responsible for
assuring that each of their separate accounts participating in the Fund
calculates voting privileges in a manner consistent with the standards set forth
on Schedule B attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference, which
standards will also be provided to the other Participating Insurance Companies.

         3.5.  The Fund will comply with all provisions of the 1940 Act
requiring voting by shareholders, and in particular the Fund will either provide
for annual meetings or comply with Section 16(c) of the 1940 Act (although the
Fund is not one of the trusts described in Section 16(c) of that Act) as well as
with Sections 16(a) and, if and when applicable, 16(b).  Further, the Fund will
act in accordance with the Securities and Exchange Commission's interpretation
of the requirements of Section 16(a) with respect to periodic elections of
trustees and with whatever rules the Commission may promulgate with respect
thereto.


<PAGE>

                   ARTICLE IV.  SALES MATERIAL AND INFORMATION

         4.1.  The Company shall furnish, or shall cause to be furnished, to the
Fund or its designee, each piece of sales literature or other promotional
material in which the Fund or its investment adviser or the Underwriter is
named, at least fifteen Business Days prior to its use.  No such material shall
be used if the Fund or its designee reasonably objects to such use within
fifteen Business Days after receipt of such material.  Upon reasonable request
from the Company, the Fund or its designee will provide an affirmative
acceptance of satisfactory sales literature or other promotional material.

         4.2.  The Company shall not give any information or make any
representations or statements on behalf of the Fund or concerning the Fund in
connection with the sale of the Contracts other than the information or
representations contained in the registration statement or prospectus for the
Fund shares, as such registration statement and prospectus may be amended or
supplemented from time to time, or in reports or proxy statements for the Fund,
or in sales literature or other promotional material approved by the Fund or its
designee or by the Underwriter, except with the permission of the Fund or the
Underwriter or the designee of either.

         4.3.  The Fund, Underwriter, or its designee shall furnish, or shall
cause to be furnished, to the Company or its designee, each piece of sales
literature or other promotional material in which the Company and/or its
separate account(s), is named at least fifteen Business Days prior to its use. 
No such material shall be used if the Company or its designee reasonably objects
to such use within fifteen Business Days after receipt of such material.

         4.4.  The Fund and the Underwriter shall not give any information or
make any representations on behalf of the Company or concerning the Company,
each Account, or the Contracts other than the information or representations
contained in a registration statement or prospectus for the Contracts, as such
registration statement and prospectus may be amended or supplemented from time
to time, or in published reports for each Account which are in the public domain
or approved by the Company for distribution to Contract owners, or in sales
literature or other promotional material approved by the Company or its
designee, except with the permission of the Company.

         4.5.  The Fund will provide to the Company at least one complete copy
of all registration statements, prospectuses, Statements of Additional
Information, reports, proxy statements, sales literature and other promotional
materials, applications for exemptions, requests for no-action letters, and all
amendments to any of the above, that relate to the Fund or its shares,
contemporaneously with the filing of such document with the Securities and
Exchange Commission or other regulatory authorities.

         4.6.  The Company will provide to the Fund at least one complete copy
of all registration statements, prospectuses, Statements of Additional
Information, reports, solicitations for voting instructions, sales literature
and other promotional materials, applications for exemptions, requests for no
action letters, and all amendments to any of the above, that relate to the
Contracts or each Account, contemporaneously with the filing of such document
with the SEC or other regulatory authorities.


<PAGE>

         4.7.  For purposes of this Article IV, the phrase "sales literature or
other promotional material" includes, but is not limited to, any of the
following that refer to the Fund or any affiliate of the Fund:  advertisements
(such as material published, or designed for use in, a newspaper, magazine, or
other periodical, radio, television, telephone or tape recording, videotape
display, signs or billboards, motion pictures, or other public media), sales
literature (I.E., any written communication distributed or made generally
available to customers or the public, including brochures, circulars, research
reports, market letters, form letters, seminar texts, reprints or excerpts of
any other advertisement, sales literature, or published article), educational or
training materials or other communications distributed or made generally
available to some or all agents or employees, and registration statements,
prospectuses, Statements of Additional Information, shareholder reports, and
proxy materials.

                          ARTICLE V.  FEES AND EXPENSES

         5.1.  The Fund and Underwriter shall pay no fee or other compensation
to the Company under this agreement, except that if the Fund or any Portfolio
adopts and implements a plan pursuant to Rule 12b-1 to finance distribution
expenses, then the Underwriter may make payments to the Company or to the
underwriter for the Contracts if and in amounts agreed to by the Underwriter in
writing and such payments will be made out of existing fees otherwise payable to
the Underwriter, past profits of the Underwriter or other resources available to
the Underwriter.  No such payments shall be made directly by the Fund. 
Currently, no such payments are contemplated.

         5.2.  All expenses incident to performance by the Fund under this
Agreement shall be paid by the Fund.  The Fund shall see to it that all its
shares are registered and authorized for issuance in accordance with applicable
federal law and, if and to the extent deemed advisable by the Fund, in
accordance with applicable state laws prior to their sale.  The Fund shall bear
the expenses for the cost of registration and qualification of the Fund's
shares, preparation and filing of the Fund's prospectus and registration
statement, proxy materials and reports, setting the prospectus in type, setting
in type and printing the proxy materials and reports to shareholders (including
the costs of printing a prospectus that constitutes an annual report), the
preparation of all statements and notices required by any federal or state law,
and all taxes on the issuance or transfer of the Fund's shares.

         5.3.  The Company shall bear the expenses of distributing the Fund's
prospectus, proxy materials and reports to owners of Contracts issued by the
Company.



<PAGE>

                          ARTICLE VI.  DIVERSIFICATION

         6.1.  The Fund will at all times invest money from the Contracts in
such a manner as to ensure that the Contracts will be treated as variable
contracts under the Code and the regulations issued thereunder.  Without
limiting the scope of the foregoing, the Fund will at all times comply with
Section 817(h) of the Code and Treasury Regulation 1.817-5, relating to the
diversification requirements for variable annuity, endowment, or life insurance
contracts and any amendments or other modifications to such Section or
Regulations.  In the event of a breach of this Article VI by the Fund, it will
take all reasonable steps (a) to notify Company of such breach and (b) to
adequately diversify the Fund so as to achieve compliance with the grace period
afforded by Regulation 1.817-5.

                        ARTICLE VII.  POTENTIAL CONFLICTS

         7.1.  The Board will monitor the Fund for the existence of any material
irreconcilable conflict between the interests of the contract owners of all
separate accounts investing in the Fund.  An irreconcilable material conflict
may arise for a variety of reasons, including:  (a) an action by any state
insurance regulatory authority; (b) a change in applicable federal or state
insurance, tax, or securities laws or regulations, or a public ruling, private
letter ruling, no-action or interpretative letter, or any similar action by
insurance, tax, or securities regulatory authorities; (c) an administrative or
judicial decision in any relevant proceeding; (d) the manner in which the
investments of any Portfolio are being managed; (e) a difference in voting
instructions given by variable annuity contract and variable life insurance
contract owners; or (f) a decision by an insurer to disregard the voting
instructions of contract owners.  The Board shall promptly inform the Company if
it determines that an irreconcilable material conflict exists and the
implications thereof.

         7.2.  The Company will report any potential or existing conflicts of
which it is aware to the Board.  The Company will assist the Board in carrying
out its responsibilities under the Shared Funding Exemptive Order, by providing
the Board with all information reasonably necessary for the Board to consider
any issues raised.  This includes, but is not limited to, an obligation by the
Company to inform the Board whenever contract owner voting instructions are
disregarded.

         7.3.  If it is determined by a majority of the Board, or a majority of
its disinterested trustees, that a material irreconcilable conflict exists, the
Company and other Participating Insurance Companies shall, at their expense and
to the extent reasonably practicable (as determined by a majority of the
disinterested trustees), take whatever steps are necessary to remedy or
eliminate the irreconcilable material conflict, up to and including:  (1),
withdrawing the assets allocable to some or all of the separate accounts from
the Fund or any Portfolio and reinvesting such assets in a different investment
medium, including (but not limited to) another Portfolio of the Fund, or
submitting the question whether such segregation should be implemented to a vote
of all affected Contract owners and, as appropriate, segregating the assets of
any appropriate group (I.E., annuity contract owners, life insurance contract
owners, or variable contract owners of one or more Participating Insurance
Companies) that votes in favor of such segregation, or offering to the affected
contract owners the option of making such a change; and (2), establishing a new
registered management investment company or managed separate account.



<PAGE>

         7.4.  If a material irreconcilable conflict arises because of a
decision by the Company to disregard contract owner voting instructions and that
decision represents a minority position or would preclude a majority vote, the
Company may be required, at the Fund's election, to withdraw the affected
Account's investment in the Fund and terminate this Agreement with respect to
such Account; provided, however that such withdrawal and termination shall be
limited to the extent required by the foregoing material irreconcilable conflict
as determined by a majority of the disinterested members of the Board.  Any such
withdrawal and termination must take place within six (6) months after the Fund
gives written notice that this provision is being implemented, and until the end
of that six month period the Underwriter and Fund shall continue to accept and
implement orders by the Company for the purchase (and redemption) of shares of
the Fund.

         7.5.  If a material irreconcilable conflict arises because a particular
state insurance regulator's decision applicable to the Company conflicts with
the majority of other state regulators, then the Company will withdraw the
affected Account's investment in the Fund and terminate this Agreement with
respect to such Account within six months after the Board informs the Company in
writing that it has determined that such decision has created an irreconcilable
material conflict; provided, however, that such withdrawal and termination shall
be limited to the extent required by the foregoing material irreconcilable
conflict as determined by a majority of the disinterested members of the Board. 
Until the end of the foregoing six month period, the Underwriter and Fund shall
continue to accept and implement orders by the Company for the purchase (and
redemption) of shares of the Fund.

         7.6.  For purposes of Sections 7.3 through 7.6 of this Agreement, a
majority of the disinterested members of the Board shall determine whether any
proposed action adequately remedies any irreconcilable material conflict, but in
no event will the Fund be required to establish a new funding medium for the
Contracts.  The Company shall not be required by Section 7.3 to establish a new
funding medium for the Contracts if an offer to do so has been declined by vote
of a majority of Contract owners materially adversely affected by the
irreconcilable material conflict. In the event that the Board determines that
any proposed action does not adequately remedy any irreconcilable material
conflict, then the Company will withdraw the Account's investment in the Fund
and terminate this Agreement within six (6) months after the Board informs the
Company in writing of the foregoing determination, provided, however, that such
withdrawal and termination shall be limited to the extent required by any such
material irreconcilable conflict as determined by a majority of the
disinterested members of the Board.

         7.7.  If and to the extent that Rule 6e-2 and Rule 6e-3(T) are amended,
or Rule 6e-3 is adopted, to provide exemptive relief from any provision of the
Act or the rules promulgated thereunder with respect to mixed or shared funding
(as defined in the Shared Funding Exemptive Order) on terms and conditions
materially different from those contained in the Shared Funding Exemptive Order,
then (a) the Fund and/or the Participating Insurance Companies, as appropriate,
shall take such steps as may be necessary to comply with Rules 6e-2 and 6e-3(T),
as amended, and Rule 6e-3, as adopted, to the extent such rules are applicable;
and (b) Sections 3.4, 3.5, 7.1, 7.2, 7.3, 7.4, and 7.5 of this Agreement shall
continue in effect only to the extent that terms and conditions substantially
identical to such Sections are contained in such Rule(s) as so amended or
adopted.


<PAGE>

                         ARTICLE VIII.  INDEMNIFICATION

         8.1.  INDEMNIFICATION BY THE COMPANY

         8.1(a).  The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Fund and
each trustee of the Board and officers and each person, if any, who controls the
Fund within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act (collectively, the
"Indemnified Parties" for purposes of this Section 8.1) against any and all
losses, claims, damages, liabilities (including amounts paid in settlement with
the written consent of the Company) or litigation (including legal and other
expenses), to which the Indemnified Parties may become subject under any
statute, regulation, at common law or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims,
damages, liabilities or expenses (or actions in respect thereof) or settlements
are related to the sale or acquisition of the Fund's shares or the Contracts
and:

            (i)  arise out of or are based upon any untrue statements or alleged
         untrue statements of any material fact contained in the Registration
         Statement or prospectus for the Contracts or contained in the Contracts
         or sales literature for the Contracts (or any amendment or supplement
         to any of the foregoing), or arise out of or are based upon the
         omission or the alleged omission to state therein a material fact
         required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements
         therein not misleading, provided that this agreement to indemnify shall
         not apply as to any Indemnified Party if such statement or omission or
         such alleged statement or omission was made in reliance upon and in
         conformity with information furnished to the Company by or on behalf of
         the Fund for use in the Registration Statement or prospectus for the
         Contracts or in the Contracts or sales literature (or any amendment or
         supplement) or otherwise for use in connection with the sale of the
         Contracts or Fund shares; or

            (ii)  arise out of or as a result of statements or representations
         (other than statements or representations contained in the Registration
         Statement, prospectus or sales literature of the Fund not supplied by
         the Company, or persons under its control) or wrongful conduct of the
         Company or persons under its control, with respect to the sale or
         distribution of the Contracts or Fund Shares; or 

            (iii)  arise out of any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement
         of a material fact contained in a Registration Statement, prospectus,
         or sales literature of the Fund or any amendment thereof or supplement
         thereto or the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material
         fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements
         therein not misleading if such a statement or omission was made in
         reliance upon information furnished to the Fund by or on behalf of the
         Company; or



<PAGE>

            (iv)  arise as a result of any failure by the Company to provide the
         services and furnish the materials under the terms of this Agreement;
         or

            (v)  arise out of or result from any material breach of any
         representation and/or warranty made by the Company in this Agreement or
         arise out of or result from any other material breach of this Agreement
         by the Company, as limited by and in accordance with the provisions of
         Sections 8.1(b) and 8.1(c) hereof.

            8.1(b).  The Company shall not be liable under this indemnification
         provision with respect to any losses, claims, damages, liabilities or
         litigation incurred or assessed against an Indemnified Party as such
         may arise from such Indemnified Party's willful misfeasance, bad faith,
         or gross negligence in the performance of such Indemnified Party's
         duties or by reason of such Indemnified Party's reckless disregard of
         obligations or duties under this Agreement or to the Fund, whichever is
         applicable.

            8.1(c).  The Company shall not be liable under this indemnification
         provision with respect to any claim made against an Indemnified Party
         unless such Indemnified Party shall have notified the Company in
         writing within a reasonable time after the summons or other first legal
         process giving information of the nature of the claim shall have been
         served upon such Indemnified Party (or after such Indemnified Party
         shall have received notice of such service on any designated agent),
         but failure to notify the Company of any such claim shall not relieve
         the Company from any liability which it may have to the Indemnified
         Party against whom such action is brought otherwise than on account of
         this indemnification provision.  In case any such action is brought
         against the Indemnified Parties, the Company shall be entitled to
         participate, at its own expense, in the defense of such action.  The
         Company also shall be entitled to assume the defense thereof, with
         counsel satisfactory to the party named in the action.  After notice
         from the Company to such party of the Company's election to assume the
         defense thereof, the Indemnified Party shall bear the fees and expenses
         of any additional counsel retained by it, and the Company will not be
         liable to such party under this Agreement for any legal or other
         expenses subsequently incurred by such party independently in
         connection with the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of
         investigation.

            8.1(d).  The Indemnified Parties will promptly notify the Company of
         the commencement of any litigation or proceedings against them in
         connection with the issuance or sale of the Fund Shares or the
         Contracts or the operation of the Fund.

         8.2.  INDEMNIFICATION BY THE UNDERWRITER

         8.2(a).  The Underwriter agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the
Company and


<PAGE>

each of its directors and officers and each person, if any, who controls the 
Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act (collectively, the 
"Indemnified Parties" for purposes of this Section 8.2) against any and all 
losses, claims, damages, liabilities (including amounts paid in settlement 
with the written consent of the Underwriter) or litigation (including legal 
and other expenses) to which the Indemnified Parties may become subject under 
any statute, at common law or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, 
damages, liabilities or expenses (or actions in respect thereof) or 
settlements are related to the sale or acquisition of the Fund's shares or 
the Contracts and:

           (i) arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or
               alleged untrue statement of any material fact contained in the
               Registration Statement or prospectus or sales literature of the
               Fund (or any amendment or supplement to any of the foregoing), or
               arise out of or are based upon the omission or the alleged
               omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated
               therein or necessary to make the statements therein not
               misleading, provided that this agreement to indemnify shall not
               apply as to any Indemnified Party if such statement or omission
               or such alleged statement or omission was made in reliance upon
               and in conformity with information furnished to the Underwriter
               or Fund by or on behalf of the Company for use in the
               Registration Statement or prospectus for the Fund or in sales
               literature (or any amendment or supplement) or otherwise for use
               in connection with the sale of the Contracts or Fund shares; or

          (ii) arise out of or as a result of statements or representations
               (other than statements or representations contained in the
               Registration Statement, prospectus or sales literature for the
               Contracts not supplied by the Underwriter or persons under its
               control) or wrongful conduct of the Fund, Adviser or Underwriter
               or persons under their control, with respect to the sale or
               distribution of the Contracts or Fund shares; or

         (iii) arise out of any untrue statement or alleged untrue
               statement of a material fact contained in a Registration
               Statement, prospectus, or sales literature covering the
               Contracts, or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto, or the
               omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact
               required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statement
               or statements therein not misleading, if such statement or
               omission was made in reliance upon information furnished to the
               Company by or on behalf of the Fund; or

          (iv) arise as a result of any failure by the Fund to provide the
               services and furnish the materials under the terms of this
               Agreement (including a failure, whether unintentional or in good
               faith or otherwise, to comply with the diversification
               requirements specified in Article VI of this Agreement); or

           (v) arise out of or result from any material breach of any
               representation and/or warranty made by the Underwriter in this
               Agreement or arise out of or 


<PAGE>

               result from any other material breach of this Agreement by the
               Underwriter; as limited by and in accordance with the provisions
               of Sections 8.2(b) and 8.2(c) hereof.

         8.2(b).  The Underwriter shall not be liable under this indemnification
provision with respect to any losses, claims, damages, liabilities or litigation
to which an Indemnified Party would otherwise be subject by reason of such
Indemnified Party's willful misfeasance, bad faith, or gross negligence in the
performance of such Indemnified Party's duties or by reason of such Indemnified
Party's reckless disregard of obligations and duties under this Agreement or to
each Company or the Account, whichever is applicable.

         8.2(c).  The Underwriter shall not be liable under this indemnification
provision with respect to any claim made against an Indemnified Party unless
such Indemnified Party shall have notified the Underwriter in writing within a
reasonable time after the summons or other first legal process giving
information of the nature of the claim shall have been served upon such
Indemnified Party (or after such Indemnified Party shall have received notice of
such service on any designated agent), but failure to notify the Underwriter of
any such claim shall not relieve the Underwriter from any liability which it may
have to the Indemnified Party against whom such action is brought otherwise than
on account of this indemnification provision.  In case any such action is
brought against the Indemnified Parties, the Underwriter will be entitled to
participate, at its own expense, in the defense thereof.  The Underwriter also
shall be entitled to assume the defense thereof, with counsel satisfactory to
the party named in the action.  After notice from the Underwriter to such party
of the Underwriter's election to assume the defense thereof, the Indemnified
Party shall bear the fees and expenses of any additional counsel retained by it,
and the Underwriter will not be liable to such party under this Agreement for
any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by such party independently in
connection with the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of
investigation.

         8.2(d).  The Company agrees promptly to notify the Underwriter of the
commencement of any litigation or proceedings against it or any of its officers
or directors in connection with the issuance or sale of the Contracts or the
operation of each Account.

         8.3.  INDEMNIFICATION BY THE FUND

         8.3(a).  The Fund agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Company,
and each of its directors and officers and each person, if any, who controls the
Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act (collectively, the
"Indemnified Parties" for purposes of this Section 8.3) against any and all
losses, claims, damages, liabilities (including amounts paid in settlement with
the written consent of the Fund) or litigation (including legal and other
expenses) to which the Indemnified Parties may become subject under any statute,
at common law or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages, liabilities
or expenses (or actions in respect thereof) or settlements result from the gross
negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct of the Board or any member thereof,
are related to the operations of the Fund and:

           (i) arise as a result of any failure by the Fund to provide the
               services and 


<PAGE>

               furnish the materials under the terms of this Agreement 
               (including a failure to comply with the diversification
               requirements specified in Article VI of this Agreement);or

          (ii) arise out of or result from any material breach of any
               representation and/or warranty made by the Fund in this Agreement
               or arise out of or result from any other material breach of this
               Agreement by the Fund;

as limited by and in accordance with the provisions of Sections 8.3(b) and
8.3(c) hereof.

         8.3(b).  The Fund shall not be liable under this indemnification
provision with respect to any losses, claims, damages, liabilities or litigation
incurred or assessed against an Indemnified Party as such may arise from such
Indemnified Party's willful misfeasance, bad faith, or gross negligence in the
performance of such Indemnified Party's duties or by reason of such Indemnified
Party's reckless disregard of obligations and duties under this Agreement or to
the Company, the Fund, the Underwriter or each Account, whichever is applicable.

         8.3(c).  The Fund shall not be liable under this indemnification
provision with respect to any claim made against an Indemnified Party unless
such Indemnified Party shall have notified the Fund in writing within a
reasonable time after the summons or other first legal process giving
information of the nature of the claim shall have been served upon such
Indemnified Party (or after such Indemnified Party shall have received notice of
such service on any designated agent), but failure to notify the Fund of any
such claim shall not relieve the Fund from any liability which it may have to
the Indemnified Party against whom such action is brought otherwise than on
account of this indemnification provision.  In case any such action is brought
against the Indemnified Parties, the Fund will be entitled to participate, at
its own expense, in the defense thereof.  The Fund also shall be entitled to
assume the defense thereof, with counsel satisfactory to the party named in the
action.  After notice from the Fund to such party of the Fund's election to
assume the defense thereof, the Indemnified Party shall bear the fees and
expenses of any additional counsel retained by it, and the Fund will not be
liable to such party under this Agreement for any legal or other expenses
subsequently incurred by such party independently in connection with the defense
thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation.

         8.3(d).  The Company and the Underwriter agree promptly to notify the
Fund of the commencement of any litigation or proceedings against it or any of
its respective officers or directors in connection with this Agreement, the
issuance or sale of the Contracts, with respect to the operation of either
Account, or the sale or acquisition of shares of the Fund.

                         ARTICLE IX. APPLICABLE LAW

         9.1.  This Agreement shall be construed and the provisions hereof
interpreted under and in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of
Massachusetts.


<PAGE>

         9.2.  This Agreement shall be subject to the provisions of the 1933,
1934 and 1940 acts, and the rules and regulations and rulings thereunder,
including such exemptions from those statutes, rules and regulations as the
Securities and Exchange Commission may grant (including, but not limited to, the
Shared Funding Exemptive Order) and the terms hereof shall be interpreted and
construed in accordance therewith.


                             ARTICLE X. TERMINATION

       10.1.       This Agreement shall continue in full force and effect until
the first to occur of:

        (a) termination by any party for any reason by sixty (60) days advance
            written notice delivered to the other parties; or

        (b) termination by the Company by written notice to the Fund and the
            Underwriter with respect to any Portfolio based upon the Company's
            determination that shares of such Portfolio are not reasonably
            available to meet the requirements of the Contracts; or

        (c) termination by the Company by written notice to the Fund and the
            Underwriter with respect to any Portfolio in the event any of the
            Portfolio's shares are not registered, issued or sold in accordance
            with applicable state and/or federal law or such law precludes the
            use of such shares as the underlying investment media of the
            Contracts issued or to be issued by the Company; or

        (d) termination by the Company by written notice to the Fund and the
            Underwriter with respect to any Portfolio in the event that such
            Portfolio ceases to qualify as a Regulated Investment Company under
            Subchapter M of the Code or under any successor or similar
            provision, or if the Company reasonably believes that the Fund may
            fail to so qualify; or

        (e) termination by the Company by written notice to the Fund and the
            Underwriter with respect to any Portfolio in the event that such
            Portfolio fails to meet the diversification requirements specified
            in Article VI hereof; or

        (f) termination by either the Fund or the Underwriter by written notice
            to the Company, if either one or both of the Fund or the Underwriter
            respectively, shall determine, in their sole judgment exercised in
            good faith, that the Company and/or its affiliated companies has
            suffered a material adverse change in its business, operations,
            financial condition or prospects since the date of this Agreement or
            is the subject of material adverse publicity; or

        (g) termination by the Company by written notice to the Fund and the
            Underwriter,


<PAGE>

            if the Company shall determine, in its sole judgment exercised in 
            good faith, that either the Fund or the Underwriter has
            suffered a material adverse change in its business, operations,
            financial condition or prospects since the date of this Agreement
            or is the subject of material adverse publicity; or

        (h) termination by the Fund or the Underwriter by written notice to the
            Company, if the Company gives the Fund and the Underwriter the
            written notice specified in Section 1.6(b) hereof and at the time
            such notice was given there was no notice of termination outstanding
            under any other provision of this Agreement; provided, however any
            termination under this Section 10.1(h) shall be effective forty five
            (45) days after the notice specified in Section 1.6(b) was given.

         10.2.  EFFECT OF TERMINATION.  Notwithstanding any termination of this
Agreement, the Fund and the Underwriter shall at the option of the Company,
continue to make available additional shares of the Fund pursuant to the terms
and conditions of this Agreement, for all Contracts in effect on the effective
date of termination of this Agreement (hereinafter referred to as "Existing
Contracts").  Specifically, without limitation, the owners of the Existing
Contracts shall be permitted to reallocate investments in the Fund, redeem
investments in the Fund and/or invest in the Fund upon the making of additional
purchase payments under the Existing Contracts.  The parties agree that this
Section 10.2 shall not apply to any terminations under Article VII and the
effect of such Article VII terminations shall be governed by Article VII of this
Agreement.

         10.3  The Company shall not redeem Fund shares attributable to the
Contracts (as opposed to Fund shares attributable to the Company's assets held
in the Account) except (i) as necessary to implement Contract Owner initiated or
approved transactions, or (ii) as required by state and/or federal laws or
regulations or judicial or other legal precedent of general application
(hereinafter referred to as a "Legally Required Redemption") or (iii) as
permitted by an order of the SEC pursuant to Section 26(b) of the 1940 Act. 
Upon request, the Company will promptly furnish to the Fund and the Underwriter
the opinion of counsel for the Company (which counsel shall be reasonably
satisfactory to the Fund and the Underwriter) to the effect that any redemption
pursuant to clause (ii) above is a Legally Required Redemption.  Furthermore,
except in cases where permitted under the terms of the Contracts, the Company
shall not prevent Contract Owners from allocating payments to a Portfolio that
was otherwise available under the Contracts without first giving the Fund or the
Underwriter 90 days notice of its intention to do so.

                               ARTICLE XI.NOTICES

         Any notice shall be sufficiently given when sent by registered or
certified mail to the other party at the address of such party set forth below
or at such other address as such party may



<PAGE>

from time to time specify in writing to the other party.

         If to the Fund:
            82 Devonshire Street
            Boston, Massachusetts  02109
            Attention:  Treasurer

         If to the Company:
            American Maturity Life Insurance Company
            200 Hopmeadow Street
            Simsbury, CT  06089
            Attention:  President

         If to the Underwriter:
            82 Devonshire Street
            Boston, Massachusetts  02109
            Attention:  Treasurer

                           ARTICLE XII.  MISCELLANEOUS

         12.1  All persons dealing with the Fund must look solely to the
property of the Fund for the enforcement of any claims against the Fund as
neither the Board, officers, agents or shareholders assume any personal
liability for obligations entered into on behalf of the Fund.

         12.2  Subject to the requirements of legal process and regulatory
authority, each party hereto shall treat as confidential the names and addresses
of the owners of the Contracts and all information reasonably identified as
confidential in writing by any other party hereto and, except as permitted by
this Agreement, shall not disclose, disseminate or utilize such names and
addresses and other confidential information until such time as it may come into
the public domain without the express written consent of the affected party.

         12.3  The captions in this Agreement are included for convenience of
reference only and in no way define or delineate any of the provisions hereof or
otherwise affect their construction or effect.

         12.4  This Agreement may be executed simultaneously in two or more
counterparts, each of which taken together shall constitute one and the same
instrument.

         12.5  If any provision of this Agreement shall be held or made invalid
by a court decision, statute, rule or otherwise, the remainder of the Agreement
shall not be affected thereby.

         12.6  Each party hereto shall cooperate with each other party and all
appropriate governmental authorities (including without limitation the SEC, the
NASD and state insurance regulators) and shall permit such authorities
reasonable access to its books and records in


<PAGE>

connection with any investigation or inquiry relating to this Agreement or 
the transactions contemplated hereby. Notwithstanding the generality of the 
foregoing, each party hereto further agrees to furnish the California 
Insurance Commissioner with any information or reports in connection with 
services provided under this Agreement which such Commissioner may request in 
order to ascertain whether the insurance operations of the Company are being 
conducted in a manner consistent with the California Insurance Regulations 
and any other applicable law or regulations.

        12.7  The rights, remedies and obligations contained in this Agreement
are cumulative and are in addition to any and all rights, remedies and
obligations, at law or in equity, which the parties hereto are entitled to under
state and federal laws.

        12.8.  This Agreement or any of the rights and obligations hereunder
may not be assigned by any party without the prior written consent of all
parties hereto; provided, however, that the Underwriter may assign this
Agreement or any rights or obligations hereunder to any affiliate of or company
under common control with the Underwriter, if such assignee is duly licensed and
registered to perform the obligations of the Underwriter under this Agreement.

        12.9.  The Company shall furnish, or shall cause to be furnished, to
the Fund or its designee copies of the following reports:

            (a)  the Company's annual statement (prepared under statutory
                 accounting principles) and annual report (prepared under
                 generally accepted accounting principles ("GAAP"), if any), as
                 soon as practical and in any event within 90 days after the end
                 of each fiscal year;

            (b)  the Company's quarterly statements (statutory) (and GAAP, if
                 any), as soon as practical and in any event within 45 days
                 after the end of each quarterly period:

            (c)  any financial statement, proxy statement, notice or report of
                 the Company sent to stockholders and/or policyholders, as soon
                 as practical after the delivery thereof to stockholders; 

            (d)  any registration statement (without exhibits) and financial
                 reports of the Company filed with the Securities and Exchange
                 Commission or any state insurance regulator, as soon as
                 practical after the filing thereof;

            (e)  any other report submitted to the Company by independent
                 accountants in connection with any annual, interim or special
                 audit made by them of the books of the Company, as soon as
                 practical after the receipt thereof.


<PAGE>

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties hereto has caused this
Agreement to be executed in its name and on its behalf by its duly authorized
representative and its seal to be hereunder affixed hereto as of the date
specified below.


                                       AMERICAN MATURITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY


                                       By:      /s/ JOSEPH J. NOTO
                                          -------------------------------------
                                                    Joseph J. Noto
                                                    President



                                       VARIABLE INSURANCE PRODUCTS FUND


                                       By:    /s/ J. GARY BURKHEAD
                                          -------------------------------------
                                                  J. Gary Burkhead
                                                Senior Vice President



                                       FIDELITY DISTRIBUTORS CORPORATION


                                       By:       /s/  NEAL LITVACK
                                          -------------------------------------
                                                      Neal Litvack
                                                      President



<PAGE>

                                   SCHEDULE A

                   SEPARATE ACCOUNTS AND ASSOCIATED CONTRACTS


NAME OF SEPARATE ACCOUNT AND
DATE ESTABLISHED BY BOARD              POLICY FORM NUMBERS OF CONTRACTS FUNDED
OF DIRECTORS                           BY SEPARATE ACCOUNT
- -----------------------------          ----------------------------------------
AMLVA                                  AML96VAMC
(February 28, 1996) 





<PAGE>

                                   SCHEDULE B
                             PROXY VOTING PROCEDURE


The following is a list of procedures and corresponding responsibilities for the
handling of proxies relating to the Fund by the Underwriter, the Fund and the
Company.  The defined terms herein shall have the meanings assigned in the
Participation Agreement except that the term "Company" shall also include the
department or third party assigned by the Insurance Company to perform the steps
delineated below.

1.  The number of proxy proposals is given to the Company by the Underwriter as
    early as possible before the date set by the Fund for the shareholder
    meeting to facilitate the establishment of tabulation procedures.  At this
    time the Underwriter will inform the Company of the Record, Mailing and
    Meeting dates.  This will be done verbally approximately two months before
    meeting.

2.  Promptly after the Record Date, the Company will perform a "tape run", or
    other activity, which will generate the names, addresses and number of units
    which are attributed to each contractowner/policyholder (the "Customer") as
    of the Record Date.  Allowance should be made for account adjustments made
    after this date that could affect the status of the Customers' accounts as
    of the Record Date.

    Note:   The number of proxy statements is determined by the activities
    described in Step #2.  The Company will use its best efforts to call in the
    number of Customers to Fidelity, as soon as possible, but no later than two
    weeks after the Record Date.

3.  The Fund's Annual Report no longer needs to be sent to each Customer by the
    Company either before or together with the Customers' receipt of a proxy
    statement.  Underwriter will provide the last Annual Report to the Company
    pursuant to the terms of Section 3.3 of the Agreement to which this Schedule
    relates.

4.  The text and format for the Voting Instruction Cards ("Cards" or "Card") is
    provided to the Company by the Fund.  The Company, at its expense, shall
    produce and personalize the Voting Instruction Cards.  The Legal Department
    of the Underwriter or its affiliate ("Fidelity Legal") must approve the Card
    before it is printed.  Allow approximately 2-4 business days for printing
    information on the Cards.  Information commonly found on the Cards includes:

        a.  name (legal name as found on account registration)
        b.  address
        c.  Fund or account number
        d.  coding to state number of units
        e.  individual Card number for use in tracking and verification of votes
            (already on Cards as printed by the Fund)

(This and related steps may occur later in the chronological process due to
possible uncertainties relating to the proposals.)


<PAGE>

5.  During this time, Fidelity Legal will develop, produce, and the Fund
    will pay for the Notice of Proxy and the Proxy Statement (one document). 
    Printed and folded notices and statements will be sent to Company for
    insertion into envelopes (envelopes and return envelopes are provided
    and paid for by the Insurance Company).  Contents of envelope sent to
    Customers by Company will include:

         a.   Voting Instruction Card(s)
         b.   One proxy notice and statement (one document)
         c.   return envelope (postage pre-paid by Company) addressed to the
              Company or its tabulation agent
         d.   "urge buckslip" - optional, but recommended. (This is a small,
              single sheet of paper that requests Customers to vote as
              quickly as possible and that their vote is important.  One
              copy will be supplied by the Fund.)
         e.   cover letter - optional, supplied by Company and reviewed and
              approved in advance by Fidelity Legal.

6.  The above contents should be received by the Company approximately 3-5
    business days before mail date.  Individual in charge at Company reviews
    and approves the contents of the mailing package to ensure correctness
    and completeness.  Copy of this approval sent to Fidelity Legal.

7.  Package mailed by the Company.
    *  The Fund MUST allow at least a 15-day solicitation time to the
       Company as the shareowner.  (A 5-week period is recommended.) 
       Solicitation time is calculated as calendar days from (but NOT
       including) the meeting, counting backwards.

8.  Collection and tabulation of Cards begins.  Tabulation usually takes
    place in another department or another vendor depending on process used. 
    An often used procedure is to sort Cards on arrival by proposal into
    vote categories of all yes, no, or mixed replies, and to begin data
    entry.

    Note:  Postmarks are not generally needed.  A need for postmark
    information would be due to an insurance company's internal procedure
    and has not been required by Fidelity in the past.
    
9.  Signatures on Card checked against legal name on account registration
    which was printed on the Card.

    Note:  For Example, If the account registration is under "Bertram C.
    Jones, Trustee," then that is the exact legal name to be printed on the
    Card and is the signature needed on the Card.


<PAGE>

10. If Cards are mutilated, or for any reason are illegible or are not
    signed properly, they are sent back to Customer with an explanatory
    letter, a new Card and return envelope.  The mutilated or illegible Card
    is disregarded and considered to be NOT RECEIVED for purposes of vote
    tabulation.  Any Cards that have "kicked out" (e.g. mutilated,
    illegible) of the procedure are "hand verified," i.e., examined as to
    why they did not complete the system.  Any questions on those Cards are
    usually remedied individually.

11. There are various control procedures used to ensure proper tabulation of
    votes and accuracy of that tabulation.  The most prevalent is to sort
    the Cards as they first arrive into categories depending upon their
    vote; an estimate of how the vote is progressing may then be calculated. 
    If the initial estimates and the actual vote do not coincide, then an
    internal audit of that vote should occur.  This may entail a recount.

12. The actual tabulation of votes is done in units which is then converted
    to shares.  (It is very important that the Fund receives the tabulations
    stated in terms of a percentage and the number of SHARES.)  Fidelity
    Legal must review and approve tabulation format.

13. Final tabulation in shares is verbally given by the Company to Fidelity
    Legal on the morning of the meeting not later than 10:00 a.m. Boston
    time.  Fidelity Legal may request an earlier deadline if required to
    calculate the vote in time for the meeting.

14. A Certification of Mailing and Authorization to Vote Shares will be
    required from the Company as well as an original copy of the final vote. 
    Fidelity Legal will provide a standard form for each Certification.

15. The Company will be required to box and archive the Cards received from
    the Customers.  In the event that any vote is challenged or if otherwise
    necessary for legal, regulatory, or accounting purposes, Fidelity Legal
    will be permitted reasonable access to such Cards.

16. All approvals and "signing-off" may be done orally, but must always be
    followed up in writing. 


<PAGE>

                                   SCHEDULE C

Other investment companies currently available under variable annuities or
variable life insurance issued by the Company:

Scudder
    VL Bond
    Capital Growth
    Growth & Income
    Money Market

Janus
    Aspen Balanced
    Aspen Worldwide Growth


<PAGE>

                             PARTICIPATION AGREEMENT

 
                                      Among


                       VARIABLE INSURANCE PRODUCTS FUND II,

                        FIDELITY DISTRIBUTORS CORPORATION

                                       and

                      AMERICAN MATURITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY


         THIS AGREEMENT, made and entered into as of the 1st day of 
September, 1996 by and among AMERICAN MATURITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY, 
(hereinafter the "Company"), a Connecticut corporation, on its own behalf and 
on behalf of each segregated asset account of the Company set forth on 
Schedule A hereto as may be amended from time to time (each such account 
hereinafter referred to as the "Account"), and the VARIABLE INSURANCE 
PRODUCTS FUND II, an unincorporated business trust organized under the laws 
of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts (hereinafter the "Fund") and FIDELITY 
DISTRIBUTORS CORPORATION (hereinafter the "Underwriter"), a Massachusetts 
corporation.

         WHEREAS, the Fund engages in business as an open-end management
investment company and is available to act as the investment vehicle for
separate accounts established for variable life insurance policies and variable
annuity contracts (collectively, the "Variable Insurance Products") to be
offered by insurance companies which have entered into participation agreements
with the Fund and the Underwriter (hereinafter "Participating Insurance
Companies"); and

         WHEREAS, the beneficial interest in the Fund is divided into several
series of shares, each representing the interest in a particular managed
portfolio of securities and other assets, any one or more of which may be made
available under this Agreement, as may be amended from time to time by mutual
agreement of the parties hereto (each such series hereinafter referred to as a
"Portfolio"); and

         WHEREAS, the Fund has obtained an order from the Securities and
Exchange Commission, dated September 17, 1986 (File No. 812-6422), granting
Participating Insurance Companies and variable annuity and variable life
insurance separate accounts exemptions from the provisions of sections 9(a),
13(a), 15(a), and 15(b) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended,
(hereinafter the "1940 Act") and Rules 6e-2(b) (15) and 6e-3(T)(b)(15)
thereunder, to the extent necessary to permit 


                                      1

<PAGE>

shares of the Fund to be sold to and held by variable annuity and variable 
life insurance separate accounts of both affiliated and unaffiliated life 
insurance companies (hereinafter the "Shared Funding Exemptive Order"); and

         WHEREAS, the Fund is registered as an open-end management investment
company under the 1940 Act and its shares are registered under the Securities
Act of 1933, as amended (hereinafter the "1933 Act"); and

         WHEREAS, Fidelity Management & Research Company (the "Adviser") is 
duly registered as an investment adviser under the federal Investment 
Advisers Act of 1940 and any applicable state securities law; and

         WHEREAS, the Company has registered or will register certain variable
life insurance and variable annuity contracts under the 1933 Act; and

         WHEREAS, each Account is a duly organized, validly existing segregated
asset account, established by resolution of the Board of Directors of the
Company, on the date shown for such Account on Schedule A hereto, to set aside
and invest assets attributable to the aforesaid variable annuity contracts; and

         WHEREAS, the Company has registered or will register each Account as a
unit investment trust under the 1940 Act; and

         WHEREAS, the Underwriter is registered as a broker dealer with the 
Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC") under the Securities Exchange Act 
of 1934, as amended, (hereinafter the "1934 Act"), and is a member in good 
standing of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. (hereinafter 
"NASD"); and

         WHEREAS, to the extent permitted by applicable insurance laws and
regulations, the Company intends to purchase shares in the Portfolios on behalf
of each Account to fund certain of the aforesaid variable life and variable
annuity contracts and the Underwriter is authorized to sell such shares to unit
investment trusts such as each Account at net asset value;

         NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of their mutual promises, the 
Company, the Fund and the Underwriter agree as follows:

                          ARTICLE I.  SALE OF FUND SHARES

         1.1.  The Underwriter agrees to sell to the Company those shares of 
the Fund which each Account orders, executing such orders on a daily basis at 
the net asset value next computed after receipt by the Fund or its designee 
of the order for the shares of the Fund.  For purposes of this Section 1.1, 
the Company shall be the designee of the Fund for receipt of such orders from 
each Account and receipt by such designee shall






                                      2


<PAGE>


constitute receipt by the Fund; provided that the Fund receives notice of 
such order by 9:00 a.m. Boston time on the next following Business Day.  
"Business Day" shall mean any day on which the New York Stock Exchange is 
open for trading and on which the Fund calculates its net asset value 
pursuant to the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission.

         1.2.  The Fund agrees to make its shares available indefinitely for 
purchase at the applicable net asset value per share by the Company and its 
Accounts on those days on which the Fund calculates its net asset value 
pursuant to rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the Fund 
shall use reasonable efforts to calculate such net asset value on each day 
which the New York Stock Exchange is open for trading.  Notwithstanding the 
foregoing, the Board of Trustees of the Fund (hereinafter the "Board") may 
refuse to sell shares of any Portfolio to any person, or suspend or terminate 
the offering of shares of any Portfolio if such action is required by law or 
by regulatory authorities having jurisdiction or is, in the sole discretion 
of the Board acting in good faith and in light of their fiduciary duties 
under federal and any applicable state laws, necessary in the best interests 
of the shareholders of such Portfolio.

         1.3.  The Fund and the Underwriter agree that shares of the Fund will
be sold only to Participating Insurance Companies and their separate accounts. 
No shares of any Portfolio will be sold to the general public.

         1.4.  The Fund and the Underwriter will not sell Fund shares to any
insurance company or separate account unless an agreement containing provisions
substantially the same as Articles I, III, V, VII and Section 2.5 of Article II
of this Agreement is in effect to govern such sales.

         1.5.  The Fund agrees to redeem for cash, on the Company's request, 
any full or fractional shares of the Fund held by the Company, executing such 
requests on a daily basis at the net asset value next computed after receipt 
by the Fund or its designee of the request for redemption.  For purposes of 
this Section 1.5, the Company shall be the designee of the Fund for receipt 
of requests for redemption from each Account and receipt by such designee 
shall constitute receipt by the Fund; provided that the Fund receives notice 
of such request for redemption on the next following Business Day.

         1.6.  The Company agrees that purchases and redemptions of Portfolio 
shares offered by the then current prospectus of the Fund shall be made in 
accordance with the provisions of such prospectus.  The Company agrees that 
all net amounts available under the variable annuity contracts with the form 
number(s) which are listed on Schedule A attached hereto and incorporated 
herein by this reference, as such Schedule A may be amended from time to time 
hereafter by mutual written agreement of all the parties hereto, (the 
"Contracts") shall be invested in the Fund, in such other Funds advised by 
the Adviser as may be mutually agreed to in writing by the parties hereto, or 
in the Company's general account, provided that such amounts may also be 
invested in an investment company other than the Fund if (a) such other 
investment company, or series thereof, has



                                      3


<PAGE>


investment objectives or policies that are substantially different from the 
investment objectives and policies of all the Portfolios of the Fund; or (b) 
the Company gives the Fund and the Underwriter 45 days written notice of its 
intention to make such other investment company available as a funding 
vehicle for the Contracts; or (c) such other investment company was available 
as a funding vehicle for the Contracts prior to the date of this Agreement 
and the Company so informs the Fund and Underwriter prior to their signing 
this Agreement (a list of such funds appearing on Schedule C to this 
Agreement); or (d) the Fund or Underwriter consents to the use of such other 
investment company.

         1.7.  The Company shall pay for Fund shares on the next Business Day 
after an order to purchase Fund shares is made in accordance with the 
provisions of Section 1.1 hereof.  Payment shall be in federal funds 
transmitted by wire. For purpose of Section 2.10 and 2.11, upon receipt by 
the Fund of the federal funds so wired, such funds shall cease to be the 
responsibility of the Company and shall become the responsibility of the Fund.

         1.8.  Issuance and transfer of the Fund's shares will be by book entry
only.  Stock certificates will not be issued to the Company or any Account. 
Shares ordered from the Fund will be recorded in an appropriate title for each
Account or the appropriate subaccount of each Account.

         1.9.  The Fund shall furnish same day notice (by wire or telephone, 
followed by written confirmation) to the Company of any income, dividends or 
capital gain distributions payable on the Fund's shares.  The Company hereby 
elects to receive all such income dividends and capital gain distributions as 
are payable on the Portfolio shares in additional shares of that Portfolio. 
The Company reserves the right to revoke this election and to receive all 
such income dividends and capital gain distributions in cash.  The Fund shall 
notify the Company of the number of shares so issued as payment of such 
dividends and distributions.

         1.10.  The Fund shall make the net asset value per share for each
Portfolio available to the Company on a daily basis as soon as reasonably
practical after the net asset value per share is calculated (normally by 6:30
p.m. Boston time) and shall use its best efforts to make such net asset value
per share available by 7 p.m. Boston time.



                ARTICLE II.  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

         2.1.  The Company represents and warrants that the Contracts are or
will be registered under the 1933 Act; that the Contracts will be issued and
sold in compliance in all material respects with all applicable Federal and
State laws and that the sale of the Contracts shall comply in all material
respects with state insurance suitability requirements.  The Company further
represents and warrants that it is an insurance company duly organized and in
good standing under applicable law and that it has legally and validly
established each Account prior to any issuance or sale thereof as a segregated
asset 


                                      4



<PAGE>

account under Section 38a-433 of the Connecticut Insurance Code and has 
registered or, prior to any issuance or sale of the Contracts, will register 
each Account as a unit investment trust in accordance with the provisions of 
the 1940 Act to serve as a segregated investment account for the Contracts.


         2.2.  The Fund represents and warrants that Fund shares sold 
pursuant to this Agreement shall be registered under the 1933 Act, duly 
authorized for issuance and sold in compliance with the laws of the State of 
Connecticut and all applicable federal and state securities laws and that the 
Fund is and shall remain registered under the 1940 Act.  The Fund shall amend 
the Registration Statement for its shares under the 1933 Act and the 1940 Act 
from time to time as required in order to effect the continuous offering of 
its shares.  The Fund shall register and qualify the shares for sale in 
accordance with the laws of the various states only if and to the extent 
deemed advisable by the Fund or the Underwriter.

         2.3.  The Fund represents that it is currently qualified as a 
Regulated Investment Company under Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code 
of 1986, as amended, (the "Code") and that it will make every effort to 
maintain such qualification (under Subchapter M or any successor or similar 
provision) and that it will notify the Company immediately upon having a 
reasonable basis for believing that it has ceased to so qualify or that it 
might not so qualify in the future.

         2.4.  The Company represents that the Contracts are currently 
treated as endowment or annuity insurance contracts, under applicable 
provisions of the Code and that it will make every effort to maintain such 
treatment and that it will notify the Fund and the Underwriter immediately 
upon having a reasonable basis for believing that the Contracts have ceased 
to be so treated or that they might not be so treated in the future.

         2.5.  The Fund currently does not intend to make any payments to 
finance distribution expenses pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act or 
otherwise, although it may make such payments in the future.  The Fund has 
adopted a "no fee" or "defensive" Rule 12b-1 Plan under which it makes no 
payments for distribution expenses.  To the extent that it decides to finance 
distribution expenses pursuant to Rule 12b-1, the Fund undertakes to have a 
board of trustees, a majority of whom are not interested persons of the Fund, 
formulate and approve any plan under Rule 12b-1 to finance distribution 
expenses.

         2.6.  The Fund makes no representation as to whether any aspect of 
its operations (including, but not limited to, fees and expenses and 
investment policies) complies with the insurance laws or regulations of the 
various states except that the Fund represents that the Fund's investment 
policies, fees and expenses are and shall at all times remain in compliance 
with the laws of the State of Connecticut and the Fund and the Underwriter 
represent that their respective operations are and shall at all times remain 
in material compliance with the laws of the State of Connecticut to the 
extent required to perform this Agreement.




                                      5


<PAGE>


         2.7.  The Underwriter represents and warrants that it is a member in
good standing of the NASD and is registered as a broker-dealer with the SEC. 
The Underwriter further represents that it will sell and distribute the Fund
shares in accordance with the laws of the State of Connecticut and all
applicable state and federal securities laws, including without limitation the
1933 Act, the 1934 Act, and the 1940 Act.

         2.8.  The Fund represents that it is lawfully organized and validly
existing under the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts and that it does
and will comply in all material respects with the 1940 Act.

         2.9.  The Underwriter represents and warrants that the Adviser is 
and shall remain duly registered in all material respects under all 
applicable federal and state securities laws and that the Adviser shall 
perform its obligations for the Fund in compliance in all material respects 
with the laws of the State of Connecticut and any applicable state and 
federal securities laws.

         2.10.  The Fund and Underwriter represent and warrant that all of 
their directors, officers, employees, investment advisers, and other 
individuals/entities dealing with the money and/or securities of the Fund are 
and shall continue to be at all times covered by a blanket fidelity bond or 
similar coverage for the benefit of the Fund in an amount not less than the 
minimal coverage as required currently by Rule 17g-(1) of the 1940 Act or 
related provisions as may be promulgated from time to time.  The aforesaid 
Bond shall include coverage for larceny and embezzlement and shall be issued 
by a reputable bonding company.

         2.11.  The Company represents and warrants that all of its 
directors, officers, employees, investment advisers, and other 
individuals/entities dealing with the money and/or securities of the Fund are 
covered by a blanket fidelity bond or similar coverage for the benefit of the 
Fund, and that said bond is issued by a reputable bonding company, includes 
coverage for larceny and embezzlement, and is in an amount not less than $5 
million.  The Company agrees to make all reasonable efforts to see that this 
bond or another bond containing these provisions is always in effect, and 
agrees to notify the Fund and the Underwriter in the event that such coverage 
no longer applies.


           ARTICLE III.  PROSPECTUSES AND PROXY STATEMENTS; VOTING

         3.1.  The Underwriter shall provide the Company with as many printed 
copies of the Fund's current prospectus and Statement of Additional 
Information as the Company may reasonably request.  If requested by the 
Company in lieu thereof, the Fund shall provide camera-ready film containing 
the Fund's prospectus and Statement of Additional Information, and such other 
assistance as is reasonably necessary in order for the Company once each year 
(or more frequently if the prospectus and/or Statement of Additional 
Information for the Fund is amended during the year) to have the prospectus 




                                      6

<PAGE>


for the Contracts and the Fund's prospectus printed together in one document, 
and to have the Statement of Additional Information for the Fund and the 
Statement of Additional Information for the Contracts printed together in one 
document.  Alternatively, the Company may print the Fund's prospectus and/or 
its Statement of Additional Information in combination with other fund 
companies' prospectuses and statements of additional information.  Except as 
provided in the following three sentences, all expenses of printing and 
distributing Fund prospectuses and Statements of Additional Information shall 
be the expense of the Company.  For prospectuses and Statements of Additional 
Information provided by the Company to its existing owners of Contracts in 
order to update disclosure as required by the 1933 Act and/or the 1940 Act, 
the cost of printing shall be borne by the Fund.  If the Company chooses to 
receive camera-ready film in lieu of receiving printed copies of the Fund's 
prospectus, the Fund will reimburse the Company in an amount equal to the 
product of A and B where A is the number of such prospectuses distributed to 
owners of the Contracts, and B is the Fund's per unit cost of typesetting and 
printing the Fund's prospectus.  The same procedures shall be followed with 
respect to the Fund's Statement of Additional Information.


         The Company agrees to provide the Fund or its designee with such 
information as may be reasonably requested by the Fund to assure that the 
Fund's expenses do not include the cost of printing any prospectuses or 
Statements of Additional Information other than those actually distributed to 
existing owners of the Contracts.

         3.2.  The Fund's prospectus shall state that the Statement of 
Additional Information for the Fund is available from the Underwriter or the 
Company (or in the Fund's discretion, the Prospectus shall state that such 
Statement is available from the Fund).

         3.3.  The Fund, at its expense, shall provide the Company with 
copies of its proxy statements, reports to shareholders, and other 
communications (except for prospectuses and Statements of Additional 
Information, which are covered in Section 3.1) to shareholders in such 
quantity as the Company shall reasonably require for distributing to Contract 
owners.


            3.4. If and to the extent required by law the Company shall:

                     (i)  solicit voting instructions from Contract owners;
                    (ii)  vote the Fund shares in accordance with instructions
                          received from Contract owners; and
                    (iii) vote Fund shares for which no instructions have
                          been received in a particular separate account in the
                          same proportion as Fund shares of such portfolio for 
                          which instructions have been received in that separate
                          account,

so long as and to the extent that the Securities and Exchange Commission
continues to interpret the 1940 Act to require pass-through voting privileges
for variable contract owners.  The Company reserves the right to vote Fund
shares held in any segregated asset



                                      7

<PAGE>


account in its own right, to the extent permitted by law.  Participating 
Insurance Companies shall be responsible for assuring that each of their 
separate accounts participating in the Fund calculates voting privileges in a 
manner consistent with the standards set forth on Schedule B attached hereto 
and incorporated herein by this reference, which standards will also be 
provided to the other Participating Insurance Companies.

         3.5.  The Fund will comply with all provisions of the 1940 Act 
requiring voting by shareholders, and in particular the Fund will either 
provide for annual meetings or comply with Section 16(c) of the 1940 Act 
(although the Fund is not one of the trusts described in Section 16(c) of 
that Act) as well as with Sections 16(a) and, if and when applicable, 16(b).  
Further, the Fund will act in accordance with the Securities and Exchange 
Commission's interpretation of the requirements of Section 16(a) with respect 
to periodic elections of trustees and with whatever rules the Commission may 
promulgate with respect thereto.


                  ARTICLE IV.  SALES MATERIAL AND INFORMATION

         4.1.  The Company shall furnish, or shall cause to be furnished, to 
the Fund or its designee, each piece of sales literature or other promotional 
material in which the Fund or its investment adviser or the Underwriter is 
named, at least fifteen Business Days prior to its use.  No such material 
shall be used if the Fund or its designee reasonably objects to such use 
within fifteen Business Days after receipt of such material.  Upon reasonable 
request from the Company, the Fund or its designee will provide an 
affirmative acceptance of satisfactory sales literature or other promotional 
material.

         4.2.  The Company shall not give any information or make any 
representations or statements on behalf of the Fund or concerning the Fund in 
connection with the sale of the Contracts other than the information or 
representations contained in the registration statement or prospectus for the 
Fund shares, as such registration statement and prospectus may be amended or 
supplemented from time to time, or in reports or proxy statements for the 
Fund, or in sales literature or other promotional material approved by the 
Fund or its designee or by the Underwriter, except with the permission of the 
Fund or the Underwriter or the designee of either.

         4.3.  The Fund, Underwriter, or its designee shall furnish, or shall 
cause to be furnished, to the Company or its designee, each piece of sales 
literature or other promotional material in which the Company and/or its 
separate account(s), is named at least fifteen Business Days prior to its 
use. No such material shall be used if the Company or its designee reasonably 
objects to such use within fifteen Business Days after receipt of such 
material.





                                      8


<PAGE>


         4.4.  The Fund and the Underwriter shall not give any information or 
make any representations on behalf of the Company or concerning the Company, 
each Account, or the Contracts other than the information or representations 
contained in a registration statement or prospectus for the Contracts, as 
such registration statement and prospectus may be amended or supplemented 
from time to time, or in published reports for each Account which are in the 
public domain or approved by the Company for distribution to Contract owners, 
or in sales literature or other promotional material approved by the Company 
or its designee, except with the permission of the Company.

         4.5.  The Fund will provide to the Company at least one complete 
copy of all registration statements, prospectuses, Statements of Additional 
Information, reports, proxy statements, sales literature and other 
promotional materials, applications for exemptions, requests for no-action 
letters, and all amendments to any of the above, that relate to the Fund or 
its shares, contemporaneously with the filing of such document with the 
Securities and Exchange Commission or other regulatory authorities.

         4.6.  The Company will provide to the Fund at least one complete 
copy of all registration statements, prospectuses, Statements of Additional 
Information, reports, solicitations for voting instructions, sales literature 
and other promotional materials, applications for exemptions, requests for no 
action letters, and all amendments to any of the above, that relate to the 
Contracts or each Account, contemporaneously with the filing of such document 
with the SEC or other regulatory authorities.

         4.7.  For purposes of this Article IV, the phrase "sales literature 
or other promotional material" includes, but is not limited to, any of the 
following that refer to the Fund or any affiliate of the Fund:  
advertisements (such as material published, or designed for use in, a 
newspaper, magazine, or other periodical, radio, television, telephone or 
tape recording, videotape display, signs or billboards, motion pictures, or 
other public media), sales literature (I.E., any written communication 
distributed or made generally available to customers or the public, including 
brochures, circulars, research reports, market letters, form letters, seminar 
texts, reprints or excerpts of any other advertisement, sales literature, or 
published article), educational or training materials or other communications 
distributed or made generally available to some or all agents or employees, 
and registration statements, prospectuses, Statements of Additional 
Information, shareholder reports, and proxy materials.



                        ARTICLE V.  FEES AND EXPENSES

         5.1.  The Fund and Underwriter shall pay no fee or other 
compensation to the Company under this agreement, except that if the Fund or 
any Portfolio adopts and implements a plan pursuant to Rule 12b-1 to finance 
distribution expenses, then the Underwriter may make payments to the Company 
or to the underwriter for the Contracts if and in amounts agreed to by the 
Underwriter in writing and such payments will be made out of existing fees 
otherwise payable to the Underwriter, past profits of the Underwriter 



                                     9

<PAGE>

or other resources available to the Underwriter.  No such payments shall be 
made directly by the Fund. Currently, no such payments are contemplated.

         5.2.  All expenses incident to performance by the Fund under this
Agreement shall be paid by the Fund.  The Fund shall see to it that all its
shares are registered and authorized for issuance in accordance with applicable
federal law and, if and to the extent deemed advisable by the Fund, in
accordance with applicable state laws prior to their sale.  The Fund shall bear
the expenses for the cost of registration and qualification of the Fund's
shares, preparation and filing of the Fund's prospectus and registration
statement, proxy materials and reports, setting the prospectus in type, setting
in type and printing the proxy materials and reports to shareholders (including
the costs of printing a prospectus that constitutes an annual report), the
preparation of all statements and notices required by any federal or state law,
and all taxes on the issuance or transfer of the Fund's shares.

         5.3.  The Company shall bear the expenses of distributing the Fund's
prospectus, proxy materials and reports to owners of Contracts issued by the
Company.



                          ARTICLE VI.  DIVERSIFICATION

         6.1.  The Fund will at all times invest money from the Contracts in
such a manner as to ensure that the Contracts will be treated as variable
contracts under the Code and the regulations issued thereunder.  Without
limiting the scope of the foregoing, the Fund will at all times comply with
Section 817(h) of the Code and Treasury Regulation 1.817-5, relating to the
diversification requirements for variable annuity, endowment, or life insurance
contracts and any amendments or other modifications to such Section or
Regulations.  In the event of a breach of this Article VI by the Fund, it will
take all reasonable steps (a) to notify Company of such breach and (b) to
adequately diversify the Fund so as to achieve compliance with the grace period
afforded by Regulation 1.817-5.


                         ARTICLE VII.  POTENTIAL CONFLICTS

         7.1.  The Board will monitor the Fund for the existence of any 
material irreconcilable conflict between the interests of the contract owners 
of all separate accounts investing in the Fund.  An irreconcilable material 
conflict may arise for a variety of reasons, including:  (a) an action by any 
state insurance regulatory authority; (b) a change in applicable federal or 
state insurance, tax, or securities laws or regulations, or a public ruling, 
private letter ruling, no-action or interpretative letter, or any similar 
action by insurance, tax, or securities regulatory authorities; (c) an 
administrative or judicial decision in any relevant proceeding; (d) the 
manner in which the investments of any Portfolio are being managed; (e) a 
difference in voting instructions given by variable annuity contract



                                     10


<PAGE>


and variable life insurance contract owners; or (f) a decision by an insurer 
to disregard the voting instructions of contract owners.  The Board shall 
promptly inform the Company if it determines that an irreconcilable material 
conflict exists and the implications thereof.

         7.2.  The Company will report any potential or existing conflicts of
which it is aware to the Board.  The Company will assist the Board in carrying
out its responsibilities under the Shared Funding Exemptive Order, by providing
the Board with all information reasonably necessary for the Board to consider
any issues raised.  This includes, but is not limited to, an obligation by the
Company to inform the Board whenever contract owner voting instructions are
disregarded.

         7.3.  If it is determined by a majority of the Board, or a majority 
of its disinterested trustees, that a material irreconcilable conflict 
exists, the Company and other Participating Insurance Companies shall, at 
their expense and to the extent reasonably practicable (as determined by a 
majority of the disinterested trustees), take whatever steps are necessary to 
remedy or eliminate the irreconcilable material conflict, up to and 
including:  (1), withdrawing the assets allocable to some or all of the 
separate accounts from the Fund or any Portfolio and reinvesting such assets 
in a different investment medium, including (but not limited to) another 
Portfolio of the Fund, or submitting the question whether such segregation 
should be implemented to a vote of all affected Contract owners and, as 
appropriate, segregating the assets of any appropriate group (I.E., annuity 
contract owners, life insurance contract owners, or variable contract owners 
of one or more Participating Insurance Companies) that votes in favor of such 
segregation, or offering to the affected contract owners the option of making 
such a change; and (2), establishing a new registered management investment 
company or managed separate account.


         7.4.  If a material irreconcilable conflict arises because of a 
decision by the Company to disregard contract owner voting instructions and 
that decision represents a minority position or would preclude a majority 
vote, the Company may be required, at the Fund's election, to withdraw the 
affected Account's investment in the Fund and terminate this Agreement with 
respect to such Account; provided, however that such withdrawal and 
termination shall be limited to the extent required by the foregoing material 
irreconcilable conflict as determined by a majority of the disinterested 
members of the Board.  Any such withdrawal and termination must take place 
within six (6) months after the Fund gives written notice that this provision 
is being implemented, and until the end of that six month period the 
Underwriter and Fund shall continue to accept and implement orders by the 
Company for the purchase (and redemption) of shares of the Fund.

         7.5.  If a material irreconcilable conflict arises because a 
particular state insurance regulator's decision applicable to the Company 
conflicts with the majority of other state regulators, then the Company will 
withdraw the affected Account's investment in the Fund and terminate this 
Agreement with respect to such Account within six months after the Board 
informs the Company in writing that it has determined that such decision has 
created an irreconcilable material conflict; provided, however, that such 
withdrawal



                                     11


<PAGE>

and termination shall be limited to the extent required by the foregoing 
material irreconcilable conflict as determined by a majority of the 
disinterested members of the Board. Until the end of the foregoing six month 
period, the Underwriter and Fund shall continue to accept and implement 
orders by the Company for the purchase (and redemption) of shares of the Fund.

         7.6.  For purposes of Sections 7.3 through 7.6 of this Agreement, a 
majority of the disinterested members of the Board shall determine whether 
any proposed action adequately remedies any irreconcilable material conflict, 
but in no event will the Fund be required to establish a new funding medium 
for the Contracts.  The Company shall not be required by Section 7.3 to 
establish a new funding medium for the Contracts if an offer to do so has 
been declined by vote of a majority of Contract owners materially adversely 
affected by the irreconcilable material conflict. In the event that the Board 
determines that any proposed action does not adequately remedy any 
irreconcilable material conflict, then the Company will withdraw the 
Account's investment in the Fund and terminate this Agreement within six (6) 
months after the Board informs the Company in writing of the foregoing 
determination, provided, however, that such withdrawal and termination shall 
be limited to the extent required by any such material irreconcilable 
conflict as determined by a majority of the disinterested members of the 
Board.

         7.7.  If and to the extent that Rule 6e-2 and Rule 6e-3(T) are 
amended, or Rule 6e-3 is adopted, to provide exemptive relief from any 
provision of the Act or the rules promulgated thereunder with respect to 
mixed or shared funding (as defined in the Shared Funding Exemptive Order) on 
terms and conditions materially different from those contained in the Shared 
Funding Exemptive Order, then (a) the Fund and/or the Participating Insurance 
Companies, as appropriate, shall take such steps as may be necessary to 
comply with Rules 6e-2 and 6e-3(T), as amended, and Rule 6e-3, as adopted, to 
the extent such rules are applicable; and (b) Sections 3.4, 3.5, 7.1, 7.2, 
7.3, 7.4, and 7.5 of this Agreement shall continue in effect only to the 
extent that terms and conditions substantially identical to such Sections are 
contained in such Rule(s) as so amended or adopted.


                      ARTICLE VIII.  INDEMNIFICATION

         8.1.  INDEMNIFICATION BY THE COMPANY

         8.1(a).  The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Fund 
and each trustee of the Board and officers and each person, if any, who 
controls the Fund within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act 
(collectively, the "Indemnified Parties" for purposes of this Section 8.1) 
against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities (including amounts 
paid in settlement with the written consent of the Company) or litigation 
(including legal and other expenses), to which the Indemnified Parties may 
become subject under any statute, regulation, at common law or otherwise, 
insofar as such


                                     12


<PAGE>


losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses (or actions in respect 
thereof) or settlements are related to the sale or acquisition of the Fund's 
shares or the Contracts and:

            (i)  arise out of or are based upon any untrue statements or
         alleged untrue statements of any material fact contained in the
         Registration Statement or prospectus for the Contracts or contained 
         in the Contracts or sales literature for the Contracts (or any 
         amendment or supplement to any of the foregoing), or arise out of 
         or are based upon the omission or the alleged omission to state 
         therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary 
         to make the statements therein not misleading, provided that this 
         agreement to indemnify shall not apply as to any Indemnified Party 
         if such statement or omission or such alleged statement or omission 
         was made in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished
         to the Company by or on behalf of the Fund for use in the Registration
         Statement or prospectus for the Contracts or in the Contracts or 
         sales literature (or any amendment or supplement) or otherwise for use 
         in connection with the sale of the Contracts or Fund shares; or
         
            (ii)  arise out of or as a result of statements or representations
         (other than statements or representations contained in the
         Registration Statement, prospectus or sales literature of the Fund not
         supplied by the Company, or persons under its control) or wrongful 
         conduct of the Company or persons under its control, with respect to 
         the sale or distribution of the Contracts or Fund Shares; or 
         
            (iii)  arise out of any untrue statement or alleged untrue
         statement of a material fact contained in a Registration Statement,
         prospectus, or sales literature of the Fund or any amendment thereof
         or supplement thereto or the omission or alleged omission to state 
         therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to
         make the statements therein not misleading if such a statement or 
         omission was made in reliance upon information furnished to the Fund 
         by or on behalf of the Company; or
         
            (iv)  arise as a result of any failure by the Company to provide
         the services and furnish the materials under the terms of this 
         Agreement; or
         
            (v)  arise out of or result from any material breach of any
         representation and/or warranty made by the Company in this Agreement
         or arise out of or result from any other material breach of this
         Agreement by the Company, as limited by and in accordance with the 
         provisions of Sections 8.1(b) and 8.1(c) hereof.
         
            8.1(b).  The Company shall not be liable under this indemnification
         provision with respect to any losses, claims, damages, liabilities or
         litigation incurred or assessed against an Indemnified Party as such
         may arise from



                                     13

<PAGE>

         such Indemnified Party's willful misfeasance, bad faith,
         or gross negligence in the performance of such Indemnified Party's
         duties or by reason of such Indemnified Party's reckless disregard of
         obligations or duties under this Agreement or to the Fund, whichever
         is  applicable.

            8.1(c).  The Company shall not be liable under this indemnification
         provision with respect to any claim made against an Indemnified Party
         unless such Indemnified Party shall have notified the Company in
         writing within a reasonable time after the summons or other first legal
         process giving information of the nature of the claim shall have been
         served upon such Indemnified Party (or after such Indemnified Party
         shall have received notice of such service on any designated agent),
         but failure to notify the Company of any such claim shall not relieve
         the Company from any liability which it may have to the Indemnified
         Party against whom such action is brought otherwise than on account of
         this indemnification provision.  In case any such action is brought
         against the Indemnified Parties, the Company shall be entitled to
         participate, at its own expense, in the defense of such action.  The
         Company also shall be entitled to assume the defense thereof, with
         counsel satisfactory to the party named in the action.  After notice
         from the Company to such party of the Company's election to assume the
         defense thereof, the Indemnified Party shall bear the fees and
         expenses of any additional counsel retained by it, and the Company 
         will not be liable to such party under this Agreement for any legal 
         or other expenses subsequently incurred by such party independently in
         connection with the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of
         investigation.

            8.1(d).  The Indemnified Parties will promptly notify the Company
         of the commencement of any litigation or proceedings against them in
         connection with the issuance or sale of the Fund Shares or the
         Contracts or the operation of the Fund.


            8.2. INDEMNIFICATION BY THE UNDERWRITER

            8.2(a).  The Underwriter agrees to indemnify and hold harmless 
the Company and each of its directors and officers and each person, if any, 
who controls the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act 
(collectively, the "Indemnified Parties" for purposes of this Section 8.2) 
against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities (including amounts 
paid in settlement with the written consent of the Underwriter) or litigation 
(including legal and other expenses) to which the Indemnified Parties may 
become subject under any statute, at common law or otherwise, insofar as such 
losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses (or actions in respect 
thereof) or settlements are related to the sale or acquisition of the Fund's 
shares or the Contracts and: 

                                     14


<PAGE>


            (i)    arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or 
                   alleged untrue statement of any material fact contained in 
                   the Registration Statement or prospectus or sales literature 
                   of the Fund (or any amendment or supplement to any of the 
                   foregoing), or arise out of or are based upon the omission 
                   or the alleged omission to state therein a material fact 
                   required to be stated therein or necessary to make the 
                   statements therein not misleading, provided that this 
                   agreement to indemnify shall not apply as to any Indemnified 
                   Party if such statement or omission or such alleged 
                   statement or omission was made in reliance upon and in 
                   conformity with information furnished to the Underwriter or 
                   Fund by or on behalf of the Company for use in the 
                   Registration Statement or prospectus for the Fund or in 
                   sales literature (or any amendment or supplement) or 
                   otherwise for use in connection with the sale of the 
                   Contracts or Fund shares; or 

            (ii)   arise out of or as a result of statements or 
                   representations (other than statements or representations 
                   contained in the Registration Statement, prospectus or sales
                   literature for the Contracts not supplied by the Underwriter 
                   or persons under its control) or wrongful conduct of the 
                   Fund, Adviser or Underwriter or persons under their control, 
                   with respect to the sale or distribution of the Contracts 
                   or Fund shares; or

            (iii)  arise out of any untrue statement or alleged untrue 
                   statement of a material fact contained in a Registration 
                   Statement, prospectus, or sales literature covering the
                   Contracts, or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto, or
                   the omission or alleged omission to state therein a 
                   material fact required to be stated therein or necessary 
                   to make the statement or statements therein not 
                   misleading, if such statement or omission was made in 
                   reliance upon information furnished to the Company by or 
                   on behalf of the Fund; or 

            (iv)   arise as a result of any failure by the Fund to provide 
                   the services and furnish the materials under the terms of 
                   this Agreement (including a failure, whether unintentional 
                   or in good faith or otherwise, to comply with the 
                   diversification requirements specified in Article VI of 
                   this Agreement); or 

            (v)    arise out of or result from any material breach of any 
                   representation and/or warranty made by the Underwriter in 
                   this Agreement or arise out of or result from any other 
                   material breach of this Agreement by the Underwriter; as 
                   limited by and in accordance with the provisions of 
                   Sections 8.2(b) and 8.2(c) hereof.



                                     15

<PAGE>


            8.2(b).  The Underwriter shall not be liable under this 
         indemnification provision with respect to any losses, claims, 
         damages, liabilities or litigation to which an Indemnified Party 
         would otherwise be subject by reason of such Indemnified Party's 
         willful misfeasance, bad faith, or gross negligence in the 
         performance of such Indemnified Party's duties or by reason of such 
         Indemnified Party's reckless disregard of obligations and duties 
         under this Agreement or to each Company or the Account, whichever is 
         applicable. 

            8.2(c).  The Underwriter shall not be liable under this 
         indemnification provision with respect to any claim made against an 
         Indemnified Party unless such Indemnified Party shall have notified 
         the Underwriter in writing within a reasonable time after the 
         summons or other first legal process giving information of the 
         nature of the claim shall have been served upon such Indemnified 
         Party (or after such Indemnified Party shall have received notice of 
         such service on any designated agent), but failure to notify the 
         Underwriter of any such claim shall not relieve the Underwriter from 
         any liability which it may have to the Indemnified Party against 
         whom such action is brought otherwise than on account of this 
         indemnification provision.  In case any such action is brought 
         against the Indemnified Parties, the Underwriter will be entitled to 
         participate, at its own expense, in the defense thereof.  The 
         Underwriter also shall be entitled to assume the defense thereof, 
         with counsel satisfactory to the party named in the action.  After 
         notice from the Underwriter to such party of the Underwriter's 
         election to assume the defense thereof, the Indemnified Party shall 
         bear the fees and expenses of any additional counsel retained by it, 
         and the Underwriter will not be liable to such party under this 
         Agreement for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by 
         such party independently in connection with the defense thereof 
         other than reasonable costs of investigation.

            8.2(d).  The Company agrees promptly to notify the Underwriter of 
         the commencement of any litigation or proceedings against it or any 
         of its officers or directors in connection with the issuance or sale 
         of the Contracts or the operation of each Account.

            8.3.  INDEMNIFICATION BY THE FUND

            8.3(a).  The Fund agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the 
         Company, and each of its directors and officers and each person, if 
         any, who controls the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of 
         the 1933 Act (collectively, the "Indemnified Parties" for purposes 
         of this Section 8.3) against any and all losses, claims, damages, 
         liabilities (including amounts paid in settlement with the written 
         consent of the Fund) or litigation (including legal and other 
         expenses) to which the Indemnified Parties may become subject under 
         any statute, at common law or otherwise, insofar as such losses, 
         claims, damages, liabilities or expenses (or actions in respect 
         thereof) or settlements result from the gross negligence, bad faith 
         or willful misconduct of the Board or any member thereof, are 
         related to the operations of the Fund and:

               (i)    arise as a result of any failure by the Fund to provide 
                      the services and furnish the materials under the terms 
                      of this Agreement



                                     16

<PAGE>


                      (including a failure to comply with the diversification 
                      requirements specified in Article VI of this 
                      Agreement);or 

               (ii)   arise out of or result from any material breach of any 
                      representation and/or warranty made by the Fund in this 
                      Agreement or arise out of or result from any other 
                      material breach of this Agreement by the Fund;

as limited by and in accordance with the provisions of Sections 8.3(b) and 
8.3(c) hereof.

            8.3(b).  The Fund shall not be liable under this indemnification 
         provision with respect to any losses, claims, damages, liabilities 
         or litigation incurred or assessed against an Indemnified Party as 
         such may arise from such Indemnified Party's willful misfeasance, 
         bad faith, or gross negligence in the performance of such 
         Indemnified Party's duties or by reason of such Indemnified Party's 
         reckless disregard of obligations and duties under this Agreement or 
         to the Company, the Fund, the Underwriter or each Account, whichever 
         is applicable.

            8.3(c).  The Fund shall not be liable under this indemnification 
         provision with respect to any claim made against an Indemnified 
         Party unless such Indemnified Party shall have notified the Fund in 
         writing within a reasonable time after the summons or other first 
         legal process giving information of the nature of the claim shall 
         have been served upon such Indemnified Party (or after such 
         Indemnified Party shall have received notice of such service on any 
         designated agent), but failure to notify the Fund of any such claim 
         shall not relieve the Fund from any liability which it may have to 
         the Indemnified Party against whom such action is brought otherwise 
         than on account of this indemnification provision.  In case any such 
         action is brought against the Indemnified Parties, the Fund will be 
         entitled to participate, at its own expense, in the defense thereof. 
         The Fund also shall be entitled to assume the defense thereof, with 
         counsel satisfactory to the party named in the action.  After notice 
         from the Fund to such party of the Fund's election to assume the 
         defense thereof, the Indemnified Party shall bear the fees and 
         expenses of any additional counsel retained by it, and the Fund will 
         not be liable to such party under this Agreement for any legal or 
         other expenses subsequently incurred by such party independently in 
         connection with the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of 
         investigation. 

            8.3(d).  The Company and the Underwriter agree promptly to notify 
         the Fund of the commencement of any litigation or proceedings 
         against it or any of its respective officers or directors in 
         connection with this Agreement, the issuance or sale of the 
         Contracts, with respect to the operation of either Account, or the 
         sale or acquisition of shares of the Fund.


                          ARTICLE IX. APPLICABLE LAW



                                     17

<PAGE>



            9.1.     This Agreement shall be construed and the provisions 
         hereof interpreted under and in accordance with the laws of the 
         Commonwealth of Massachusetts.

            9.2.     This Agreement shall be subject to the provisions of the 
         1933, 1934 and 1940 acts, and the rules and regulations and rulings 
         thereunder, including such exemptions from those statutes, rules and 
         regulations as the Securities and Exchange Commission may grant 
         (including, but not limited to, the Shared Funding Exemptive Order) 
         and the terms hereof shall be interpreted and construed in 
         accordance therewith. 


                            ARTICLE X. TERMINATION

            10.1.    This Agreement shall continue in full force and effect 
         until the first to occur of:

             (a)   termination by any party for any reason by sixty (60) days 
                   advance written notice delivered to the other parties; or 

             (b)   termination by the Company by written notice to the Fund 
                   and the Underwriter with respect to any Portfolio based 
                   upon the Company's determination that shares of such 
                   Portfolio are not reasonably available to meet the 
                   requirements of the Contracts; or

             (c)   termination by the Company by written notice to the Fund 
                   and the Underwriter with respect to any Portfolio in the 
                   event any of the Portfolio's shares are not registered, 
                   issued or sold in accordance with applicable state and/or 
                   federal law or such law precludes the use of such shares 
                   as the underlying investment media of the Contracts issued 
                   or to be issued by the Company; or

              (d)  termination by the Company by written notice to the Fund 
                   and the Underwriter with respect to any Portfolio in the 
                   event that such Portfolio ceases to qualify as a Regulated 
                   Investment Company under Subchapter M of the Code or under 
                   any successor or similar provision, or if the Company 
                   reasonably believes that the Fund may fail to so qualify; 
                   or 

             (e)   termination by the Company by written notice to the Fund 
                   and the Underwriter with respect to any Portfolio in the 
                   event that such Portfolio fails to meet the 
                   diversification requirements specified in Article VI 
                   hereof; or 



                                     18

<PAGE>


             (f)   termination by either the Fund or the Underwriter by 
                   written notice to the Company, if either one or both of 
                   the Fund or the Underwriter respectively, shall determine, 
                   in their sole judgment exercised in good faith, that the 
                   Company and/or its affiliated companies has suffered a 
                   material adverse change in its business, operations, 
                   financial condition or prospects since the date of this 
                   Agreement or is the subject of material adverse publicity; 
                   or 

             (g)   termination by the Company by written notice to the Fund 
                   and the Underwriter, if the Company shall determine, in 
                   its sole judgment exercised in good faith, that either the 
                   Fund or the Underwriter has suffered a material adverse 
                   change in its business, operations, financial condition or 
                   prospects since the date of this Agreement or is the 
                   subject of material adverse publicity; or

             (h)   termination by the Fund or the Underwriter by written 
                   notice to the Company, if the Company gives the Fund and the 
                   Underwriter the written notice specified in Section 1.6(b) 
                   hereof and at the time such notice was given there was no 
                   notice of termination outstanding under any other 
                   provision of this Agreement; provided, however any 
                   termination under this Section 10.1(h) shall be effective 
                   forty five (45) days after the notice specified in
                   Section 1.6(b) was given.

            10.2.    EFFECT OF TERMINATION.  Notwithstanding any termination 
         of this Agreement, the Fund and the Underwriter shall at the option 
         of the Company, continue to make available additional shares of the 
         Fund pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, for all 
         Contracts in effect on the effective date of termination of this 
         Agreement (hereinafter referred to as "Existing Contracts").  
         Specifically, without limitation, the owners of the Existing 
         Contracts shall be permitted to reallocate investments in the Fund, 
         redeem investments in the Fund and/or invest in the Fund upon the 
         making of additional purchase payments under the Existing Contracts. 
         The parties agree that this Section 10.2 shall not apply to any 
         terminations under Article VII and the effect of such Article VII 
         terminations shall be governed by Article VII of this Agreement.

            10.3     The Company shall not redeem Fund shares attributable to 
         the Contracts (as opposed to Fund shares attributable to the 
         Company's assets held in the Account) except (i) as necessary to 
         implement Contract Owner initiated or approved transactions, or (ii) 
         as required by state and/or federal laws or regulations or judicial 
         or other legal precedent of general application (hereinafter 
         referred to as a "Legally Required Redemption") or (iii) as 
         permitted by an order of the SEC pursuant to Section 26(b) of the 
         1940 Act. Upon request, the Company will promptly furnish to the 
         Fund and the Underwriter the opinion of counsel for the Company 
         (which counsel shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Fund and the 
         Underwriter) to the effect that any redemption pursuant to clause 
         (ii) above is a Legally Required Redemption.  Furthermore, except in 
         cases where permitted under the terms of the Contracts, the Company 
         shall not prevent Contract Owners from allocating payments to a 
         Portfolio that was otherwise available under the Contracts without 
         first giving the Fund or the Underwriter 90 days notice of its 
         intention to do so.



                                     19

<PAGE>


                              ARTICLE XI.NOTICES

            Any notice shall be sufficiently given when sent by registered or 
         certified mail to the other party at the address of such party set 
         forth below or at such other address as such party may from time to 
         time specify in writing to the other party.

            If to the Fund:
                82 Devonshire Street
                Boston, Massachusetts  02109
                Attention:  Treasurer

            If to the Company:
                American Maturity Life Insurance Company
                200 Hopmeadow Street
                Simsbury, CT  06089
                Attention:  President

            If to the Underwriter:
                82 Devonshire Street
                Boston, Massachusetts  02109
                Attention:  Treasurer


                          ARTICLE XII.  MISCELLANEOUS

            12.1     All persons dealing with the Fund must look solely to 
         the property of the Fund for the enforcement of any claims against 
         the Fund as neither the Board, officers, agents or shareholders 
         assume any personal liability for obligations entered into on behalf 
         of the Fund. 

            12.2     Subject to the requirements of legal process and 
         regulatory authority, each party hereto shall treat as confidential 
         the names and addresses of the owners of the Contracts and all 
         information reasonably identified as confidential in writing by any 
         other party hereto and, except as permitted by this Agreement, shall 
         not disclose, disseminate or utilize such names and addresses and 
         other confidential information until such time as it may come into 
         the public domain without the express written consent of the 
         affected party. 



                                     20

<PAGE>


            12.3     The captions in this Agreement are included for 
         convenience of reference only and in no way define or delineate any 
         of the provisions hereof or otherwise affect their construction or 
         effect. 

            12.4     This Agreement may be executed simultaneously in two or 
         more counterparts, each of which taken together shall constitute one 
         and the same instrument.

            12.5     If any provision of this Agreement shall be held or made 
         invalid by a court decision, statute, rule or otherwise, the 
         remainder of the Agreement shall not be affected thereby.

            12.6     Each party hereto shall cooperate with each other party 
         and all appropriate governmental authorities (including without 
         limitation the SEC, the NASD and state insurance regulators) and 
         shall permit such authorities reasonable access to its books and 
         records in connection with any investigation or inquiry relating to 
         this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby. 
         Notwithstanding the generality of the foregoing, each party hereto 
         further agrees to furnish the California Insurance Commissioner with 
         any information or reports in connection with services provided 
         under this Agreement which such Commissioner may request in order to 
         ascertain whether the insurance operations of the Company are being 
         conducted in a manner consistent with the California Insurance 
         Regulations and any other applicable law or regulations. 

            12.7     The rights, remedies and obligations contained in this 
         Agreement are cumulative and are in addition to any and all rights, 
         remedies and obligations, at law or in equity, which the parties 
         hereto are entitled to under state and federal laws.

            12.8.    This Agreement or any of the rights and obligations 
         hereunder may not be assigned by any party without the prior written 
         consent of all parties hereto; provided, however, that the 
         Underwriter may assign this Agreement or any rights or obligations 
         hereunder to any affiliate of or company under common control with 
         the Underwriter, if such assignee is duly licensed and registered to 
         perform the obligations of the Underwriter under this Agreement.

            12.9.    The Company shall furnish, or shall cause to be 
         furnished, to the Fund or its designee copies of the following 
         reports:

              (a)  the Company's annual statement (prepared under statutory 
                   accounting principles) and annual report (prepared under 
                   generally accepted accounting principles ("GAAP"), if 
                   any), as soon as practical and in any event within 90 days 
                   after the end of each fiscal year;

              (b)  the Company's quarterly statements (statutory) (and GAAP, 
                   if any), as soon as practical and in any event within 45 
                   days after the end of each quarterly period:



                                     21

<PAGE>


              (c)  any financial statement, proxy statement, notice or report 
                   of the Company sent to stockholders and/or policyholders, 
                   as soon as practical after the delivery thereof to 
                   stockholders;

              (d)  any registration statement (without exhibits) and 
                   financial reports of the Company filed with the Securities 
                   and Exchange Commission or any state insurance regulator, 
                   as soon as practical after the filing thereof;

              (e)  any other report submitted to the Company by independent 
                   accountants in connection with any annual, interim or 
                   special audit made by them of the books of the Company, as 
                   soon as practical after the receipt thereof. 

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties hereto has caused this 
Agreement to be executed in its name and on its behalf by its duly authorized 
representative and its seal to be hereunder affixed hereto as of the date
specified below.


         AMERICAN MATURITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

         By:    \S\ JOSEPH J. NOTO
            ------------------------------------
                 Joseph J. Noto
                 President


         VARIABLE INSURANCE PRODUCTS FUND II

         By:    \s\ J. Gary Burkhead
            ------------------------------------
                 J. Gary Burkhead
                 Senior Vice President

         FIDELITY DISTRIBUTORS CORPORATION

         By:    \s\ Neal Litvack
            ------------------------------------
                 Neal Litvack
                 President 



                                     22

<PAGE>



                                  SCHEDULE A

                  SEPARATE ACCOUNTS AND ASSOCIATED CONTRACTS


Name of Separate Account and                Policy Form Numbers of Contracts
Funded
DATE ESTABLISHED BY BOARD OF DIRECTORS      BY SEPARATE ACCOUNT

AMLVA                                       AML96VAMC
(February 28, 1996)



                                     23

<PAGE>


                                  SCHEDULE B
                            PROXY VOTING PROCEDURE


The following is a list of procedures and corresponding responsibilities for 
the handling of proxies relating to the Fund by the Underwriter, the Fund and 
the Company.  The defined terms herein shall have the meanings assigned in 
the Participation Agreement except that the term "Company" shall also include 
the department or third party assigned by the Insurance Company to perform 
the steps delineated below.

1.  The number of proxy proposals is given to the Company by the Underwriter 
    as early as possible before the date set by the Fund for the shareholder 
    meeting to facilitate the establishment of tabulation procedures. At this 
    time the Underwriter will inform the Company of the Record, Mailing and 
    Meeting dates. This will be done verbally approximately two months before 
    meeting.

2.  Promptly after the Record Date, the Company will perform a "tape run", 
    or other activity, which will generate the names, addresses and number of 
    units which are attributed to each contractowner/policyholder (the 
    "Customer") as of the Record Date.  Allowance should be made for account 
    adjustments made after this date that could affect the status of the
    Customers' accounts as of the Record Date.

    Note:   The number of proxy statements is determined by the activities 
    described in Step #2.  The Company will use its best efforts to call in the 
    number of Customers to Fidelity, as soon as possible, but no later than two
    weeks after the Record Date.

3.  The Fund's Annual Report no longer needs to be sent to each Customer by
    the Company either before or together with the Customers' receipt of a
    proxy statement. Underwriter will provide the last Annual Report to the 
    Company pursuant to the terms of Section 3.3 of the Agreement to which 
    this Schedule relates.

4.  The text and format for the Voting Instruction Cards ("Cards" or "Card") 
    is provided to the Company by the Fund.  The Company, at its expense, shall
    produce and personalize the Voting Instruction Cards.  The Legal Department
    of the Underwriter or its affiliate ("Fidelity Legal") must approve the
    Card before it is printed. Allow approximately 2-4 business days for 
    printing information on the Cards.  Information commonly found on the 
    Cards includes:
         a.  name (legal name as found on account registration)
         b.  address
         c.  Fund or account number
         d.  coding to state number of units 
         e.  individual Card number for use in tracking and verification of 
             votes (already on Cards as printed by the Fund)
    (This and related steps may occur later in the chronological process due 
    to possible uncertainties relating to the proposals.)



                                     24

<PAGE>


5.  During this time, Fidelity Legal will develop, produce, and the Fund will 
    pay for the Notice of Proxy and the Proxy Statement (one document). 
    Printed and folded notices and statements will be sent to Company for 
    insertion into envelopes (envelopes and return envelopes are provided and 
    paid for by the Insurance Company).  Contents of envelope sent to 
    Customers by Company will include: 

         a.  Voting Instruction Card(s)
         b.  One proxy notice and statement (one document)
         c.  return envelope (postage pre-paid by Company) addressed to the 
             Company or its tabulation agent 
         d.  "urge buckslip" - optional, but recommended. (This is a small, 
             single sheet of paper that requests Customers to vote as quickly 
             as possible and that their vote is important.  One copy will be 
             supplied by the Fund.)
         e.  cover letter - optional, supplied by Company and reviewed and 
             approved in advance by Fidelity Legal.

6.  The above contents should be received by the Company approximately 3-5 
    business days before mail date. Individual in charge at Company reviews 
    and approves the contents of the mailing package to ensure correctness 
    and completeness. Copy of this approval sent to Fidelity Legal.

7.  Package mailed by the Company.
    *   The Fund MUST allow at least a 15-day solicitation time to the 
        Company as the shareowner. (A 5-week period is recommended.) 
        Solicitation time is calculated as calendar days from (but NOT 
        including) the meeting, counting backwards.

8.  Collection and tabulation of Cards begins. Tabulation usually takes place 
    in another department or another vendor depending on process used. An 
    often used procedure is to sort Cards on arrival by proposal into vote 
    categories of all yes, no, or mixed replies, and to begin data entry.

    Note:  Postmarks are not generally needed. A need for postmark 
    information would be due to an insurance company's internal procedure and 
    has not been required by Fidelity in the past.

9.  Signatures on Card checked against legal name on account registration 
    which was printed on the Card.

    Note:  For Example, If the account registration is under "Bertram C. 
    Jones, Trustee," then that is the exact legal name to be printed on the 
    Card and is the signature needed on the Card.



                                     25

<PAGE>


10. If Cards are mutilated, or for any reason are illegible or are not signed 
    properly, they are sent back to Customer with an explanatory letter, a 
    new Card and return envelope. The mutilated or illegible Card is 
    disregarded and considered to be NOT RECEIVED for purposes of vote 
    tabulation. Any Cards that have "kicked out" (e.g. mutilated, illegible) 
    of the procedure are "hand verified," i.e., examined as to why they did 
    not complete the system. Any questions on those Cards are usually 
    remedied individually. 

11. There are various control procedures used to ensure proper tabulation of 
    votes and accuracy of that tabulation. The most prevalent is to sort the 
    Cards as they first arrive into categories depending upon their vote; an 
    estimate of how the vote is progressing may then be calculated. If the 
    initial estimates and the actual vote do not coincide, then an internal 
    audit of that vote should occur. This may entail a recount.

12. The actual tabulation of votes is done in units which is then converted 
    to shares. (It is very important that the Fund receives the tabulations 
    stated in terms of a percentage and the number of SHARES.)
    Fidelity Legal must review and approve tabulation format.

13. Final tabulation in shares is verbally given by the Company to Fidelity 
    Legal on the morning of the meeting not later than 10:00 a.m. Boston 
    time. Fidelity Legal may request an earlier deadline if required to 
    calculate the vote in time for the meeting.

14. A Certification of Mailing and Authorization to Vote Shares will be 
    required from the Company as well as an original copy of the final vote. 
    Fidelity Legal will provide a standard form for each Certification. 

15. The Company will be required to box and archive the Cards received from 
    the Customers. In the event that any vote is challenged or if otherwise 
    necessary for legal, regulatory, or accounting purposes, Fidelity Legal 
    will be permitted reasonable access to such Cards.

16. All approvals and "signing-off" may be done orally, but must always be 
    followed up in writing.



                                     26

<PAGE>


                                  SCHEDULE C


Other investment companies currently available under variable annuities or 
variable life insurance issued by the Company:

Scudder
    VL Bond
    Capital Growth
    Growth & Income
    Money Market

Janus
    Aspen Balanced
    Aspen Worldwide Growth



                                      27


<PAGE>

                                                                      EXHIBIT 8

                               JANUS ASPEN SERIES

                          FUND PARTICIPATION AGREEMENT

THIS AGREEMENT is made this ________ day of June, 1996, between JANUS ASPEN 
SERIES, an open-end management investment company organized as a Delaware 
business trust (the "Trust"), and AMERICAN MATURITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY, a 
life insurance company organized under the laws of the State of Connecticut 
(the "Company"), on its own behalf and on behalf of each segregated asset 
account of the Company set forth on Schedule A, as may be amended from time 
to time (the "Accounts").

                              W I T N E S S E T H:

     WHEREAS, the Trust has registered with the Securities and Exchange 
Commission as an open-end management investment company under the Investment 
Company Act of 1940, as amended (the "1940 Act"), and has registered the 
offer and sale of its shares under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended 
(the "1933 Act"); and

     WHEREAS, the Trust desires to act as an investment vehicle for separate 
accounts established for variable life insurance policies and variable 
annuity contracts to be offered by insurance companies that have entered into 
participation agreements with the Trust (the "Participating Insurance 
Companies"); and

     WHEREAS, the beneficial interest in the Trust is divided into several 
series of shares, each series representing an interest in a particular 
managed portfolio of securities and other assets (the "Portfolios"); and

     WHEREAS, the Trust has received an order from the Securities and 
Exchange Commission granting Participating Insurance Companies and their 
separate accounts exemptions from the provisions of Sections 9(a), 13(a), 
15(a) and 15(b) of the 1940 Act, and Rules 6e-2(b)(15) and 6e-3(T)(b)(15) 
thereunder, to the extent necessary to permit shares of the Trust to be sold 
to and held by variable annuity and variable life insurance separate accounts 
of both affiliated and unaffiliated life insurance companies and certain 
qualified pension and retirement plans (the "Exemptive Order"); and

     WHEREAS, the Company has registered or will register (unless 
registration is not required under applicable law) certain variable life 
insurance policies and/or variable annuity contracts under the 1933 Act (the 
"Contracts"); and

     WHEREAS, the Company has registered or will register (unless 
registration is not required under applicable law) each Account as a unit 
investment trust under the 1940 Act; and 

     WHEREAS, the Company desires to utilize shares of one or more Portfolios
as an 


<PAGE>

investment vehicle of the Accounts;

     NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of their mutual promises, the parties 
agree as follows:

                                   ARTICLE I
                             SALE OF TRUST SHARES

     1.1  The Trust shall make shares of its Portfolios available to the 
Accounts at the net asset value next computed after receipt of such purchase 
order by the Trust (or its agent), as established in accordance with the 
provisions of the then current prospectus of the Trust.  Shares of a 
particular Portfolio of the Trust shall be ordered in such quantities and at 
such times as determined by the Company to be necessary to meet the 
requirements of the Contracts.  The Trustees of the Trust (the "Trustees") 
may refuse to sell shares of any Portfolio to any person, or suspend or 
terminate the offering of shares of any Portfolio if such action is required 
by law or by regulatory authorities having jurisdiction or is, in the sole 
discretion of the Trustees acting in good faith and in light of their 
fiduciary duties under federal and any applicable state laws, necessary in 
the best interests of the shareholders of such Portfolio.

     1.2  The Trust will redeem any full or fractional shares of any 
Portfolio when requested by the Company on behalf of an Account at the net 
asset value next computed after receipt by the Trust (or its agent) of the 
request for redemption, as established in accordance with the provisions of 
the then current prospectus of the Trust.  The Trust shall make payment for 
such shares in the manner established from time to time by the Trust, but in 
no event shall payment be delayed for a greater period than is permitted by 
the 1940 Act.

     1.3  For the purposes of Sections 1.1 and 1.2, the Trust hereby appoints 
the Company as its agent for the limited purpose of receiving and accepting 
purchase and redemption orders resulting from investment in and payments 
under the Contracts.  Receipt by the Company shall constitute receipt by the 
Trust provided that i) such orders are received by the Company in good order 
prior to the time the net asset value of each Portfolio is priced in 
accordance with its prospectus and ii) the Trust receives notice of such 
orders by 11:00 a.m. New York time on the next following Business Day.  
"Business Day" shall mean any day on which the New York Stock Exchange is 
open for trading and on which the Trust calculates its net asset value 
pursuant to the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission.

     1.4  Purchase orders that are transmitted to the Trust in accordance 
with Section 1.3 shall be paid no later than 12:00 noon New York time on the 
same Business Day that the Trust receives notice of the order.  Payments 
shall be made in federal funds transmitted by wire.

     1.5  Issuance and transfer of the Trust's shares will be by book entry 
only. Stock certificates will not be issued to the Company or the Account.  
Shares ordered from the Trust will be recorded in the appropriate title for 
each Account or the appropriate subaccount of each Account.

     1.6  The Trust shall furnish prompt notice to the Company of any income 
dividends or


<PAGE>

capital gain distributions payable on the Trust's shares.  The Company hereby 
elects to receive all such income dividends and capital gain distributions as 
are payable on a Portfolio's shares in additional shares of that Portfolio.  
The Trust shall notify the Company of the number of shares so issued as 
payment of such dividends and distributions.

     1.7  The Trust shall make the net asset value per share for each 
Portfolio available to the Company on a daily basis as soon as reasonably 
practical after the net asset value per share is calculated and shall use its 
best efforts to make such net asset value per share available by 6 p.m. New 
York time.

     1.8  The Trust agrees that its shares will be sold only to Participating 
Insurance Companies and their separate accounts and to certain qualified 
pension and retirement plans to the extent permitted by the Exemptive Order.  
No shares of any Portfolio will be sold directly to the general public.  The 
Company agrees that Trust shares will be used only for the purposes of 
funding the Contracts and Accounts listed in Schedule A, as amended from time 
to time.

     1.9  The Trust agrees that all Participating Insurance Companies shall 
have the obligations and responsibilities regarding pass-through voting and 
conflicts of interest corresponding to those contained in Section 2.8 and 
Article IV of this Agreement.

                                 ARTICLE II
                         OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES

     2.1  The Trust shall prepare and be responsible for filing with the 
Securities and Exchange Commission and any state regulators requiring such 
filing all shareholder reports, notices, proxy materials (or similar 
materials such as voting instruction solicitation materials), prospectuses 
and statements of additional information of the Trust.  The Trust shall bear 
the costs of registration and qualification of its shares, preparation and 
filing of the documents listed in this Section 2.1 and all taxes to which an 
issuer is subject on the issuance and transfer of its shares.

     2.2  At the option of the Company, the Trust shall either (a) provide 
the Company (at the Company's expense) with as many copies of the Trust's 
current prospectus, annual report, semi-annual report and other shareholder 
communications, including any amendments or supplements to any of the 
foregoing, as the Company shall reasonably request; or (b) provide the 
Company with a camera ready copy of such documents in a form suitable for 
printing.  The Trust shall provide the Company with a copy of its statement 
of additional information in a form suitable for duplication by the Company.  
The Trust (at its expense) shall provide the Company with copies of any 
Trust-sponsored proxy materials in such quantity as the Company shall 
reasonably require for distribution to Contract owners.

     2.3  The Company shall bear the costs of printing and distributing the 
Trust's prospectus, statement of additional information, shareholder reports 
and other shareholder communications to owners of and applicants for policies 
for which the Trust is serving or is to serve as an investment vehicle.  The 
Company shall bear the costs of distributing proxy materials (or similar 
materials such as voting solicitation instructions) to Contract owners.  The 
Company assumes sole


<PAGE>

responsibility for ensuring that such materials are delivered to Contract 
owners in accordance with applicable federal and state securities laws.

     2.4  The Company agrees and acknowledges that the Trust's adviser, Janus 
Capital Corporation ("Janus Capital"), is the sole owner of the name and mark 
"Janus" and that all use of any designation comprised in whole or part of 
Janus (a "Janus Mark") under this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of 
Janus Capital. Except as provided in Section 2.5, the Company shall not use 
any Janus Mark on its own behalf or on behalf of the Accounts or Contracts in 
any registration statement, advertisement, sales literature or other 
materials relating to the Accounts or Contracts without the prior written 
consent of Janus Capital.  Upon termination of this Agreement for any reason, 
the Company shall cease all use of any Janus Mark(s) as soon as reasonably 
practicable.

     2.5  The Company shall furnish, or cause to be furnished, to the Trust 
or its designee, a copy of each Contract prospectus or statement of 
additional information in which the Trust or its investment adviser is named 
prior to the filing of such document with the Securities and Exchange 
Commission.  The Company shall furnish, or shall cause to be furnished, to 
the Trust or its designee, each piece of sales literature or other 
promotional material in which the Trust or its investment adviser is named, 
at least fifteen Business Days prior to it use.  No such material shall be 
used if the Trust or its designee reasonably objects to such use within 
fifteen Business Days after receipt of such material.

     2.6  The Company shall not give any information or make any 
representations or statements on behalf of the Trust or concerning the Trust 
or its investment adviser in connection with the sale of the Contracts other 
than information or representations contained in and accurately derived from 
the registration statement or prospectus for the Trust shares (as such 
registration statement and prospectus may be amended or supplemented from 
time to time), reports of the Trust, Trust-sponsored proxy statements, or in 
sales literature or other promotional material approved by the Trust or its 
designee, except as required by legal process or regulatory authorities or 
with the written permission of the Trust or its designee.

     2.7  The Trust shall not give any information or make any 
representations or statements on behalf of the Company or concerning the 
Company, the Accounts or the Contracts other than information or 
representations contained in and accurately derived from the registration 
statement or prospectus for the Contracts (as such registration statement and 
prospectus may be amended or supplemented from time to time), or in materials 
approved by the Company for distribution including sales literature or other 
promotional materials, except as required by legal process or regulatory 
authorities or with the written permission of the Company.

     2.8  So long as, and to the extent that the Securities and Exchange 
Commission interprets the 1940 Act to require pass-through voting privileges 
for variable policyowners, the Company will provide pass-through voting 
privileges to owners of policies whose cash values are invested, through the 
Accounts, in shares of the Trust.  The Trust shall require all Participating 
Insurance Companies to calculate voting privileges in the same manner and the 
Company shall be responsible for assuring that the Accounts calculate voting 
privileges in the manner established by



<PAGE>

the Trust.  With respect to each Account, the Company will vote shares of the 
Trust held by the Account and for which no timely voting instructions from 
policyowners are received as well as shares its owns that are held by that 
Account, in the same proportion as those shares for which voting instructions 
are received.  The Company and its agents will in no way recommend or oppose 
or interfere with the solicitation of proxies for Trust shares held by 
Contract owners without the prior written consent of the Trust, which consent 
may be withheld in the Trust's sole discretion.

     2.9  The Company shall notify the Trust of any applicable state 
insurance laws that restrict the Portfolios' investments or otherwise affect 
the operation of the Trust and shall notify the Trust of any changes in such 
laws.

                                  ARTICLE III
                         REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

     3.1  The Company represents and warrants that it is an insurance company 
duly organized and in good standing under the laws of the State of 
Connecticut and that it has legally and validly established each Account as a 
segregated asset account under such law on the date set forth in Schedule A.

     3.2  The Company represents and warrants that each Account (1) has been 
registered or, prior to any issuance or sale of the Contracts, will be 
registered as a unit investment trust in accordance with the provisions of 
the 1940 Act or, alternatively (2) has not been registered in proper reliance 
upon an exclusion from registration under the 1940 Act.

     3.3  The Company represents and warrants that the Contracts or interests 
in the Accounts (1) are or, prior to issuance, will be registered as 
securities under the 1933 Act or, alternatively (2) are not registered 
because they are properly exempt from registration under the 1933 Act or will 
be offered exclusively in transactions that are properly exempt from 
registration under the 1933 Act.  The Company further represents and warrants 
that the Contracts will be issued and sold in compliance in all material 
respects with all applicable federal and state laws; and the sale of the 
Contracts shall comply in all material respects with state insurance 
suitability requirements.  

     3.4  The Trust represents and warrants that it is duly organized and 
validly existing under the laws of the State of Delaware.

     3.5  The Trust represents and warrants that the Trust shares offered and 
sold pursuant to this Agreement will be registered under the 1933 Act and the 
Trust shall be registered under the 1940 Act prior to any issuance or sale of 
such shares. The Trust shall amend its registration statement under the 1933 
Act and the 1940 Act from time to time as required in order to effect the 
continuous offering of its shares.  The Trust shall register and qualify its 
shares for sale in accordance with the laws of the various states only if and 
to the extent deemed advisable by the Trust.

     3.6  The Trust represents and warrants that the investments of each 
Portfolio will comply


<PAGE>

with the diversification requirements set forth in Section 817(h) of the 
Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the rules and regulations 
thereunder.

                                  ARTICLE IV
                             POTENTIAL CONFLICTS

     4.1  The parties acknowledge that the Trust's shares may be made 
available for investment to other Participating Insurance Companies.  In such 
event, the Trustees will monitor the Trust for the existence of any material 
irreconcilable conflict between the interests of the contract owners of all 
Participating Insurance Companies.  An irreconcilable material conflict may 
arise for a variety of reasons, including:  (a) an action by any state 
insurance regulatory authority;  (b) a change in applicable federal or state 
insurance, tax, or securities laws or regulations, or a public ruling, 
private letter ruling, no-action or interpretative letter, or any similar 
action by insurance, tax, or securities regulatory authorities; (c) an 
administrative or judicial decision in any relevant proceeding; (d) the 
manner in which the investments of any Portfolio are being managed; (e) a 
difference in voting instructions given by variable annuity contract and 
variable life insurance contract owners; or (f) a decision by an insurer to 
disregard the voting instructions of contract owners.  The Trustees shall 
promptly inform the Company if they determine that an irreconcilable material 
conflict exists and the implications thereof.

     4.2  The Company agrees to promptly report any potential or existing 
conflicts of which it is aware to the Trustees.  The Company will assist the 
Trustees in carrying out their responsibilities under the Exemptive Order by 
providing the Trustees with all information reasonably necessary for the 
Trustees to consider any issues raised including, but not limited to, 
information as to a decision by the Company to disregard Contract owner 
voting instructions.

     4.3  If it is determined by a majority of the Trustees, or a majority of 
its disinterested Trustees, that a material irreconcilable conflict exists 
that affects the interests of Contract owners, the Company shall, in 
cooperation with other Participating Insurance Companies whose contract 
owners are also affected, at its expense and to the extent reasonably 
practicable (as determined by the Trustees) take whatever steps are necessary 
to remedy or eliminate the irreconcilable material conflict, which steps 
could include:  (a) withdrawing the assets allocable to some or all of the 
Accounts from the Trust or any Portfolio and reinvesting such assets in a 
different investment medium, including (but not limited to) another Portfolio 
of the Trust, or submitting the question of whether or not such segregation 
should be implemented to a vote of all affected Contract owners and, as 
appropriate, segregating the assets of any appropriate group (i.e., annuity 
contract owners, life insurance contract owners, or variable contract owners 
of one or more Participating Insurance Companies) that votes in favor of such 
segregation, or offering to the affected Contract owners the option of making 
such a change; and (b) establishing a new registered management investment 
company or managed separate account.

     4.4  If a material irreconcilable conflict arises because of a decision 
by the Company to disregard Contract owner voting instructions and that 
decision represents a minority position or would preclude a majority vote, 
the Company may be required, at the Trust's election, to


<PAGE>

withdraw the affected Account's investment in the Trust and terminate this 
Agreement with respect to such Account; provided, however that such 
withdrawal and termination shall be limited to the extent required by the 
foregoing material irreconcilable conflict as determined by a majority of the 
disinterested Trustees.  Any such withdrawal and termination must take place 
within six (6) months after the Trust gives written notice that this 
provision is being implemented.  Until the end of such six (6) month period, 
the Trust shall continue to accept and implement orders by the Company for 
the purchase and redemption of shares of the Trust.

     4.5  If a material irreconcilable conflict arises because a particular 
state insurance regulator's decision applicable to the Company conflicts with 
the majority of other state regulators, then the Company will withdraw the 
affected Account's investment in the Trust and terminate this Agreement with 
respect to such Account within six (6) months after the Trustees inform the 
Company in writing that it has determined that such decision has created an 
irreconcilable material conflict; provided, however, that such withdrawal and 
termination shall be limited to the extent required by the foregoing material 
irreconcilable conflict as determined by a majority of the disinterested 
Trustees.  Until the end of such six (6) month period, the Trust shall 
continue to accept and implement orders by the Company for the purchase and 
redemption of shares of the Trust.

     4.6  For purposes of Sections 4.3 through 4.6 of this Agreement, a 
majority of the disinterested Trustees shall determine whether any proposed 
action adequately remedies any irreconcilable material conflict, but in no 
event will the Company be required to establish a new funding medium for the 
Contracts if an offer to do so has been declined by vote of a majority of 
Contract owners materially adversely affected by the irreconcilable material 
conflict.  In the event that the Trustees determine that any proposed action 
does not adequately remedy any irreconcilable material conflict, then the 
Company will withdraw the Account's investment in the Trust and terminate 
this Agreement within six (6) months after the Trustees inform the Company in 
writing of the foregoing determination; provided, however, that such 
withdrawal and termination shall be limited to the extent required by any 
such material irreconcilable conflict as determined by a majority of the 
disinterested Trustees.

     4.7  The Company shall at least annually submit to the Trustees such 
reports, materials or data as the Trustees may reasonable request so that the 
Trustees may fully carry out the duties imposed upon them by the Exemptive 
Order, and said reports, materials and data shall be submitted more 
frequently if deemed appropriate by the Trustees.

     4.8  If and to the extent that Rule 6e-2 and Rule 6e-3(T) are amended, 
or Rule 6e-3 is adopted, to provide exemptive relief from any provision of 
the 1940 Act or the rules promulgated thereunder with respect to mixed or 
shared funding (as defined in the Exemptive Order) on terms and conditions 
materially different from those contained in the Exemptive Order, then the 
Trust and/or the Participating Insurance Companies, as appropriate, shall 
take such steps as may be necessary to comply with Rules 6e-2 and 6e-3(T), as 
amended, and Rule 6e-3, as adopted, to the extent such rules are applicable.



<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE V
                               INDEMNIFICATION

     5.1  INDEMNIFICATION BY THE COMPANY.  The Company agrees to indemnify 
and hold harmless the Trust and each of its Trustees, officers, employees and 
agents and each person, if any, who controls the Trust within the meaning of 
Section 15 of the 1933 Act (collectively, the "Indemnified Parties" for 
purposes of this Article V) against any and all losses, claims, damages, 
liabilities (including amounts paid in settlement with the written consent of 
the Company) or expenses (including the reasonable costs of investigating or 
defending any alleged loss, claim, damage, liability or expense and 
reasonable legal counsel fees incurred in connection therewith) 
(collectively, "Losses"), to which the Indemnified Parties may become subject 
under any statute or regulation, or at common law or otherwise, insofar as 
such Losses:

     (a)  arise out of or are based upon any untrue statements or alleged 
untrue statements of any material fact contained in a registration statement 
or prospectus for the Contracts or in the Contracts themselves or in sales 
literature generated or approved by the Company on behalf of the Contracts of 
Accounts (or any amendment or supplement to any of the foregoing) 
(collectively, "Company Documents" for the purposes of this Article V), or 
arise out of or are based upon the omission or the alleged omission to state 
therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make 
the statements therein not misleading, provided that this indemnity shall not 
apply as to any Indemnified Party if such statement or omission or such 
alleged statement or omission was made in reliance upon and was accurately 
derived from written information furnished to the Company by or on behalf of 
the Trust for use in Company Documents or otherwise for use in connection 
with the sale of the Contracts or Trust shares; or 

     (b)  arise out of or result from statements or representations (other 
than statements or representations contained in and accurately derived from 
Trust Documents as defined in Section 5.2(a) or wrongful conduct of the 
Company or persons under its control, with respect to the sale or acquisition 
of the Contracts or Trust shares; or

     (c)  arise out of or result from any untrue statement or alleged untrue 
statement of a material fact contained in Trust Documents as defined in 
Section 5.2(a) or the omission or alleged omission to state therein a 
material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the 
statements therein not misleading if such statement or omission was made in 
reliance upon and accurately derived from written information furnished to 
the Trust by or on behalf  of the Company; or

     (d)  arise out of or result from any failure by the Company to provide 
the services or furnish the materials required under the terms of this 
Agreement; or

     (e)  arise out of or result from any material breach of any 
representation and/or warranty made by the Company in this Agreement or arise 
out of or result from any other material breach of this Agreement by the 
Company.


<PAGE>

     5.2  INDEMNIFICATION BY THE TRUST.  The Trust agrees to indemnify and 
hold harmless the Company and each of its directors, officers, employees and 
agents and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning 
of Section 15 of the 1933 Act (collectively, the "Indemnified Parties" for 
purposes of this Article V) against any and all losses, claims, damages, 
liabilities (including amounts paid in settlement with the written consent of 
the Trust) or expenses (including the reasonable costs of investigating or 
defending any alleged loss, claim, damage, liability or expense and 
reasonable legal counsel fees incurred in connection therewith) 
(collectively, "Losses"), to which the Indemnified Parties may become subject 
under any statute or regulation, or at common law or otherwise, insofar as 
such Losses:

     (a)  arise out of or are based upon any untrue statements or alleged 
untrue statements of any material fact contained in the registration 
statement or prospectus for the Trust (or any amendment or supplement 
thereto), (collectively, "Trust Documents" for the purposes of this Article 
V), or arise out of or are based upon the omission or the alleged omission to 
state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to 
make the statements therein not misleading, provided that this indemnity 
shall not apply as to any Indemnified Party if such statement or omission or 
such alleged statement or omission was made in reliance upon and was 
accurately derived from written information furnished to the Trust by or on 
behalf of the Company for use in Trust Documents or otherwise for use in 
connection with the sale of the Contracts or Trust shares; or

     (b)  arise out of or result from statements or representations (other 
than statements or representations contained in and accurately derived from 
Company Documents) or wrongful conduct of the Trust or persons under its 
control, with respect to the sale or acquisition of the Contracts or Trust 
shares; or

     (c)  arise out of or result from any untrue statement or alleged untrue 
statement of a material fact contained in Company Documents or the omission 
or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated 
therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading if such 
statement or omission was made in reliance upon and accurately derived from 
written information furnished to the Company by or on behalf of the Trust; or

     (d)  arise out of or result from any failure by the Trust to provide the 
services or furnish the materials required under the terms of this Agreement; 
or

     (e)  arise out of or result from any material breach of any 
representation and/or warranty made by the Trust in this Agreement or arise 
out of or result from any other material breach of this Agreement by the 
Trust.

     5.3  Neither the Company nor the Trust shall be liable under the 
indemnification provisions of Sections 5.1 or 5.2, as applicable, with 
respect to any Losses incurred or assessed against an Indemnified Party that 
arise from such Indemnified party's willful misfeasance, bad faith or 
negligence in the performance of such Indemnified Party's duties or by reason 
of such Indemnified Party's reckless disregard of obligations or duties under 
this Agreement.


<PAGE>

     5.4  Neither the Company nor the Trust shall be liable under the 
indemnification provisions of Sections 5.1 or 5.2, as applicable, with 
respect to any claim made against an Indemnified Party unless such 
Indemnified Party shall have notified the other party in writing within a 
reasonable time after the summons, or other first written notification, 
giving information of the nature of the claim shall have been served upon or 
otherwise received by such Indemnified Party (or after such Indemnified Party 
shall have received notice of service upon or other notification to any 
designated agent), but failure to notify the party against whom 
indemnification is sought of any such claim shall not relieve that party from 
any liability which it may have to the Indemnified party in the absence of 
Sections 5.1 and 5.2.

     5.5  In case any such action is brought against the Indemnified Parties, 
the indemnifying party shall be entitled to participate, at its own expense, 
in the defense of such action.  he indemnifying party also shall be entitled 
to assume the defense thereof, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to the 
party named in the action.  After notice from the indemnifying party to the 
Indemnified Party of an election to assume such defense, the Indemnified 
Party shall bear the fees and expenses of any additional counsel retained by 
it, and the indemnifying party will not be liable to the Indemnified party 
under this Agreement for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by 
such party independently in connection with the defense thereof other than 
reasonable costs of investigation.

                                  ARTICLE VI
                                 TERMINATION

     6.1  This Agreement may be terminated by either party for any reason by 
ninety (90) days advance written notice delivered to the other party.

     6.2  Notwithstanding any termination of this Agreement, the Trust shall, 
at the option of the Company, continue to make available additional shares of 
the Trust (or any Portfolio) pursuant to the terms and conditions of this 
Agreement for all Contracts in effect on the effective date of termination of 
this Agreement, provided that the Company continues to pay the costs set 
froth in Section 2.3.

     6.3  The provisions of Article V shall survive the termination of this 
Agreement, and the provision of Article IV and Section 2.8 shall survive the 
termination of this Agreement as long as shares of the Trust are held on 
behalf of Contract owners in accordance with Section 6.2.

                                 ARTICLE VII
                                   NOTICES

     Any notice shall be sufficiently given when sent by registered or 
certified mail to the other party at the address of such party set forth 
below or at such other address as such party may from time to time specify in 
writing to the other party.

           If to the Trust:

               Janus Aspen Series
               100 Fillmore Street
               Denver, Colorado 80206
               Attention:  David C. Tucker, Esq.
                           General Counsel


<PAGE>

          If to the Company:

              American Maturity Life Insurance Company
              200 Hopmeadow Street
              Simsbury, Connecticut  06089
              Attention:  Mr. Joseph J. Noto
                          President


                                ARTICLE VIII
                               MISCELLANEOUS

     8.1  The captions in this Agreement are included for convenience of 
reference only and in no way define or delineate any of the provisions hereof 
or otherwise affect their construction or effect.

     8.2  This Agreement may be executed simultaneously in two or more 
counterparts, each of which taken together shall constitute one and the same 
instrument.

     8.3  If any provision of this Agreement shall be held or made invalid by 
a court decision, statute, rule or otherwise, the remainder of the Agreement 
shall not be affected thereby.

     8.4  This Agreement shall be construed and the provisions hereof 
interpreted under and in accordance with the laws of the State of Colorado.

     8.5  The parties to this Agreement acknowledge and agree that all 
liabilities of the Trust arising, directly or indirectly, under this 
Agreement, of any and every nature whatsoever, shall be satisfied solely out 
of the assets of the Trust and that no Trustee, officer, agent or holder of 
shares of beneficial interest of the Trust shall be personally liable for any 
such liabilities.

     8.6  Each party shall cooperate with each other party and all 
appropriate governmental authorities (including without limitation the 
Securities and Exchange Commission, the National Association of Securities 
Dealers, Inc., and state insurance regulators) and shall permit such 
authorities reasonable access to its books and records in connection with an 
investigation or inquiry relating to this Agreement or the transactions 
contemplated hereby.

     8.7  The rights, remedies and obligations contained in this Agreement 
are cumulative and are in addition to any and all rights, remedies and 
obligations, at law or in equity, which the parties hereto are entitled to 
under state and federal laws.

     8.8  The parties to this Agreement acknowledge and agree that this 
Agreement shall not be exclusive in any respect.


<PAGE>

     8.9  Neither this Agreement nor any rights or obligations hereunder may 
be assigned by either party without the prior written approval of the other 
party.

     8.10 No provisions of this Agreement may be amended or modified in any 
manner except by a written agreement properly authorized and executed by both 
parties.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused their duly authorized officers to 
execute this Participation Agreement as of the date and year first above 
written.



                                       JANUS ASPEN SERIES


                                       By:        /s/ DEBORAH E. BIELICKE
                                          -------------------------------------
                                       Name:  Deborah E. Bielicke
                                            -----------------------------------



Title: Assistant Vice President
      --------------------------
AMERICAN MATURITY


                                       LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

                                       By:          /s/ JOSEPH J. NOTO
                                          -------------------------------------
                                       Name:  Joseph H. Noto
                                            -----------------------------------

Title: President
      --------------------------


<PAGE>

                                     SCHEDULE A
                     SEPARATE ACCOUNTS AND ASSOCIATED CONTRACTS

NAME OF SEPARATE ACCOUNT AND                 CONTRACTS FUNDED
DATE ESTABLISHED BY BOARD OF DIRECTORS       BY SEPARATE ACCOUNT
- --------------------------------------       -------------------
AMLVA                                        AML96VA
February 1, 1996




<PAGE>

                              PARTICIPATION AGREEMENT

     PARTICIPATION AGREEMENT (the "Agreement") made by and between SCUDDER 
VARIABLE LIFE INVESTMENT FUND (the "Fund"), a Massachusetts business trust 
created under a Declaration of Trust dated March 15, 1985, as amended, with a 
principal place of business in Boston, Massachusetts and AMERICAN MATURITY 
LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY, a Connecticut corporation (the "Company"), with a 
principal place of business in Simsbury, Connecticut, on behalf of AMLVA, a 
separate account of the Company, and any other separate account of the 
Company as designated by the Company from time to time, upon written notice 
to the Fund in accordance with Section 9 herein (each, an "Account").

     WHEREAS, the Fund acts as the investment vehicle for the separate 
accounts established for variable life insurance policies and variable 
annuity contracts (collectively referred to herein as "Variable Insurance 
Products") to be offered by insurance companies which have entered into 
participation agreements substantially identical to this Agreement 
("Participating Insurance Companies") and their affiliated insurance 
companies; and

     WHEREAS, the beneficial interest in the Fund is divided into several 
series of shares of beneficial interest without par value ("Shares"), and 
additional series of Shares may be established, each designated a "Portfolio" 
and representing the interest in a particular managed portfolio of 
securities; and

     WHEREAS, each Portfolio of the Fund, except the Money Market Portfolio, 
is divided into two classes of Shares, and additional classes of Shares may 
be established; and

     WHEREAS, the parties desire to evidence their agreement as to certain 
other matters, 

     NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the mutual 
covenants and agreements hereinafter contained, the parties hereto agree as 
follows:

     1.   DUTY OF FUND TO SELL.

     The Fund shall make its Shares available for purchase at the applicable 
net asset value per Share by Participating Insurance Companies and their 
affiliates and separate accounts on those days on which the Fund calculates 
its net asset value pursuant to rules of the Securities and Exchange 
Commission; provided, however, that the Trustees of the Fund may refuse to 
sell Shares of any Portfolio to any person, or suspend or terminate the 
offering of Shares of any Portfolio, if such action is required by law or by 
regulatory authorities having jurisdiction or is, in the sole discretion of 
the Trustees, necessary in the best interest of the Shareholders of any 
Portfolio.


<PAGE>

     2.   FUND MATERIALS.

     The Fund, at its expense, shall provide the Company or its designee with 
camera-ready copy or computer diskette versions of all prospectuses, 
statements of additional information, annual and semi-annual reports and 
proxy materials (collectively, "Fund Materials") to be printed and 
distributed by the Company or its broker/dealer to the Company's existing or 
prospective contract owners, as appropriate.  The Company agrees to bear the 
cost of printing and distributing such Fund Materials.

     3.   REQUIREMENT TO EXECUTE PARTICIPATION AGREEMENT; REQUESTS.

     Each Participating Insurance Company shall, prior to purchasing Shares 
in the Fund, execute and deliver a participation agreement in a form 
substantially identical to this Agreement.

     The Fund shall make available, upon written request from the 
Participating Insurance Company given in accordance with Paragraph 9, to each 
Participating Insurance Company which has executed an Agreement and which 
Agreement has not been terminated pursuant to Paragraph 7 (i) a list of all 
other Participating Insurance Companies, and (ii) a copy of the Agreement as 
executed by any other Participating Insurance Company.

     The Fund shall also make available upon request to each Participating 
Insurance Company which has executed an Agreement and which Agreement has not 
been terminated pursuant to Paragraph 7, the net asset value of any Portfolio 
of the Fund as of any date upon which the Fund calculates the net asset value 
of its Portfolios for the purpose of purchase and redemption of Shares.

     4.   INDEMNIFICATION.

     (a) The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Fund and each 
of its Trustees and officers and each person, if any, who controls the Fund 
within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act of 1933 (the "Act") 
against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities or litigation 
(including legal and other expenses), arising out of the acquisition of any 
Shares by any person, to which the Fund or such Trustees, officers or 
controlling person may become subject under the Act, under any other statute, 
at common law or otherwise, which (i) may be based upon any wrongful act by 
the Company, any of its employees or representatives, any affiliate of or any 
person acting on behalf of the Company or a principal underwriter of its 
insurance products, or (ii) may be based upon any untrue statement or alleged 
untrue statement of a material fact contained in a registration statement or 
prospectus covering Shares or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto or 
the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to 
be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading 
if such a statement or omission was made in reliance upon information 
furnished to the Fund by the Company, or (iii) may be based on any untrue 
statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in a 


<PAGE>

registration statement or prospectus covering insurance products sold by the 
Company or any insurance company which is an affiliate thereof, or any 
amendments or supplement thereto, or the omission or alleged omission to 
state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to 
make the statement or statements therein not misleading, unless such 
statement or omission was made in reliance upon information furnished to the 
Company or such affiliate by or on behalf of the Fund; provided, however, 
that in no case (i) is the Company's indemnity in favor of a Trustee or 
officer or any other person deemed to protect such Trustee or officer or 
other person against any liability to which any such person would otherwise 
be subject by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith, or gross negligence 
in the performance of his duties or by reason of his reckless disregard of 
obligations and duties under this Agreement or (ii) is the Company to be 
liable under its indemnity agreement contained in this Paragraph 4 with 
respect to any claim made against the Fund or any person indemnified unless 
the Fund or such person, as the case may be, shall have notified the Company 
in writing pursuant to Paragraph 9 within a reasonable time after the summons 
or other fist legal process giving information of the nature of the claims 
shall have been served upon the Fund or upon such person (or after the Fund 
or such person shall have received notice of such service on any designated 
agent), but failure to notify the Company of any such claim shall not relieve 
the Company from any liability which it has to the Fund or any person against 
whom such action is brought otherwise than on account of its indemnity 
agreement contained in this Paragraph 4.  The Company shall be entitled to 
participate, at its own expense, in the defense, or, if it so elects, to 
assume the defense of any suit brought to enforce any such liability, but, if 
it elects to assume the defense, such defense shall be conducted by counsel 
chosen by it and satisfactory to the Fund, to its officers and Trustees, or 
to any controlling person or person, defendant or defendants in the suit. In 
the event that the Company elects to assume the defense of any such suit and 
retain such counsel, the Fund, such officers and Trustees or controlling 
person or person, defendant or defendants in the suit, shall bear the fees 
and expenses of any additional counsel retained by them, but, in case the 
Company does not elect to assume the defense of any such suit, the Company 
will reimburse the Fund, such officers and Trustees or controlling person or 
person, defendant or defendants in such suit, for the reasonable fees and 
expenses of any counsel retained by them. The Company agrees promptly to 
notify the Fund pursuant to Paragraph 9 of the commencement of any litigation 
or proceedings against it in connection with the issue and sale of any Shares.

     (b)  The Fund agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Company and each 
of its directors and officers and each person, if any, who controls the 
Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the Act against any and all 
losses, claims, damages, liabilities or litigation (including legal and other 
expenses) to which it or such directors, officers or controlling person may 
become subject under the Act, under any other statute, at common law or 
otherwise, arising out of the acquisition of any Shares by any person which 
(i) may be based upon any wrongful act by the Fund, any of its 


<PAGE>

employees or representatives or a principal underwriter of the Fund, or (ii) 
may be based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a 
material fact contained in a registration statement or prospectus covering 
Shares or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto or the omission or 
alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated 
therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading unless 
such statement or omission was made in reliance upon information furnished to 
the Fund by the Company or (iii) may be based on any untrue statement or 
alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in a registration 
statement or prospectus covering insurance products sold by the Company, or 
any amendment or supplement thereto, or the omission or alleged omission to 
state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to 
make the statement or statements therein not misleading, if such statement or 
 omission was made in reliance upon information furnished to the Company by 
or on behalf of the Fund; provided, however, that in no case (i) is the 
Fund's indemnity in favor of a director or officer or any other person deemed 
to protect such director or officer or other person against any liability to 
which any such person would otherwise be subject by reason of willful 
misfeasance, bad faith, or gross negligence in the performance of his duties 
or by reason of his reckless disregard of obligations and duties under this 
Agreement or (ii) is the Fund to be liable under its indemnity agreement 
contained in this Paragraph 4 with respect to any claims made against the 
Company or any such director, officer or controlling person unless it or such 
director, officer or controlling person, as the case may be, shall have 
notified the Fund in writing pursuant to Paragraph 9 within a reasonable time 
after the summons or other first legal process giving information of the 
nature of the claim shall have been served upon it or upon such director, 
officer or controlling person (or after the Company or such director, officer 
or controlling person shall have  received notice of such service on any 
designated agent), but failure to notify the Fund of any claim shall not 
relieve it from any liability which it may have to the person against whom 
such action is brought otherwise than on account of its indemnity agreement 
contained in this Paragraph.  The Fund will be entitled to participate at its 
own expense in the defense, or, if it so elects, to assume the defense of any 
suit brought to enforce any such liability, but if the Fund elects to assume 
the defense, such defense shall be conducted by counsel chosen by it and 
satisfactory to the Company, its directors, officers or controlling person or 
person, defendant or defendants, in the suit.  In the event the Fund elects 
to assume the defense of any such suit and retain such counsel, the Company, 
its directors, officers or controlling person or person, defendant or 
defendants in the suit, shall bear the fees and expenses of any additional 
counsel retained by them, but, in case the Fund does not elect to assume the 
defense of any such suit, it will reimburse the Company or such directors, 
officers or controlling person or person, defendant or defendants in the 
suit, for the reasonable fees and expenses of any counsel retained by them.  
The Fund agrees promptly to notify the Company pursuant to Paragraph 9 of the 
commencement of any litigation or proceedings against it or any of its 
officers of Trustees in


<PAGE>

connection with the issuance or sale of any Shares.

     The provisions of this Section 4 shall survive the termination of the
Agreement.

     5.   PROCEDURE TO RESOLVING IRRECONCILABLE CONFLICTS.

     (a)  Trustees of the Fund will monitor the operations of the Fund for 
the existence of any material irreconcilable conflict among the interests of 
all the contract holders and policy owners of Variable Insurance Products 
(the "Participants") of all separate accounts investing in the Fund. An 
irreconcilable material conflict may arise, among other things, from: (a)  
an action by any state insurance regulatory authority; (b) a change in 
applicable insurance laws or regulations; (c) a tax ruling or provision of 
the Internal Revenue Code or the regulations thereunder; (d) any other 
development relating to the tax treatment of insurers, contract holders or 
policy owners or beneficiaries of Variable Insurance Products; (e) the manner 
in which the investments of any Portfolio are being managed; (f) a 
difference in voting instructions given by variable annuity contract holders, 
on the one hand, and variable life insurance policy owners, on the other 
hand, or by the contract holders or policy owners of different participating 
insurance companies; or (g) a decision by an insurer to override the voting 
instructions of Participants.

     (b)  The Company will be responsible for reporting any potential or 
existing conflicts to the Trustees of the Fund.  The Company will be 
responsible for assisting the Trustees in carrying out their responsibilities 
under this Paragraph 5(b) and Paragraph 5(a), by providing the Trustees with 
all information reasonably necessary for the Trustees to consider the issues 
raised.  The Fund will also request its investment adviser to report to the 
Trustees any such conflict which comes to the attention of the adviser.

     (c)  If it is determined by a majority of the Trustees of the Fund, or a 
majority of its disinterested Trustees, that a material irreconcilable 
conflict exists involving the Company, the Company shall, at its expense, and 
to the extent reasonably practicable (as determined by a majority of the 
disinterested Trustees), take whatever steps are necessary to eliminate the 
irreconcilable material conflict, including withdrawing the assets allocable 
to some or all of the separate accounts from the Fund or any Portfolio or 
class thereof and reinvesting such assets in a different investment medium, 
including another Portfolio of the Fund or class thereof, offering to the 
affected Participants the option of making such a change or establishing a 
new funding medium including a registered investment company.

     For purposes of this Paragraph 5(c), the Trustees, or the disinterested 
Trustees, shall determine whether or not any proposed action adequately 
remedies any irreconcilable material conflict.  In the event of a 
determination of the existence of an irreconcilable material conflict, the 
Trustees shall cause the Fund to take such action, such as the establishment 
of one or more additional Portfolios or classes, as they in their sole 
discretion determine to be in the interest of all shareholders and 
Participants in view of all applicable factors, such as cost, feasibility, 
tax, regulatory and other considerations.  In no event will the Fund be 
required by this Paragraph 5(c) to establish a new funding medium for any 
variable contract or policy.

     The Company shall not be required by this Paragraph 5(c) to establish a 
new funding medium for any variable contract or policy if an offer to do so 
has been declined by a vote of a majority of the Participants materially 
adversely affected by the material irreconcilable conflict.  The Company will 
recommend to its Participants that they decline an offer to establish a new 
funding medium only if the Company believes it is in the best interest of the 
Participants.

     (d)  The Trustees' determination of the existence of an irreconcilable 
material conflict and its implications promptly shall be communicated to all 
Participating Insurance Companies by written notice thereof delivered or 
mailed, first class postage prepaid.

     6.   VOTING PRIVILEGES.

     The Company shall be responsible for assuring that its separate account 
or accounts participating in the Fund shall use a calculation method of 
voting procedures substantially the same as the following: those 
Participants permitted to give instructions and the number of Shares 


<PAGE>

for which instructions may be given will be determined as of the record date 
for the Fund shareholders' meeting, which shall not be more than 60 days 
before the date of the meeting.  Whether or not voting instructions are 
actually given by a particular Participant, all Fund shares held in any 
separate account or sub-account thereof and attributable to policies will be 
voted for, against, or withheld from voting on any proposition in the same 
proportion as (i) the aggregate record date cash value held in such 
sub-account for policies giving instructions, respectively, to vote for, 
against, or withhold votes on such proposition, bears to (ii) the aggregate 
record date cash value held in the sub-account for all policies for which 
voting instructions are received.  Participants continued in effect under 
lapse options will not be permitted to give voting instructions.  Shares held 
in any other insurance company general or separate account or sub-account 
thereof will be voted in the proportion specified in the second preceding 
sentence for shares attributable to policies.

     7.   DURATION AND TERMINATION

     This Agreement may be terminated by either party for any reason by 
ninety (90) days advance notice delivered to the other party.  
Notwithstanding any termination of this Agreement, the Fund shall, at the 
option of the Company, continue to make available additional shares of the 
Fund (or any Portfolio) pursuant to the terms and conditions of this 
Agreement, for all Contracts in effect on the effective date of termination 
of this Agreement, and the Company shall continue to pay the costs of 
printing and distributing prospectuses, statements of additional information 
and shareholder reports as long as Shares of the Fund are held on behalf of 
the Contract Owners.  The provisions of Paragraphs 5 and 6 shall survive the 
termination of this Agreement as long as Shares of the Fund are held on 
behalf of Contract owners.

     8.    COMPLIANCE

     The Fund will comply with the provisions of Section 4240(a) of the New 
York Insurance Law.

     Each Portfolio of the Fund will use its best efforts to comply with the 
provisions of Section 817(h) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended 
(the "Code"), relating to diversification requirements for variable annuity, 
endowment and life insurance contracts.  Specifically, each Portfolio will 
comply with either (i) the requirement of Section 817(h)(1) of the Code that 
its assets be adequately diversified, or (ii) the "Safe Harbor for 
Diversification" specified in Section 817(h)(2) of the Code, or (iii) in the 
case of variable life insurance contracts only, the diversification 
requirement of Section 817(h)(1) of the Code by having all or part of its 
assets invested in U.S. Treasury securities which qualify for the "Special 
Rule for Investments in United States Obligations" specified in Section 
817(h)(3) of the Code.  The Fund will notify the Company immediately upon 
having a reasonable basis for believing that a Portfolio has


<PAGE>

ceased to comply with the requirements of Section 817(h) of the Code or that 
the Portfolio might not so comply in the future.

     The provisions of paragraphs 5 and 6 of this Agreement shall be 
interpreted in a manner consistent with any Rule or order of the Securities 
and Exchange Commission under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, 
applicable to the parties hereto.

     No Shares of any Portfolio of the Fund may be sold to the general public.

     9.    NOTICES.

     Any notice shall be sufficiently given when sent by registered or 
certified mail to the other party at the address of such party set forth 
below or at such other address as such party may from time to time specify in 
writing to the other party.

     If to the Fund:

          Scudder Variable Life Investment Fund
          Two International Place
          Boston, Massachusetts 02210
          (617) 295-2275
          Attn:  David B. Watts

     If to the Company:

          American Maturity Life
          200 Hopmeadow Street
          Simsbury, CT  06089
          Attn:  Joseph J. Noto

     10.  MASSACHUSETTS LAW TO APPLY.

     This Agreement shall be construed and the provisions hereof interpreted 
under and in accordance with the laws of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts.

     11.  MISCELLANEOUS.

     The name "Scudder Variable Life Investment Fund" is the designation of 
the Trustees for the time being under a Declaration of Trust dated Mach 15, 
1985, as amended, and all persons dealing with the Fund must look solely to 
the property of the Fund for the enforcement of any claims against the Fund 
as neither the Trustees, officers, agents or shareholders assume any personal 
liability for obligations entered into on behalf of the Fund.  No Portfolio 
shall be liable for any obligations properly attributable to any other 
Portfolio.

     The captions in this Agreement are included for convenience of reference 
only and in no way define or delineate any of the provisions hereof or 
otherwise affect their construction or effect.  This Agreement may be 
executed simultaneously in two or more counterparts, each of which taken 
together shall constitute one and the same instrument.



<PAGE>

     12.  ENTIRE AGREEMENT.

     This Agreement incorporates the entire understanding and agreement among 
the parties hereto, and supersedes any and all prior understandings and 
agreements between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter 
hereof.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties hereto has caused this Agreement 
to be executed in its name and behalf by its duly authorized representative 
and its seal to be hereunder affixed hereto as of the 17th day of July, 1996.


SEAL                                   SCUDDER VARIABLE LIFE INVESTMENT FUND


                                       By:       /s/ DAVID B. WATTS
                                          -----------------------------------
                                                     David B. Watts
                                                        President


SEAL                                   AMERICAN MATURITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY


                                       By:       /s/ JOSEPH J. NOTO
                                          ------------------------------------
                                                     Joseph J. Noto
                                                        President


<PAGE>

                                                                      EXHIBIT 9

July 24, 1996


Securities and Exchange Commission
450 Fifth Street, N.W.
Washington, D.C. 20549

RE:  SEPARATE ACCOUNT AMLVA ("SEPARATE ACCOUNT")
     AMERICAN MATURITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY ("COMPANY") 

Dear Sir/Madam:

In my capacity as General Counsel of the Company, I have supervised the 
establishment of the Separate Account by the Board of Directors of the 
Company as a separate account for assets applicable to Contracts offered by 
the Company pursuant to Connecticut law.  I have participated in the 
preparation of the registration statement for the Separate Account on Form 
N-4 under the Securities Act of 1933 and the Investment Company Act of 1940 
with respect to the Contracts.

I am of the following opinion:

1.   The Separate Account is a separate account of the Company validly existing
     pursuant to Connecticut law and the regulations issued thereunder.

2.   The assets held in the Separate Account are not chargeable with liabilities
     arising out of any other business the Company may conduct.

3.   The Contracts are legally issued and represent binding obligations of the 
     Company.

In arriving at the foregoing opinion, I have made such examination of the law 
and examined such records and other documents as in my opinion as are 
necessary or appropriate.

I hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the 
registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933.

Sincerely,


Lynda Godkin
General Counsel & Secretary




<PAGE>



                                                                     EXHIBIT 26


  PERSONS CONTROLLED BY OR UNDER COMMON CONTROL WITH THE DEPOSITOR OR REGISTRANT


                                ITT Hartford Group, Inc.
                                      (Delaware)
                                           |
                             Hartford Fire Insurance Company
                                     (Connecticut)
                                           |
                        Hartford Accident and Indemnity Company
                                     (Connecticut)
                                           |
                      Hartford Life and Accident Insurance Company
                                      (Connecticut)
                                           |
                                           |
                                           |
                                           |
                                           |
<TABLE>
<S>                    <C>                        <C>                     <C>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Alpine Life             Hartford Financial        Hartford Life           American Maturity
Insurance Company       Services Life             Insurance Company       Life Insurance
(New Jersey)            Insurance Co.             (Connecticut)           Company
                        (Connecticut)                  |                  (Connecticut)
                                                       |
                                                       |
                                                       |
                                                       |
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ITT Hartford        ITT Hartford         The Hartford      Hartford       Hartford Securities
Life and Annuity    International Life   Investment        Equity Sales   Distribution 
Insurance Company   Reassurance Corp     Management Co.    Company, Inc.  Company, Inc.
(Connecticut)       (Connecticut)        (Connecticut)     (Connecticut)  (Connecticut) 
</TABLE>



© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission